Home

Cadillac 2009 DTS Automobile User Manual

1. cee 5 71 Different Sige 2535 uhes Widwnnssndrendacekien ansehen 5 69 Replacement ons ciivieateyeve Moet NN eet 5 71 When It Is Time for New Tires ccce 5 67 Where to Put the Child Restraint 00 1 42 WINQOWS ac sedaceciacesadenaceagbaassneantateaasabiceesacnates 2 15 POWER maks ion eo sense E 2 16 Windshield Rainsense Wipers e eseeeeeeeeeeeees 3 14 Washan gccteycdcdetiadcbieseencanchsasateenenaenerecaa ners 3 15 Washer Fluid isise vere dere fasten 5 32 16 Windshield cont Wiper Blade Replacement cee 5 46 Wiper Blades Cleaning seeeeeeeeeeeee 5 91 Wiper FUSES sss zur ebbede inssin eanan 5 95 WIPES oa caceidsc araber ia E aE EEEE 3 13 Winter Divina in trotai EnS SEE 4 16 Wiper Activated Headlamps eee 3 32 XM Radio Messages ssceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeee ees 3 115 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 3 129 Your Vehicle and the Environment 008 6 2
2. The rear power sunshade is located in the rear shelf It only works while the ignition is on or while the Retained Accessory Power RAP is active See Retained Accessory Power RAP on page 2 26 To raise the power sunshade press and release the switch To close the power sunshade press and release the switch again Never store objects on the rear shelf because they may get caught in the sunshade or be tossed about in your vehicle Theft Deterrent Systems Vehicle theft is big business especially in some cities This vehicle has theft deterrent features however they do not make it impossible to steal Valet Lockout Switch The valet lockout switch is located inside the glove box 2 20 O Off Press this side of the button to turn the lockout feature off When the lockout feature is off you can open the trunk using either the keyless entry transmitter or the trunk release button located near the headlamp switch on the instrument panel On Press this side of the button to turn the lockout feature on When the lockout feature is turned on the trunk cannot be unlocked with the keyless entry transmitter or the trunk release button located near the headlamp switch on the instrument panel If the valet lockout feature is on it will also disable the Universal Home Remote transmitter if equipped Locking the glove box with your key will also help to secure your vehicle See Remote Keyless Entry
3. ccseeeeeeeneeeeeeeees 6 4 Maintenance Replacement Parts 04 6 13 Additional Required Services eeeeeeeee ee 6 5 Engine Drive Belt Routing eee 6 14 Maintenance Footnotes ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee 6 7 Maintenance Record eceeeeeeeeeeeee eee eee ens 6 15 6 1 Maintenance Schedule Introduction Important Keep engine oil at the proper level and change as recommended Protection Plan Have you purchased the GM Protection Plan The Plan supplements the vehicle warranties See the Warranty and Owner Assistance booklet or your dealer retailer for details Maintenance Requirements Notice Maintenance intervals checks inspections replacement parts and recommended fluids and lubricants as prescribed in this manual are necessary to keep this vehicle in good working condition Any damage caused by failure to follow scheduled maintenance might not be covered by the vehicle warranty 6 2 Your Vehicle and the Environment Proper vehicle maintenance not only helps to keep the vehicle in good working condition but also helps the environment All recommended maintenance is important Improper vehicle maintenance can even affect the quality of the air we breathe Improper fluid levels or the wrong tire inflation can increase the level of emissions from the vehicle To help protect the environment and to keep the vehicle in good condition be sure to mai
4. eeeeeeeeeeeee eee e ees 5 16 Engine Air Cleaner Filter c ceeeeeeeeneee ees 5 17 Automatic Transmission Fluid eeeeeee 5 19 Cooling System seierrik ii a aE 5 22 Engine Coolant m cccicsa tne eteas tawesancecectanenner es 5 23 Coolant Surge Tank Pressure Cap 04 5 27 Engine Overheating cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeen eee ees 5 28 Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode sseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 5 30 Power Steering Fluid cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 31 Windshield Washer Fluid eeeeeeeeee eee es 5 32 Brakes arinen r T OEN 5 33 Battery nioroteps reat REE 5 36 JUMP SANG enesest naia heeded 5 38 Headlamp Aiming io 5 43 Bulb Replacement l n 5 46 High Intensity Discharge HID Lighting 5 46 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement 5 46 TIVES os Jee waved cap nicacag tele honorere EL 5 48 Tire Sidewall Labeling c cceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 49 Tire Terminology and Definitions 5 54 Inflation Tire Pressure cseeeeeeeeeee eee ee 5 57 High Speed Operation cceeeeeeeeeneee eee ees 5 59 Tire Pressure Monitor System 0 0eeeeeee 5 60 Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 5 61 Tire Inspection and Rotation cee 5 65 When It Is Time for New Tires ccce 5 67 Buying NOW Tire 522212 ke le ais er ken anion 5 68 Different Size Tires and Wheels 0066
5. cceeeeeeeeeeeee 4 4 Warming LG Mt cisarina 3 57 Appearance Care Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels 5 92 Care of Safety Belts ec eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee 5 89 Chemical Paint Spotting ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 5 93 Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses 0 5 5 90 Fabric Carpet risico iuias ties hi 5 87 Finish Cale sent iea E E a S 5 90 Finish DAMAGE sses sr test edelscenacncead ener 5 93 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic Surfaces ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeen teers 5 88 Interior Cleaning 2 2 6 ceeeeeeeee eee eee eee eee een tented 5 86 Leather sagnene able bun ses dynen 5 88 Sheet Metal Damage eeeeeeeeeneeeeen tees 5 93 Speaker CoverS cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 5 89 TKO at rr rare thane reder ae eee Een 5 93 Underbody Maintenance W ssseseseerereenernes 5 93 Washing Your Vehicle 1 WU W W ssseeeeeerseser nen ennee 5 90 Weatherstrips acc osse organer kb an Be NEED AKER 5 89 Windshield and Wiper Blades 008 5 91 Wood Panel S arani eoon eia en 5 89 Ashtray S sevisaesdtstecwadses nsaisan ope ia a ales 3 39 Audio SySteM ssassn rece Alana hE iEn 3 95 Audio Steering Wheel Controls 3 127 Navigation Radio System see Navigation Manual s c 3 116 Setting the ClOCk ceceeeeeeeeneeeeeaeeeeeeeees 3 96 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 3 129 Audio System s ecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee
6. Ifthe system is unsure it recognizes the phone number it responds with Store and repeats the number followed by Please say yes or no If the number is correct say Yes If the number is not correct say No The system will ask for the number to be re entered 3 119 4 After the system stores the phone number it responds with Please say the name tag followed by a tone 5 Say a name tag for the phone number The name tag is recorded and the system responds with About to store lt name tag gt Does that sound OK If the name tag does not sound correct say No and repeat Step 5 If the name tag sounds correct say Yes and the name tag is stored After the number is stored the system returns to the main menu Using the Digit Store Command The digit store command allows a phone number to be stored by entering the digits individually 1 Press and hold for two seconds The system responds with Ready followed by a tone 2 Say Digit Store The system responds with Please say the first digit to store followed by a tone 3 120 Say the first digit to be stored The system will repeat back the digit it heard followed by a tone Continue entering digits until the number to be stored is complete If an unwanted number is recognized by the system say Clear at any time to clear the last number To hear all of the numbers recogni
7. Press the switch to turn the massaging lumbar feature on The ignition must be on for this feature to work The massage cycle will run for up to 10 minutes To stop massage press the massaging lumbar switch again or press the power lumbar switch Heated and Cooled Seats The vehicle may have heated and cooled front seats To operate the heated or cooled seats the ignition must be on The buttons are located on the front doors Drive Side Buttons shown Passenger Side Buttons similar Cooled Seat Press to turn on the cooled seat e Heated Seat and Seatback Press to turn on the heated seat and seatback A light on the button shows the feature is on Each feature has three temperature settings indicated by three lights next to the buttons The highest setting shows three lights two is medium and one is the lowest When you press a button the feature will turn on at the highest setting Each time the button is pressed the feature will go down one temperature setting To turn the feature off keep pressing the button until the display lights turn off If the vehicle has remote vehicle start and it is started using the RKE transmitter the front heated seats will be turned on to the high setting if it is cold outside See Remote Vehicle Start under Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 2 5 When the key is inserted into the ignition and the ignition is turned on this featur
8. See Engine Exhaust on page 2 36 for important safety information when using remote start in a closed garage Remote Start Ready If your vehicle does not have the remote vehicle start feature it may have the remote start ready feature This feature allows your dealer retailer to add the manufacturer s remote vehicle start feature See your dealer retailer if you would like to add the manufacturer s remote vehicle start feature to your vehicle Doors and Locks Door Locks A CAUTION Unlocked doors can be dangerous Passengers especially children can easily open the doors and fall out of a moving vehicle When a door is locked the handle will not open it The chance of being thrown out of the vehicle in a crash is increased if the doors are not locked So all passengers should wear safety belts properly and the doors should be locked whenever the vehicle is driven Young children who get into unlocked vehicles may be unable to get out A child can be overcome by extreme heat and can suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke Always lock the vehicle whenever leaving it CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued Outsiders can easily enter through an unlocked door when you slow down or stop your vehicle Locking your doors can help prevent this from happening There are several ways to lock and unlock your vehicle Because the vehicle has the theft deterrent system you must
9. followed by a tone 2 Say Transfer Call The system responds with Transferring call and the audio will switch from the vehicle to the cell phone To Transfer Audio to the In Vehicle Bluetooth System The cellular phone must be paired and connected with the Bluetooth system before a call can be transferred The connection process can take up to two minutes after the key is turned to the ON RUN or ACC ACCESSORY position During a call with the audio on the cell phone press for more than two seconds The audio switches from the cell phone to the vehicle Voice Pass Thru Voice Pass Thru allows access to the voice recognition commands on the cell phone See the cell phone manufacturers user guide to see if the cell phone supports this feature This feature can be used to verbally access contacts stored in the cell phone 1 Press and hold for two seconds The system responds with Ready followed by a tone 2 Say Bluetooth The system responds with Bluetooth ready followed by a tone 3 Say Voice The system responds with OK accessing lt phone name gt The cell phone s normal prompt messages will go through its cycle according to the phone s operating instructions Dual Tone Multi Frequency DTMF Tones The in vehicle Bluetooth system can send numbers and numbers stored as name tags during a call This is used when calling a menu driven phone system Acc
10. 5 34 Brake Wear This vehicle has disc brakes Disc brake pads have built in wear indicators that make a high pitched warning sound when the brake pads are worn and new pads are needed The sound can come and go or be heard all the time the vehicle is moving except when applying the brake pedal firmly A CAUTION The brake wear warning sound means that soon the brakes will not work well That could lead to an accident When the brake wear warning sound is heard have the vehicle serviced Notice Continuing to drive with worn out brake pads could result in costly brake repair Some driving conditions or climates can cause a brake squeal when the brakes are first applied or lightly applied This does not mean something is wrong with the brakes Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary to help prevent brake pulsation When tires are rotated inspect brake pads for wear and evenly tighten wheel nuts in the proper sequence to torque specifications in Capacities and Specifications on page 5 103 Brake linings should always be replaced as complete axle sets Brake Pedal Travel See your dealer retailer if the brake pedal does not return to normal height or if there is a rapid increase in pedal travel This could be a sign that brake service might be required Brake Adjustment Every time the brakes are applied with or without the vehicle moving the brakes adjust for wear Replacing Brake System Parts The braking
11. Say the name tag to be deleted The system responds with Would you like to delete lt name tag gt Please say yes or no If the name tag is correct say Yes to delete the name tag The system responds with OK deleting lt name tag gt returning to the main menu Ifthe name tag is incorrect say No The system responds with No OK let s try again please say the name tag Using the Delete All Name Tags Command The delete all name tags command deletes all stored phone book name tags and route name tags for OnStar if present To use the delete all name tags command 1 Press and hold for two seconds The system responds with Ready followed by a tone Say Delete all name tags The system responds with You are about to delete all name tags stored in your phone directory and your route destination directory Are you sure you want to do this Please say yes or no e Say Yes to delete all name tags e Say No to cancel the function and return to the main menu 3 121 Making a Call Using the Digit Dial Command Calls can be made using the following commands 1 Press and hold for two seconds The system Dial responds with Ready followed by a tone e Digit Dial 2 Say Digit Dial The system responds with 9 Digit dial using lt phone name gt please say the Call first digit to dial followed by a tone Re dial 3 Say
12. You can be injured and the vehicle could be damaged if you try to do service work on a vehicle without knowing enough about it Be sure you have sufficient knowledge experience the proper replacement parts and tools before attempting any vehicle maintenance task Be sure to use the proper nuts bolts and other fasteners English and metric fasteners can be easily confused If the wrong fasteners are used parts can later break or fall off You could be hurt If doing some of your own service work use the proper service manual It tells you much more about how to service the vehicle than this manual can To order the proper service manual see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 7 16 This vehicle has an airbag system Before attempting to do your own service work see Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 68 Keep a record with all parts receipts and list the mileage and the date of any service work performed See Maintenance Record on page 6 15 Adding Equipment to the Outside of the Vehicle Things added to the outside of the vehicle can affect the airflow around it This can cause wind noise and can affect fuel economy and windshield washer performance Check with your dealer retailer before adding equipment to the outside of the vehicle Fuel Use of the recommended fuel is an important part of the proper maintenance of this vehicle To help keep the engine clean and maintain optimum ve
13. 5 94 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 1 68 Setting the CIOCK cceceeeeeeeeeneee eee eeaeeaeenes 3 96 Sheet Metal Damage ceeceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeenes 5 93 Shifting Out Of Park saaneista oe a E a EE 2 34 Shifting Into Park 223 dannes keel been pen bukke 2 33 Side Blind Zone Alert Xu u sssseeeeeeeerereren tenes 2 45 Signals Turn and Lane Change 0005 3 8 Spare Tile easi vest alivevencatacheeteiees Ane 5 85 Installing nonan ee nET 5 77 REMOVING oraris conc rese been MELD ences 5 76 SONNO srono e en e E NS EEE EEA 5 83 Specifications and Capacities cece 5 103 Speedometer ccceeeceeceeeneceeeeeaeeaeeaeeeeenes 3 52 StabiliTrak Indicator Light cccccssssseeees 3 58 StabiliTrak System ccccccccsssssssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 6 Start Vehicle Remote c cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeea ees 2 7 Starting the Engine X u sssseeeeee renere renerne 2 26 SIEEN eriarsti eiea r e aaa 4 8 Steering Wheel Heated noscsinnnianna aaaea EES 3 7 Steering Wheel Controls Audio 65 3 127 Steering Wheel Controls Memory 0ee 1 6 Steering Wheel Power Tilt Wheel and Telescopic Steering Column 0 eeeeeee neers 3 7 Steering Wheel Tilt Wheel 0 ceeeeeeeee 3 6 13 Storage Areas Center Console 0 cceceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 62 Center Flex Stor
14. Engine Temperature Warning Light 3 59 Surge Tank Pressure Cap ceeeeeneee teeters 5 27 Cooled Seats aar Hargadon 1 5 Cooling System ccc cee eeeeeee eee eeeeeaeeaeeneeeeenes 5 22 Cornering LAMPS cceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeneeeeenes 3 34 Courtesy Lamps serine ieee atten adie 3 35 Courtesy Transportation 0 ceceeeeneeeeeeeeeeenes 7 10 Cruise COMMON wae seis c Sade ie nites bate dhe nent wales 3 16 Cruise Control Active ccccceeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeaees 3 19 Cruise Control Forward Collision Alert FCA SYSLOM EE E E E ener eres 3 9 Cruise Control Light ccceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeee tenes 3 66 CUPNGIDERS iseun ai aa 2 62 Customer Assistance cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 7 6 Offices cccetixcaee T 7 6 Text Telephone TTY Users ccecce 7 6 Customer Information Service Publications Ordering Information 7 16 Customer Satisfaction Procedure 7 2 Damage Repair Collision ceceeeeeeeeee eee 7 12 Data Recorders EVEN ses E oldie Cad dade poeee du banes eebiandne 7 18 Daytime Running Lamps DRL eee 3 33 Defensive Driving ceceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeenenees 4 2 DISC MPI eieaa hebr cancgnenanatoones 3 110 Doing Your Own Service Work eeceeeeeeeeee es 5 4 Door Central Door Unlocking System 0 0 2 11 LOCKS rreri enine a E Rai 2 10 Power Door LOCKS ssrciieccneneaanaciien cance 2 11 Prog
15. The following are customization features that allow you to program settings to the vehicle DISPLAY IN ENGLISH This feature will only display if a language other than English has been set This feature allows you to change the language in which the DIC messages appear to English Press the customization button until the PRESS TO DISPLAY IN ENGLISH screen appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button once to display all DIC messages in English DISPLAY LANGUAGE This feature allows you to select the language in which the DIC messages will appear Press the customization button until the DISPLAY LANGUAGE screen appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button once to access the settings for this feature Then press the menu up down button to scroll through the following settings ENGLISH default All messages will appear in English DEUTSCH All messages will appear in German FRANCAIS All messages will appear in French ESPANOL All messages will appear in Spanish JAPANESE All messages will appear in Japanese ARABIC All messages will appear in Arabic NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain To select a setting press the set reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC AUTO DOOR LOCK This feature allows you to select when the vehicle s doors will automatically lock See Programmable Automatic Door Locks on page 2 11 for more info
16. The surface of these wheels is similar to the painted surface of the vehicle Do not use strong soaps chemicals abrasive polishes abrasive cleaners cleaners with acid or abrasive cleaning brushes on them because they could damage the surface Do not use chrome polish on aluminum wheels Notice Using chrome polish on aluminum wheels could damage the wheels The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Use chrome polish on chrome wheels only Use chrome polish only on chrome plated wheels but avoid any painted surface of the wheel and buff off immediately after application Notice Driving the vehicle through an automatic car wash that has silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes could damage the aluminum or chrome plated wheels The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Never drive a vehicle that has aluminum or chrome plated wheels through an automatic car wash that uses silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes Tires To clean the tires use a stiff brush with tire cleaner Notice Using petroleum based tire dressing products on the vehicle may damage the paint finish and or tires When applying a tire dressing always wipe off any overspray from all painted surfaces on the vehicle Sheet Metal Damage If the vehicle is damaged and requires sheet metal repair or replacement make sure the body repair shop applies anti corrosion material to parts repaired or replaced to restore corrosion prot
17. Warning Light For vehicles with the Antilock Brake System ABS this light comes on briefly when the engine is started If it does not have the vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer If the system is working normally the indicator light then goes off If the ABS light stays on turn the ignition off If the light comes on while driving stop as soon as it is safely possible and turn the ignition off Then start the engine again to reset the system If the ABS light stays on or comes on again while driving the vehicle needs service If the regular brake system warning light is not on the vehicle still has brakes but not antilock brakes If the regular brake system warning light is also on the vehicle does not have antilock brakes and there is a problem with the regular brakes See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 56 For vehicles with a Driver Information Center DIC see DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 73 for all brake related DIC messages 3 57 Traction Control System TCS Warning Light A ee This warning light comes on briefly while starting the engine If it does not have the vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer If the system is working normally the indicator light will then go off If it stays on or comes on while driving there may be a problem with the traction control system and the vehicle needs service When this warning light is on the system will not limit wheel spin If th
18. all phones are guaranteed to work with the in vehicle Bluetooth system See gm com bluetooth for more information on compatible phones Voice Recognition The Bluetooth system uses voice recognition to interpret voice commands to dial phone numbers and name tags Noise Keep interior noise levels to a minimum The system may not recognize voice commands if there is too much background noise When to Speak A short tone sounds after the system responds indicating when it is waiting for a voice command Wait until the tone and then speak How to Speak Speak clearly in a calm and natural voice Audio System When using the in vehicle Bluetooth system sound comes through the vehicle s front audio system speakers and overrides the audio system Use the audio system volume knob during a call to change the volume level The adjusted volume level remains in memory for later calls To prevent missed calls a minimum volume level is used if the volume is turned down too low Bluetooth Controls Use the buttons located on the steering wheel to operate the in vehicle Bluetooth system See Audio Steering Wheel Controls on page 3 127 for more information amp amp Push To Talk Press to answer incoming calls to confirm system information and to start speech recognition CR V Phone On Hook Press to end a call reject a call or to cancel an operation Pairing A Bluetooth enabled cell phone must be paired to the in
19. s width height aspect ratio construction type and service description See the Tire Size illustration later in this section for more detail B TPC Spec Tire Performance Criteria Specification Original equipment tires designed to GM s specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification code molded onto the sidewall GM s TPC specifications meet or exceed all federal safety guidelines C Dual Tire Maximum Load Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load when used in a dual configuration D DOT Department of Transportation The Department of Transportation DOT code indicates that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 5 52 E Tire Identification Number TIN The letters and numbers following DOT code are the Tire Identification Number TIN The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code tire size and date the tire was manufactured The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire although only one side may have the date of manufacture F Tire Ply Material The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread G Single Tire Maximum Load Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load when used as a single For information on recommended tire pressure see Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 57 Tire Size The following illu
20. 2 MINUTES The exterior lamps will stay on for two minutes NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain To select a setting press the set reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC 3 90 APPROACH LIGHTING This feature allows you to select whether or not to have the exterior lights turn on briefly during low light periods after unlocking the vehicle using the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter Press the customization button until APPROACH LIGHTING appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button once to access the settings for this feature Then press the menu up down button to scroll through the following settings OFF The exterior lights will not turn on when you unlock the vehicle with the RKE transmitter ON default If it is dark enough outside the exterior lights will turn on briefly when you unlock the vehicle with the RKE transmitter The lights will remain on for 20 seconds or until the lock button on the RKE transmitter is pressed or the vehicle is no longer off See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 2 5 for more information NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain To select a setting press the set reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC CHIME VOLUME This feature allows you to select the volume level of the chime Press the customization button
21. 6 11 Recreational Vehicle Towing eeeeeeeeeees 4 26 Reimbursement Program GM Mobility 7 7 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System 2 4 11 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation Remote Vehicle Start ccsceeceeeeeeeeeeeeees Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire 23 has it tes ac a a eee TEE ER Removing the Spare Tire and Tools Replacement Parts Maintenance Reporting Safety Defects Canadian Government eseeeeeeeneeeeeeeees General Motors ccscceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Restraint System Check Checking the Restraint Systems Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash Retained Accessory Power RAP ccce Roadside Service Rocking Your Vehicle to Get it Out Roof SUNOD c 3 cc hi ccdetin e he ende Lane Running the Vehicle While Parked 1 12 Safety Belt Reminders W sssseeeeeereerereree 3 53 Safety Belts Gare OF encase craen a iea a essens 5 89 ELENA cuerno EEEE 1 32 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 1 17 Lap Belt aa i iaeia 1 31 Lap Shoulder Belt cceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeneees 1 26 Safety Belts Are for Everyone 1 12 Use During Pregnancy eceeeeeeeeeeeee eters 1 31 Safety Defects Reporting to General Motors n 7 16 Reporting to the Unit
22. 64 65 67 70 56 Power Windows 53 Electronic Leveling Control Compressor Park Lamps 5 102 54 55 Left Front Power Seat 56 Power Tilt Steering Wheel Capacities and Specifications The following approximate capacities are given in English and metric conversions See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 17 for more information Application m n mee For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge amount see the refrigerant caution label located under the hood See your dealer retailer for more information Cooling System 12 6 at 12 0L Air Conditioning Refrigerant All capacities are approximate When adding be sure to fill to the approximate level as recommended in this manual Recheck fluid level after filling Engine Specifications Engine vin code Spark Plug Gap 4 6L DOHC V8 Engine 0 050 in 1 27 mm 4 6L DOHC V8 Engine o Automatic 0 050 in 1 27 mn 5 103 42 NOTES 5 104 Section 6 Maintenance Schedule Maintenance Schedule 0seeeeeeeeeees 6 2 Owner Checks and Services 6 8 IMMOGUCHION 0 5 ET 6 2 At Each Fuel Pill LL 2 andres bedene delene 6 8 Maintenance Requirements ccecce 6 2 At Least Once a Month n 6 9 Your Vehicle and the Environment 6 2 At Least Once a Year aseeseen 6 9 Using the Maintenance Schedule c sceeeeeens 6 2 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 6 11 Scheduled Maintenance
23. On Turns on the cruise control system RES Resume Accelerate Press to make the vehicle accelerate or resume to a previously set speed SET Set Press to set the speed Rg Cancel Press to cancel cruise control Cruise control will not work if the parking brake is set or if the master cylinder brake fluid level is low If the brakes are applied the cruise control shuts off The cruise light on the instrument panel cluster comes on after the cruise control has been set to the desired speed 1 Press amp 2 Get up to the desired speed 3 Press the SET button located on the steering wheel and release it 4 Take your foot off the accelerator 3 17 Resuming a Set Speed Suppose the cruise control is set at a desired speed and then the brakes are applied This shuts off the cruise control But it does not need to be reset Once the vehicle is traveling approximately 25 mph 40 km h or more press the RES resume accelerate button to return to the desired preset speed The cruise light displays again The vehicle returns to and stays at the preset speed If you press and hold the RES button the vehicle speed increases until the button is released or the brake is applied Do not hold in the RES button if you do not want the vehicle speed to increase Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control There are two ways to go to a higher speed Use the accelerator pedal to get to the higher sp
24. Rust or dirt on a wheel or on the parts to which it is fastened can make wheel nuts become loose after time The wheel could come off and cause an accident When you change a wheel remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle In an emergency you can use a cloth or a paper towel to do this but be sure to use a scraper or wire brush later if needed to get all the rust or dirt off See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5 74 When It Is Time for New Tires Various factors such as maintenance temperatures driving speeds vehicle loading and road conditions influence when you need new tires One way to tell when it is time for new tires is to check the treadwear indicators which will appear when your tires have only 1 16 inch 1 6 mm or less of tread remaining You need new tires if any of the following statements are true You can see the indicators at three or more places around the tire You can see cord or fabric showing through the tire s rubber The tread or sidewall is cracked cut or snagged deep enough to show cord or fabric The tire has a bump bulge or split The tire has a puncture cut or other damage that cannot be repaired well because of the size or location of the damage The rubber in tires degrades over time even if they are not being used This is also true for the spare tire if your vehicle has one Multiple conditions affect how fast th
25. See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for the location of the engine oil dipstick 1 Turn off the engine and give the oil several minutes to drain back into the oil pan If this is not done the oil dipstick might not show the actual level 2 Pull out the dipstick and clean it with a paper towel or cloth then push it back in all the way Remove it again keeping the tip down and check the level When to Add Engine Oil If the oil is below the cross hatched area at the tip of the dipstick add at least one quart liter of the recommended oil This section explains what kind of oil to use For engine oil crankcase capacity see Capacities and Specifications on page 5 103 Notice Do not add too much oil If the engine has so much oil that the oil level gets above the cross hatched area that shows the proper operating range the engine could be damaged See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for the location of the engine oil fill cap E7 hAM Mobil SAE 5W 30 Add enough oil to put the level somewhere in the proper operating range in the cross hatched area Push the dipstick all the way back in when through What Kind of Engine Oil to Use Look for three things RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY GRADE ENGINE OILS HOT WEATHER FIT c LOOK FOR THIS SYMBOL AND GM STANDARD GM4718M DO NOT USE SAE 10W 40 SAE 20W 50 OR ANY OTHER VISCOSITY GRADE OIL NOT RECOMMENDED COLD WEATHER e GM4718M This
26. See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 19 GAWR FRT Gross Axle Weight Rating for the front axle See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 19 GAWR RR Gross Axle Weight Rating for the rear axle See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 19 Intended Outboard Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle Kilopascal kPa The metric unit for air pressure Light Truck LT Metric Tire A tire used on light duty trucks and some multipurpose passenger vehicles Load Index An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire can be inflated The maximum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall Maximum Load Rating The load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight The sum of curb weight accessory weight vehicle capacity weight and production options weight Normal Occupant Weight The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 150 Ibs 68 kg See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 19 Occupant Distribution Designated seating positions Outward Facing Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle The side of the tire that contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model n
27. Then loosen the wheel nuts with the wheel wrench Do not remove them yet 5 77 3 For models with exposed lug nuts loosen them using the wheel wrench Do not remove them yet 5 78 4 Find the jacking location from the diagram above and use the corresponding cutouts located in the plastic molding The front location is A 8 5 inches 21 cm from the rear edge of the front wheel well and the rear location B is 3 5 inches 8 5 cm from the front edge of the rear wheel well The notches may also be labeled JACK with an arrow pointing to the jacking location on the vehicle 5 Turn the jack handle counterclockwise to lower the jack lift head until the jack fits under the vehicle A CAUTION Getting under a vehicle when it is jacked up is dangerous If the vehicle slips off the jack you could be badly injured or killed Never get under a vehicle when it is supported only by a jack A CAUTION Raising your vehicle with the jack improperly positioned can damage the vehicle and even make the vehicle fall To help avoid personal injury and vehicle damage be sure to fit the jack lift head into the proper location before raising the vehicle the channel of the jack head 6 Raise the jack until the metal flange fits firmly into 7 Put the spare tire near you Notice If you position the jack under the rocker molding and
28. Turn the key off and let the engine compartment cool down 2 Wipe the cap and the top of the reservoir clean 3 Unscrew the cap and wipe the dipstick with a clean rag 4 Replace the cap and completely tighten it 5 Remove the cap again and look at the fluid level on the dipstick The level should be at the FULL COLD mark If necessary add only enough fluid to bring the level up to the mark What to Use To determine what kind of fluid to use see Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 11 Always use the proper fluid Notice Use of the incorrect fluid may damage the vehicle and the damages may not be covered by the vehicle s warranty Always use the correct fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 11 5 31 Windshield Washer Fluid What to Use When the vehicle needs windshield washer fluid be sure to read the manufacturer s instructions before use If the vehicle will be operating in an area where the temperature may fall below freezing use a fluid that has sufficient protection against freezing Adding Washer Fluid The WASHER FLUID LOW ADD FLUID message will be displayed on the Driver Information Center DIC when the fluid is low See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 73 for more information Open the cap with the washer symbol on it Add washer fluid until the tank is full See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for reservoir location 5 32 Notice When u
29. Your vehicle does not require service If this message appears when you attempt to activate the system continue driving for several minutes and then try activating the system again See Adaptive Cruise Control on page 3 19 for more information RAINSENSE WIPERS ACTIVE If your vehicle has Rainsense II wipers this message displays while this feature is active See Rainsense Il Wipers on page 3 14 for more information REMOTE KEY LEARNING ACTIVE This message displays while you are matching a Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter to your vehicle See Matching Transmitter s to Your Vehicle under Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 2 5 and DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 68 for more information REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY This message displays when the battery in the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter needs to be replaced To replace the battery see Battery Replacement under Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 2 5 RIGHT REAR DOOR OPEN This symbol appears with this message This message displays when the passenger side rear door is not closed completely Make sure that the door is closed completely SERVICE AIR BAG This message displays when there is a problem with the airbag system Have your vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer immediately See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 54 for more information 3 79 SERVICE A C SYSTEM This message displa
30. head restraint press the button located on the top of the seatback and push the restraint down Push down on the head restraint after the button is released to make sure that it is locked in place The head restraints are not designed to be removed Front Seats Power Seats The power seat controls are located on the outboard side of the seats Move the seat forward or rearward by sliding the control forward or rearward Raise or lower the front part of the seat cushion by moving the front of the control up or down Raise or lower the rear part of the seat cushion by moving the rear of the control up or down The front seats also have power reclining seatbacks See Power Reclining Seatbacks on page 1 8 On vehicles with the memory feature memory settings can be programmed and recalled for seat positions See Memory Seat Mirrors and Steering Wheel on page 1 6 Power Lumbar The power lumbar controls are located on the outboard side of the front seats Press the lumbar control forward to increase support and rearward to decrease support Press the top or bottom of the control to raise or lower the support mechanism Keep in mind that as a seating position changes as it may during long trips so should the position of the lumbar support Adjust the seat as needed Massaging Lumbar On vehicles with this feature the switch is located on the outboard side of the front seats behind the lumbar switch
31. including important safety information A label on the sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys 1 52 A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag A child in a forward facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger airbag inflates and the passenger seat is in a forward position Even if the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger frontal airbag no system is fail safe No one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off Secure rear facing child restraints in a rear seat even if the airbag is off If you secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 64 for additional information If the child restraint has the LATCH system see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 43 for how and where to install the child restraint using LATCH If a child restraint is secured using a safety belt and it uses
32. information 1 66 If the On Indicator is Lit for a Child Restraint If a child restraint has been installed and the on indicator is lit 1 Turn the vehicle off 2 Remove the child restraint from the vehicle 3 Remove any additional items from the seat such as blankets cushions seat covers seat heaters or seat massagers 4 Reinstall the child restraint following the directions provided by the child restraint manufacturer and refer to Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position on page 1 52 5 If after reinstalling the child restraint and restarting the vehicle the on indicator is still lit turn the vehicle off Then slightly recline the vehicle seatback and adjust the seat cushion if adjustable to make sure that the vehicle seatback is not pushing the child restraint into the seat cushion Also make sure the child restraint is not trapped under the vehicle head restraint If this happens adjust the head restraint See Head Restraints on page 1 2 6 Restart the vehicle If the on indicator is still lit secure the child in the child restraint in a rear seat position in the vehicle and check with your dealer retailer If the Off Indicator is Lit for an If this happens use the following steps to allow the Adult Size Occupant system to detect that person and enable the right front passenger frontal airbag and seat mounted side impact airbag 1 Turn the vehicle off 2 Remove any additio
33. order on the CD R or CD RW and begins playing MP3 WMA files by that artist If you want to listen to MP3 WMA files by another artist press the pushbutton located below either arrow button The CD goes to the next or previous artist in alphabetical order Continue pressing either button until the desired artist displays To change from playback by artist to playback by album press the pushbutton located below the Sort By label From the sort screen push one of the buttons below the album button Press the pushbutton below the Back label to return to the main music navigator screen Now the album name displays on the second line between the arrows and songs from the current album begins to play Once all songs from that album have played the player moves to the next album in alphabetical order on the CD R or CD RW and begins playing MP3 WMA files from that album To exit music navigator mode press the button below the Back label to return to normal MP3 WMA playback BAND Press to listen to the radio when a CD is playing The inactive CD remains inside the radio for future listening CD AUX CD Auxiliary Press to play a CD when listening to the radio The CD icon and a message showing disc and or track number displays when a CD is in the player Press this button again and the system automatically searches for an auxiliary input device such as a portable audio player If a portable audio player is not connected No Aux Input Devi
34. time press one of the power seat controls memory buttons power tilt wheel control or power mirror buttons If something has blocked the driver seat and or the steering column while recalling a memory position the driver seat and or the steering column recall may stop If this happens remove the obstruction then press the appropriate control for the area that is not recalling for two seconds Try recalling the memory position again by pressing the appropriate memory button If the memory position is still not recalling see your dealer retailer for service Easy Exit Recall The control for this feature is located on the driver door panel between buttons 1 and 2 With the vehicle in P Park the exit position can be recalled by pressing the exit button You will hear a single beep The driver seat will move back and if the vehicle has the power tilt wheel and telescopic steering feature the power telescopic steering column will move up and forward If the easy exit seat feature is on in the DIC automatic seat and power telescopic steering column movement will occur when the key is removed from the ignition See EASY EXIT RECALL under DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 86 for more information Further programming for automatic seat and steering wheel movement can be done using the Driver Information Center DIC You can select or not select the following The easy exit recall feature The memory seat recall f
35. 000 miles 50 000 km or 24 months whichever occurs first Any repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Always use DEX COOL silicate free coolant in the vehicle Engine Coolant The cooling system in the vehicle is filled with DEX COOL engine coolant This coolant is designed to remain in the vehicle for five years or 150 000 miles 240 000 km whichever occurs first The following explains the cooling system and how to check and add coolant when it is low If there is a problem with engine overheating see Engine Overheating on page 5 28 5 23 What to Use A CAUTION Adding only plain water to the cooling system can be dangerous Plain water or some other liquid such as alcohol can boil before the proper coolant mixture will The vehicle s coolant warning system is set for the proper coolant mixture With plain water or the wrong mixture the engine could get too hot but you would not get the overheat warning The engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned Use a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant 5 24 Use a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant If using this mixture nothing else needs to be added This mixture e Gives freezing protection down to 34 F 37 C outside temperature Gives boiling protection up to 265 F 129 C engine temperature Protects against rust and corrosion e Will not damage aluminum
36. 160 000 km Powertrain warranty period Items considered are hotel meals and rental car Cadillac Technician Roadside Service U S only Cadillac s exceptional Roadside Service is more than an auto club or towing service It provides every Cadillac owner in the United States with the advantage of contacting a Cadillac advisor and where available a Cadillac trained dealer technician who can provide on site service A dealer technician will travel to your location within a 30 mile radius of a participating Cadillac dealership If beyond this radius we will arrange to have your car towed to the nearest Cadillac dealership Each technician travels with a specially equipped service vehicle complete with the necessary Cadillac parts and tools required to handle most roadside repairs Services Not Included in Roadside Assistance Impound towing caused by violation of any laws Legal fines e Mounting dismounting or changing of snow tires chains or other traction devices e Towing or services for vehicles driven on a non public road or highway Services Specific to Canadian Purchased Vehicles Fuel delivery Reimbursement is approximately 5 Canadian Diesel fuel delivery may be restricted Propane and other fuels are not provided through this service Lock Out Service Vehicle registration is required Trip Routing Service Limit of six requests per year Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance Pre au
37. 39 Where to Put the Restraint c eee 1 42 Circuit Breakers ccsiccisacesdacieaeves riai E 5 95 Cleaning Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels 5 92 Exterior Lamps Lenses ceceeeeeeeeeee tenes 5 90 Fabric Carpet cirin meari ak ee inoia len 5 87 Finish Care eneon inddehescentabateease ERRES 5 90 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic Surfaces cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeen eee ees 5 88 INLGMOM iieo o a E a A AN O 5 86 eather earren enoe e TA 5 88 Speaker Covers ccceceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeneees 5 89 TINGS sesona a aaa E 5 93 Underbody Maintenance 5 93 Washing Your Vehicle eeeeeeeeeeee eee eees 5 90 Weathers ips 2225254 sols skeer reseni lee 5 89 Windshield and Wiper Blades W u s seere 5 91 Wood Panels sn en are 5 89 Climate Control System Outlet Adjustment W ssseeeeeerereeeke re renee 3 46 Climate Control Systems DU Al idna E E lle 3 40 Rear Seir rr rn erne 3 46 ICIOGK eneee a E e E EEA 3 39 Clock S ttinG estes see lerende 3 96 Collision Damage Repair cc ceeeeeeeeeneee tenes 7 12 COMPASS iremen ne a ei 1 11 2 38 Content Theft Deterrent cceceeeeeeeeeeee tenes 2 21 Control of a Vehicle cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeee ees 4 3 Convenience Net ccceeeeeeeeeeeaeeaeeneeeeenes 2 63 Coolant e E dutheasccamacmeseatcees glans 5 23 Engine Temperature Gage eeeeeeeeeeees 3 60
38. 5 77 After installing the spare tire on your vehicle you should stop as soon as possible and make sure the spare is correctly inflated Have the damaged or flat road tire repaired or replaced as soon as you can and installed back onto your vehicle This way a spare tire will be available in case you need it again Your vehicle may have a different size spare tire than the road tire originally installed on your vehicle This spare tire was developed for use on your vehicle so it is all right to drive on it If your vehicle has a spare tire that does not match your vehicle s original road tires and wheels in size and type do not include the spare in the tire rotation 5 85 Appearance Care Interior Cleaning The vehicle s interior will continue to look its best if it is cleaned often Although not always visible dust and dirt can accumulate on the upholstery Dirt can damage carpet fabric leather and plastic surfaces Regular vacuuming is recommended to remove particles from the upholstery It is important to keep the upholstery from becoming and remaining heavily soiled Soils should be removed as quickly as possible The vehicle s interior may experience extremes of heat that could cause stains to set rapidly Lighter colored interiors may require more frequent cleaning Use care because newspapers and garments that transfer color to home furnishings may also transfer color to the vehicle s interior When cle
39. Allow the leather to dry naturally If a soil occurs that cannot be completely removed allow it to become part of the natural markings of the leather The leather in the vehicle was designed to have a natural appearance and develop a more vintage appearance with use 5 88 Do not use heat to dry Never use steam to clean leather Never use spot lifters or spot removers on leather It is very important to not use any commercial leather cleaners or coatings that are sold to preserve and protect leather Not only are those products not necessary they will permanently and adversely change the appearance and feel of the leather Never use silicone or wax based products or those containing organic solvents to clean the vehicle s interior Never use shoe polish on leather Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic Surfaces A soft cloth dampened with water may be used to remove dust If a more thorough cleaning is necessary a clean soft cloth dampened with a mild soap solution can be used to gently remove dust and dirt Never use spot lifters or removers on plastic surfaces Many commercial cleaners and coatings that are sold to preserve and protect soft plastic surfaces may permanently change the appearance and feel of the interior and are not recommended Do not use silicone or wax based products or those containing organic solvents to clean the vehicle s interior because they can alter the appearance by increasing the gloss in a non
40. Continued restraint in a rear seat It is also better to secure a forward facing child restraint in a rear seat If you must secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go 1 37 Q A 1 38 What are the different types of add on child restraints Add on child restraints which are purchased by the vehicle s owner are available in four basic types Selection of a particular restraint should take into consideration not only the child s weight height and age but also whether or not the restraint will be compatible with the motor vehicle in which it will be used For most basic types of child restraints there are many different models available When purchasing a child restraint be sure it is designed to be used in a motor vehicle If it is the restraint will have a label saying that it meets federal motor vehicle safety standards The restraint manufacturer s instructions that come with the restraint state the weight and height limitations for a particular child restraint In addition there are many kinds of restraints available for children with special needs A CAUTION To reduce the risk of neck and head injury during a crash infants need complete support This is because an infant s neck is not fully developed and its head weighs so much compared with the rest of its body In a crash an infant in a rear facing child
41. Ilt ccccccceecccceeeeececeeaeeeceeeaeaees 2 22 Electronic Immobilizer Operation PASS Key LE ccccccssscsssssseeseeecsceeaeenaneres 2 23 Engine Air Cleaner Filter cccseeeeeeeeeeeneeaeeeeeaes 5 17 Check and Service Engine Soon Lamp 3 61 Compartment Overview 5 12 GOO Fe Ta cues cantante E E E ADRESSE E ARE 5 23 Coolant Heater 4222 0 divest nities 2 28 Coolant Temperature Gage ceeeeeeeeeeeeee 3 60 Coolant Temperature Warning Light 3 59 Cooling Syste mM serisinin anna aoina 5 22 Drive Belt Routing eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee es 6 14 Exhaust soinnissa riein radeon e ben ler 2 36 Ol aee age capee atest a SEEDEDE EL SEERE JES RENE 5 13 Oil Life System esenea anane 5 16 Overheated Protection Operating Mode 5 30 Overheating use rer haner eee ei 5 28 Staing erarinta SA AE E EEA PEET 2 26 Entry Lighting isese aaia ananena aS 3 35 eporting Safety Defects to the United States Government ceeeeeeeeee ees 7 15 Event Data Recorders 2 e eseeeeeceeeeeeeeeees 7 18 Extender Safety Belt cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 32 Exterior LAMPS uiian aaao sb bus Salen 3 29 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver ceeeeeeees 3 34 Filter Engine Air Cleaner ccceceseeeeeneeeeeneeee es 5 17 Finish Damage 2262 dress benene 5 93 Flashers Hazard Warning ssseseeenereerereeree 3 6 Flashto Pass ca cnsctesdiaieinna
42. LANE DEPARTURE SYSTEM If your vehicle has the Lane Departure Warning LDW system this message may display to indicate that the LDW system is not working properly If this message remains on after continued driving the system needs service See your dealer retailer See Lane Departure Warning LDW on page 2 49 for more information SERVICE PARKING ASSIST If your vehicle has the Ultrasonic Front and Rear Parking Assist UFRPA system this message displays if there is a problem with the UFRPA system Do not use this system to help you park See Ultrasonic Front and Rear Parking Assist UFRPA on page 2 42 for more information See your dealer retailer for service SERVICE POWER STEERING Your vehicle may have a speed variable assist steering system See Steering on page 4 8 This message displays if a problem is detected with the speed variable assist steering system When this message is displayed you may notice that the effort required to steer the vehicle decreases or feels lighter but you will still be able to steer the vehicle SERVICE RADAR CRUISE This message displays when the Adaptive Cruise Control ACC system and the Forward Collision Alert FCA system are disabled and need service See your dealer retailer SERVICE SIDE BLIND ZONE ALERT SYSTEM If your vehicle has the Side Blind Zone Alert SBZA system and this message displays both SBZA displays will remain on indicating there is a problem with the SBZA sy
43. Lamps on page 3 29 Instrument Panel Cluster on page 3 51 Horn on page 3 6 Audio Steering Wheel Controls on page 3 127 Ultrasonic Front and Rear Parking Assist UFRPA on page 2 42 and Adaptive Cruise Control on page 3 19 If Equipped Analog Clock on page 3 39 Hazard Warning Flashers on page 3 6 Audio System s on page 3 95 Trunk Release Button See Trunk on page 2 13 Instrument Panel Brightness on page 3 34 Lane Departure Warning LDW on page 2 49 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever on page 3 8 vovo n 5 X lt Hood Release on page 5 11 Parking Brake on page 2 32 Heated Steering Wheel on page 3 7 If Equipped Cruise Control on page 3 16 or Adaptive Cruise Control on page 3 19 Tilt Wheel on page 3 6 Power Tilt Wheel and Telescopic Steering Column on page 3 7 If Equipped Dual Climate Control System on page 3 40 Traction Control System Button Console Shift Vehicles See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 6 Shift Lever See Automatic Transmission Operation on page 2 29 Accessory Power Outlet s on page 3 38 Glove Box on page 2 62 Valet Lockout Switch on page 2 20 Hazard Warning Flashers A Hazard Warning Flasher Press this button located on the instrument panel to make the front and rear turn signal lamps flash on and off This warns others that you are having trouble Press A again to turn the flashers off Horn Press near or on the horn symbols on the steering wheel
44. Protection cccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 2 12 Power DOOL ccccecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeaeeaens 2 11 Programmable Automatic Door Locks 2 11 Rear Door Security LOCKS ceeeeeeee eee ees 2 12 Lossi Control BRS eE E ET 4 10 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children 1 43 Lumbar Massaging Controls eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 1 4 Power Controls arenira aaa a 1 4 Lumbar Controls Rear Power ccccceeeeeees 1 11 Magnetic Ride Control ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 8 Maintenance FOOtNOTES c cece cece seca eee aa 6 7 Maintenance Schedule Additional Required Services ceeeeeeeeees 6 5 At Each Fuel Fill 2ccccccccetscccteacnos ennan rer ne 6 8 At Least Once a Month ccc cece cece ari 6 9 At Least Once a Year ccc cece cece ec ee cece eeeeeees 6 9 Maintenance Schedule cont Maintenance Record ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 15 Maintenance Replacement Parts 5 6 13 Maintenance Requirements 6 2 Owner Checks and Services 0 eeeeeeeeeee 6 8 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 6 11 Scheduled Maintenance ceceeeeeeeeeeeee ees 6 4 USING cecssactutehieey ix N ieee 6 2 Your Vehicle and the Environment 6 2 Malfunction Indicator Lamp eeeeeeeeeeeee es 3 61 Massaging Lumbar Controls seeeeeeeeeee ees 1 4 Memory Sea
45. RKE System Operation on page 2 5 and Trunk on page 2 13 for additional information Content Theft Deterrent The security light is located on the instrument panel cluster To arm the system 1 Open the door 2 Lock the door using the power door lock switch with the door open or the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter The security light will flash 3 Close all the doors The security light will come on and stay on for approximately 30 seconds If a door or the trunk is opened without a key or a RKE transmitter the horn will sound and the lamps will flash for about 30 seconds The theft deterrent system will not arm if you lock the doors with a key or use the manual door lock It arms only if you use a power door lock with the door open or the RKE transmitter To avoid arming the alarm by accident Lock the vehicle with the door key or the manual door lock Always unlock a door with a key or use the RKE transmitter system Pressing the unlock button on the RKE transmitter or unlocking a door with the key disarms the content theft deterrent system Unlocking a door any other way will activate the alarm when a door or the trunk is opened If you activate the alarm by accident unlock the driver s door with your key You can also turn off the alarm by using the unlock button on the RKE transmitter system or by starting the car with a valid key Changes or modifications made to this system by other than
46. States Government If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying General Motors If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer retailer or General Motors To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 1200 New Jersey Avenue S E Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from safercar gov Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government If you live in Canada and you believe that your vehicle has a safety defect notify Transport Canada immediately in addition to notifying General Motors of Canada Limited Call them at 1 800 333 0510 or write to Transport Canada Road Safety Branch 2780 Sheffield Road Ottawa Ontario K1B 3V9 7 15 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors In addition to notifying NHTSA or Transport Canada in a situation like this please notify General Motors Call 1 800 458 8006 or write Cadillac Customer Assistance Center Cadillac Motor Ca
47. Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite the fuel vapor You can be badly burned and the vehicle damaged if this occurs To help avoid injury to you and others Dispense fuel only into approved containers Do not fill a container while it is inside a vehicle in a vehicle s trunk pickup bed or on any surface other than the ground Bring the fill nozzle in contact with the inside of the fill opening before operating the nozzle Contact should be maintained until the filling is complete Do not smoke while pumping fuel Do not use a cellular phone while pumping fuel Checking Things Under the Hood A CAUTION A CAUTION An electric fan under the hood can start up and Things that burn can get on hot engine parts and start a fire These include liquids like fuel oil coolant brake fluid windshield washer and other fluids and plastic or rubber You or others could be burned Be careful not to drop or spill things that will burn onto a hot engine injure you even when the engine is not running Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan Hood Release To lift the hood i Pull the hood release lever with this symbol on it It is located on the lower left side of the instrument panel 2 Then go to the front of the vehicle and find the secondary hood release lever located near the center of the hood Move the release lever up and to the right to raise t
48. System TCS The vehicle has a Traction Control System TCS that limits wheel spin This is especially useful in slippery road conditions The system operates only if it senses that the front wheels are spinning too much or beginning to lose traction When this happens the system works the front brakes and reduces engine power by closing the throttle and managing engine spark to limit wheel spin The TCS and StabiliTrak light will flash when the system is limiting wheel spin FAN ee The system may be heard or felt while it is working but this is normal See Traction Control System TCS Warning Light on page 3 58 for more information If the vehicle is in cruise control when TCS begins to limit wheel spin the cruise control will automatically disengage The cruise control may be re engaged when road conditions allow See Cruise Control on page 3 16 The SERVICE TRACTION CONTROL message in the DIC and the TCS StabiliTrak warning light comes on if there is a problem with the traction control system See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 73 When this light and the SERVICE TRACTION CONTROL message are on the system will not limit wheel spin Adjust your driving accordingly To turn the system off or on press and release this button located in front of the shift lever TCS automatically comes on whenever the vehicle is started To limit wheel spin especially in slippery road conditions always leave the syst
49. These fumes can damage the rear seat safety belt systems You might not be able to see this damage and the safety belts might not provide the protection needed in a crash If a replacement battery is ever needed it must be vented in the same manner as the original battery Always make sure that the vent hose is properly reattached before reinstalling the seat cushion To be sure the vent hose A is properly attached the vent hose connectors B must be securely reattached to the vent outlets C on each side of the battery and the vent assembly grommet D must be secured to the floor pan E Vehicle Storage A CAUTION Batteries have acid that can burn you and gas that can explode You can be badly hurt if you are not careful See Jump Starting on page 5 38 for tips on working around a battery without getting hurt Infrequent Usage If the vehicle is driven infrequently remove the black negative cable from the battery This helps keep the battery from running down Extended Storage For extended storage of the vehicle remove the black negative cable from the battery or use a battery trickle charger This helps maintain the charge of the battery over an extended period of time 5 37 Jump Starting If the vehicle s battery has run down you may want to use another vehicle and some jumper cables to start your vehicle Be sure to use the following steps to do it safely A CAUTION Batteries
50. Vehicle Start Charging System en A Safety Belt Reminders amp Cruise Control E Tire Pressure Monitor E Engine Coolant Temperature gt Traction Control Exterior Lamps ER Windshield Washer Fluid 40 Fog Lamps D Fuel Gage Section 1 Seats and Restraint System Head Restraints cccceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 2 Child Restraint Systems c eeeeeeeeeeee eens 1 39 Front Seats o tf cetcandeccccbuscnaees aeeseeicese 1 3 Where to Put the Restraint se 1 42 Power Seats cies conc cas elias lta aiian 1 3 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Power Lumbar 222245 En rs kk nriran 1 4 Children LATCH u u u u sssssssssssererererererenen 1 43 Massaging Lumbar cccccccccceeseeceeeeeeeeees 1 4 Securing a Child Restraint in a Heated and Cooled Seats cccccecceeneeeeeee 1 5 Rear Seat Position suser 1 49 Memory Seat Mirrors and Steering Wheel 1 6 Securing a Child Restraint in the Power Reclining Seatbacks see 1 8 Center Front Seat Position sne 1 51 Center Seat ccccccccccssesseeeeceeeceeeesaaeaneeeses 1 10 Securing a Child Restraint in the Rear Seats 1 10 Right Front Seat Position eeee 1 52 Heated SOAS iia umage dat ratek encencuaite 1 10 Airbag System 0 0 0 1 55 Rear Seat Pass Through Door 1 14 Where Are the Airbags cc sees 1 57 Power Lim b risse stienis 1 11 When Should an Airba
51. Warning LDW Light 3 59 Mudie System S 1 3 95 Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light 3 59 Setting the CIO cere nccencscccead a sutedebdoataadenenes 3 96 Engine Coolant Temperature Gage 3 60 Radio s MP3 sssssacaceecclesecat octet rererere 3 99 Tire Pressure Light scsssriisecsnedacssin sinuni 3 60 Using an MP3 ciccisecscccnevessasnnececasetecdeacende cer 3 110 Malfunction Indicator Lamp scceeeees 3 61 XM Radio Messages ccccesecesseseeeeeeseesees 3 115 Oil Pressure Light 1 3 64 Navigation Radio System 0 cccccsceseeseeeeees 3 116 Security Light 0 3 65 Bluetooth 23232225 erare aiT ieia 3 116 Fog Lamp Light 1 0 1 eee 3 65 Theft Deterrent Feature 0 eee 3 127 Lights On Reminder seerne 3 65 Audio Steering Wheel Controls 0000cc0ee 3 127 Cruise Control Light seein 3 66 Radio Reception cccccccccceeseesssseeeeeeeees 3 128 Highbeam On Light ceeseeeeeeeeree 3 66 Backglass Antenna xcxtoesiechcerittentse vate cot tonnes 3 129 Fuel GAGE minkapi niiden enp seed sane 3 66 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 3 129 4 NOTES 3 3 Instrument Panel Overview Console Shift Model shown Column Shift Model similar 3 4 The main components of the instrument panel are the following Onm zgzsr ac _ I Outlet Adjustment on page 3 46 Driver Information Center DIC on page 3 67 Exterior
52. Warning Lights Gages and Indicators Warning lights and gages can signal that something is wrong before it becomes serious enough to cause an expensive repair or replacement Paying attention to the warning lights and gages could prevent injury Warning lights come on when there may be or is a problem with one of the vehicle s functions Some warning lights come on briefly when the engine is started to indicate they are working Gages can indicate when there may be or is a problem with one of the vehicle s functions Often gages and warning lights work together to indicate a problem with 3 To remove the air filter insert a tool between the air the vehicle filter and the compartment wall on the outboard side When one of the warning lights comes on and stays on of the vehicle Then push in to flatten the pin holding while driving or when one of the gages shows there may the air filter in place Gently remove the air filter and be a problem check the section that explains what to do any loose debris that may be inside the air filter Follow this manual s advice Waiting to do repairs can be compartment costly and even dangerous 4 Insert the new air filter by pushing until you hear a click Then reinstall the push pin and snap the cover into place 3 50 Instrument Panel Cluster The instrument panel cluster is designed to show how the vehicle is running It show how fast the vehicle is going how much fuel has been used
53. Washer Fluid Reservoir full Windows clean inside and outside Wiper Blades In good shape Fuel Engine Oil Other Fluids All levels checked Lamps Do they all work and are lenses clean Tires Are treads good Are tires inflated to recommended pressure Weather and Maps Safe to travel Have up to date maps Highway Hypnosis Always be alert and pay attention to your surroundings while driving If you become tired or sleepy find a safe place to park your vehicle and rest Other driving tips include Keep the vehicle well ventilated Keep interior temperature cool Keep your eyes moving scan the road ahead and to the sides Check the rearview mirror and vehicle instruments often Hill and Mountain Roads Driving on steep hills or through mountains is different A CAUTION than driving on flat or rolling terrain Tips for driving in these conditions include Coasting downhill in N Neutral or with the ignition e Keep the vehicle serviced and in good shape off is dangerous The brakes will have to do all the work of slowing down and they could get so hot that they would not work well You would then i i have poor braking or even none going down a hill Going down steep or long hills shift to a You could crash Always have the engine running lower gear and the vehicle in gear when going downhill Check all fluid levels and brakes tires cooling system and transmission VAN CAUTION Stay in
54. a an uncharged or low voltage less than 9 volt battery If the vehicle has an uncharged battery or a battery with low voltage try charging or jump starting the battery See Jump Starting on page 5 38 Console Shift If the console shift cannot be moved out of P Park 1 Apply the regular brakes 2 Turn the ignition to ON RUN or ACC ACCESSORY position See Ignition Positions on page 2 25 for more information 3 Push the shift lever all the way into P Park 4 Then shift into the desired gear If you still cannot move the shift lever from P Park consult your dealer retailer or a professional towing service Column Shift If the column shift cannot be moved out of P Park 1 Apply the regular brakes 2 Turn the ignition key to the ON RUN or ACC ACCESSORY position See gnition Positions on page 2 25 for more information 3 Shift out of the P Park position to the N Neutral position 4 Move the column shift to the desired gear If you still cannot move the shift lever from P Park consult your dealer retailer or a professional towing service Parking Over Things That Burn A CAUTION Things that can burn could touch hot exhaust parts under the vehicle and ignite Do not park over papers leaves dry grass or other things that can burn 2 35 Engine Exhaust A CAUTION Engine exhaust contains Carbon Monoxide CO which cannot be seen or smelled Exposure to CO can cause unconscious
55. a top tether see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 43 for top tether anchor locations Do not secure a child seat in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be anchored or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top strap must be anchored In Canada the law requires that forward facing child restraints have a top tether and that the tether be attached You will be using the lap shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position Follow the instructions that came with the child restraint 1 Move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the forward facing child restraint When the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger frontal airbag and seat mounted side impact airbag the off indicator on the passenger airbag status indicator should light and stay lit when you start the vehicle See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 55 Put the child restraint on the seat Pick up the latch plate and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle s safety belt through or around the restraint The child restraint instructions will show you how 4 Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks Position the release button on the buckle so that the safety belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary 1 53 5 Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all th
56. and a red light will be shown on the rear URPA display when the shift lever is moved into R Reverse This occurs under the following conditions The driver disables the system The ultrasonic sensors are not clean Keep the vehicle s rear bumper free of mud dirt snow ice and slush For cleaning instructions see Washing Your Vehicle on page 5 90 A trailer was attached to the vehicle or a bicycle or an object was hanging out of the trunk during the last drive cycle the red light may illuminate in the rear display Once the attached object is removed URPA will return to normal operation A tow bar is attached to the vehicle The vehicle s bumper is damaged Take the vehicle to your dealer retailer to repair the system Other conditions may affect system performance such as vibrations from a jackhammer or the compression of air brakes on a very large truck If the system is still disabled after driving forward at least 15 mph 25 km h take the vehicle to your dealer retailer Side Blind Zone Alert SBZA The vehicle may have a Side Blind Zone Alert SBZA system Read this entire section before using the system The SBZA system operates on a radio frequency subject to Federal Communications Commission FCC Rules and with Industry Canada This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 Thi
57. and braking with the added weight of the trailer And always keep in mind that the vehicle you are driving is now longer and not as responsive as the vehicle is by itself Before starting check all trailer hitch parts and attachments safety chains electrical connectors lamps tires and mirror adjustments If the trailer has electric brakes start the vehicle and trailer moving and then apply the trailer brake controller by hand to be sure the brakes are working This checks the electrical connection at the same time During the trip check occasionally to be sure that the load is secure and that the lamps and any trailer brakes are still working Following Distance Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle ahead as you would when driving the vehicle without a trailer This can help to avoid situations that require heavy braking and sudden turns 4 32 Passing More passing distance is needed when towing a trailer Because the rig is longer it is necessary to go much farther beyond the passed vehicle before returning to the lane Backing Up Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand Then to move the trailer to the left move that hand to the left To move the trailer to the right move your hand to the right Always back up slowly and if possible have someone guide you Making Turns Notice Making very sharp turns while trailering could cause the trailer to come in contact with the vehicle The veh
58. and many of the other things needed drive safely and economically United States version shown Canada similar 3 51 Speedometer and Odometer The speedometer shows the speed in both miles per hour mph and kilometers per hour km h See MPH km under DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 68 for more information The odometer mileage can be checked without the vehicle running The vehicle s odometer works together with the driver information center Trip A and Trip B can be set on the odometer See Trip Fuel under DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 68 for more information If the vehicle ever needs a new odometer installed the new one is set to the correct mileage total of the old odometer 3 52 Tachometer This gage indicates the engine speed in revolutions per minute rpm Safety Belt Reminders Safety Belt Reminder Light When the engine is started a chime sounds for several seconds to remind a driver to fasten the safety belt unless the driver safety belt is already buckled The safety belt light comes on and stays on for several seconds then flashes for several more This chime and light are repeated if the driver remains unbuckled and the vehicle is in motion If the driver safety belt is already buckled neither the chime nor the light comes on Passenger Safety Belt Reminder Light Several seconds after the engine is started a chime sounds for several seconds to remind t
59. another To access the timer press the trip fuel button until 00 00 00 TIMER OFF displays To turn on the timer press the set reset button until TIMER ON displays The timer will then start To turn off the timer press the set reset button again until TIMER OFF displays The timer will stop and display the end timing value To reset the timer press and hold the set reset button after the timer has been stopped The display will return to zero 3 69 AVERAGE SPEED This display shows the average speed of the vehicle in either miles per hour mph or kilometers per hour km h This average is calculated based on the various vehicle speeds recorded since the last reset of this display To reset this display press the set reset button The display will return to zero BATTERY VOLTAGE This display shows the current battery voltage If the voltage is in the normal range the value will display For example the display may read BATTERY VOLTAGE 13 2 VOLTS If the voltage is low the display will show LOW If the voltage is high the display will show HIGH Your vehicle s charging system regulates voltage based on the state of the battery The battery voltage may fluctuate when viewing this information on the DIC This is normal See Charging System Light on page 3 56 for more information If there is a problem with the battery charging system the DIC will display a message See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 73 an
60. attempt to raise the vehicle you could break the molding and or cause other damage to your vehicle Always position the jack so that when the jack head is raised it will fit firmly in the notch located inboard from the rocker molding 5 79 9 Remove all wheel nuts and the flat tire 10 Remove any rust or dirt from the wheel bolts mounting surfaces and spare wheel 8 Raise the vehicle by turning the jack handle clockwise Raise the vehicle far enough off the ground for the spare tire to fit under the vehicle 5 80 A CAUTION 11 A CAUTION Never use oil or grease on bolts or nuts because the nuts might come loose The vehicle s wheel could fall off causing a crash Rust or dirt on a wheel or on the parts to which it is fastened can make wheel nuts become loose after time The wheel could come off and cause an accident When changing a wheel remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle In an emergency use a cloth or a paper towel to do this but be sure to use a scraper or wire brush later if needed to get all the rust or dirt off See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5 74 12 Put the wheel nuts back on with the rounded end of the nuts toward the wheel Tighten each nut by hand until the wheel is held against the hub Place the spare tire on the wheel mounting surface 5 81 13 5 82 Lower the vehicle by turning the jack handle counterclockwise
61. band to one of the five sensitivity levels indicated on the wiper stalk The position closest to off is the lowest sensitivity setting level one This setting lets more rain or snow to collect on the windshield between wipes Turning the wiper band away from you to higher sensitivity levels increases the sensitivity of the system and frequency of wipes The highest sensitivity setting level five is closest to low A single wipe occurs each time the wiper stalk is turned to a higher sensitivity level to indicate that the sensitivity level has been increased Notice Going through an automatic car wash with the wipers on can damage them Turn the wipers off when going through an automatic car wash The mist and wash cycles operate as normal and are not affected by the Rainsense II function The Rainsense Il system can be overridden at any time by manually turning the wiper band to low or high speed When Rainsense II is active the headlamps turn on automatically The headlamps will turn off again once the wipers turn off if it is light enough outside If it is dark they remain on See Wiper Activated Headlamps on page 3 32 for more information Notice Do not place stickers or other items on the exterior glass surface directly in front of the moisture sensor Doing this could cause the moisture sensor to malfunction Windshield Washer A CAUTION In freezing weather do not use your washer until the windshield is warmed Otherwi
62. be engaged with the previously chosen set speed Selecting the Follow Distance GAP When the system detects a slower moving vehicle it will adjust your vehicle s speed and maintain the follow distance gap you select Use the plus and minus buttons on the steering wheel to adjust the follow distance Press the plus button to increase the distance or the minus button to decrease the distance The first button press shows the current follow distance setting on the DIC The current follow distance setting will be maintained until it is changed There are six follow distances to choose from The follow distance selection ranges from near to far one second to two seconds follow time The distance maintained for a selected follow distance will vary based on vehicle speed The faster the vehicle speed the further back your vehicle will follow Consider traffic and weather conditions when selecting the follow distance The range of selectable distances may not be appropriate for all drivers and driving conditions If you prefer to travel at a follow distance farther than ACC allows disengage the system and drive manually 3 23 Alerting the Driver The ACC alert symbol is located on the display at x the top of the instrument Coo panel to the right of the driver The alert symbol flashes and a warning beep sounds when driver action may be required If ACC is engaged the alert symbol will flash when ACC cannot a
63. be repaired with GM original equipment collision parts If such insurance coverage is not available from your current insurance carrier consider switching to another insurance carrier If your vehicle is leased the leasing company may require you to have insurance that assures repairs with Genuine GM Original Equipment Manufacturer OEM parts or Genuine Manufacturer replacement parts Read your lease carefully as you may be charged at the end of your lease for poor quality repairs If a Crash Occurs Here is what to do if you are involved in a crash Try to relax and then check to make sure you are all right If you are uninjured make sure that no one else in your vehicle or the other vehicle is injured If there has been an injury call emergency services for help Do not leave the scene of a crash until all matters have been taken care of Move your vehicle only if its position puts you in danger or you are instructed to move it by a police officer Give only the necessary and requested information to police and other parties involved in the crash Do not discuss your personal condition mental frame of mind or anything unrelated to the crash This will help guard against post crash legal action e Ifyou need roadside assistance call GM Roadside Assistance See Roadside Service on page 7 7 for more information e If your vehicle cannot be driven know where the towing service will be taking it Get a card from th
64. but emission control system performance might be affected The malfunction indicator lamp could turn on and the vehicle might fail a smog check test See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 61 If this occurs return to your authorized dealer retailer for diagnosis If it is determined that the condition is caused by the type of fuel used repairs might not be covered by the vehicle warranty Additives To provide cleaner air all gasolines in the United States are now required to contain additives that help prevent engine and fuel system deposits from forming allowing the emission control system to work properly In most cases you should not have to add anything to the fuel However some gasolines contain only the minimum amount of additive required to meet U S Environmental Protection Agency regulations To help keep fuel injectors and intake valves clean or if the vehicle experiences problems due to dirty injectors or valves look for gasoline that is advertised as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline For customers who do not use TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline regularly one bottle of GM Fuel System Treatment PLUS added to the fuel tank at every engine oil change can help clean deposits from fuel injectors and intake valves GM Fuel System Treatment PLUS is the only gasoline additive recommended by General Motors Also your dealer retailer has additives that will help correct and prevent most deposit related problems Gasolines contai
65. change the current airflow mode Select one of the following AUTO Turns on the automatic delivery mode operation A Vent Air is directed to the instrument panel outlets yi Bi Level Air is divided between the instrument panel and the floor outlets In automatic operation cooler air is directed to the upper outlets and warmer air to the floor outlets i Floor Air is directed to the floor outlets with some air directed to the side window outlets and the windshield If recirculation is selected it only stays on for three minutes to reduce windshield fogging si Floor Defog This mode clears the windows of fog or moisture Air is directed to the floor outlets with some air going to the side window outlets and windshield When selected the system turns off recirculation and runs the air conditioning compressor unless the outside temperature is at or below freezing The recirculation mode cannot be selected while in the floor defog mode QP Defrost This mode clears the windshield of fog or frost more quickly Air is directed to the windshield and side window outlets When selected the system automatically turns off recirculation and runs the air conditioning compressor unless the outside temperature is at or below freezing Recirculation cannot be selected while in the defrost mode Do not drive the vehicle until all the windows are clear For professional vehicles air will be allowed to flow through the rear o
66. children can be severe or even fatal internal injuries in a crash crushed together and seriously injured A safety belt must be used by only one person at a time Also see Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides under Lap Shoulder Belt on page 1 26 According to accident statistics children and infants are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating positions In a crash children who are not buckled up can strike other people who are buckled up or can be thrown out of the vehicle Older children need to use safety belts properly 1 34 A CAUTION Never do this Never allow a child to wear the safety belt with the shoulder belt behind their back A child can be seriously injured by not wearing the lap shoulder belt properly In a crash the child would not be restrained by the shoulder belt The child could move too far forward increasing the chance of head and neck injury The child might also slide under the lap belt The belt force would then be applied right on the abdomen That could cause serious or fatal injuries The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest 1 35 Infants and Young Children Airbags plus lap shoulder belts offer protection for adults and older children but not for young children Everyone in a vehicle needs protection This includes and infants Neither the vehicle s safety belt system infants and all other children Neither the di
67. complete either the word ON or OFF or the symbol for on or off will be visible See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 55 1 64 The passenger sensing system turns off the right front passenger frontal airbag and seat mounted side impact airbag under certain conditions The driver airbags and the roof rail airbags are not affected by the passenger sensing system The passenger sensing system works with sensors that are part of the right front passenger seat The sensors are designed to detect the presence of a properly seated occupant and determine if the right front passenger frontal airbag and seat mounted side impact airbag should be enabled may inflate or not According to accident statistics children are safer when properly secured in a rear seat in the correct child restraint for their weight and size We recommend that children be secured in a rear seat including an infant or a child riding in a rear facing child restraint a child riding in a forward facing child seat an older child riding in a booster seat and children who are large enough using safety belts A label on the sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear f
68. control system press to turn the rear climate control fan on for automatic operation After the AUX button is pressed the indicator light comes on Press the button again to turn the auxiliary fan off See Rear Climate Control System on page 3 46 PASS Passenger Climate Control Press to turn the passenger climate control systems on or off When the passenger climate control system is on the passenger temperature setting is displayed The temperature selected by the front passenger also controls the rear system air temperature unless the rear seat passengers select their own comfort setting If the PASS button is pressed to turn the passenger temperature setting off the driver s temperature knob will control the temperature for the entire vehicle 3 43 Rear Window Defogger The rear window defogger uses a warming grid to remove fog or frost from the rear window Gi Rear Defogger Press to turn the rear window defogger on or off Be sure to clear as much snow from the rear window as possible The rear window defogger will turn off approximately 20 minutes after the button is pressed if the vehicle is moving at slower vehicle speeds At higher vehicle speeds the rear defogger may stay on continuously Each additional press will run the defogger for approximately 10 minutes The heated outside rearview mirrors will turn on to help clear fog or frost from the surface of the mirror when the rear window defogger is on
69. driver and passenger side mirror to tilt to a factory programmed position when the vehicle is in R Reverse This feature may be useful in allowing you to view the curb when you are parallel parking When the vehicle is shifted out of R Reverse and either a five second delay has occurred or the ignition is turned to LOCK OFF the driver and passenger side mirror will return to its original position This feature can be enabled disabled through the Driver Information Center DIC See DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 86 for more information Outside Convex Mirror A CAUTION A convex mirror can make things like other vehicles look farther away than they really are If you cut too sharply into the right lane you could hit a vehicle on the right Check the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder before changing lanes The passenger side mirror is convex shaped A convex mirror s surface is curved so more can be seen from the driver seat Outside Heated Mirrors KI Rear Window Defogger Press to heat the mirrors See Rear Window Defogger under Dual Climate Control System on page 3 40 for more information Side Blind Zone Alert SBZA If the vehicle has the Side Blind Zone Alert SBZA system see Side Blind Zone Alert SBZA on page 2 45 2 44 Object Detection Systems Ultrasonic Front and Rear Parking Assist UFRPA For vehicles with the Ultrasonic Front and Rear Parking Assist UFRPA sys
70. e Avoid steep uphill grades e If towing a trailer reduce the amount of cargo being hauled as soon as it is possible If the light continues to flash when it is safe to do so stop the vehicle Find a safe place to park the vehicle Turn the key off wait at least 10 seconds and restart the engine If the light is still flashing follow the previous steps and see your dealer retailer for service as soon as possible Light On Steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected on the vehicle Diagnosis and service might be required An emission system malfunction might be corrected by doing the following Make sure the fuel cap is fully installed See Filling the Tank on page 5 7 The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly installed A loose or missing fuel cap allows fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere A few driving trips with the cap properly installed should turn the light off If the vehicle has been driven through a deep puddle of water the vehicle s electrical system might be wet The condition is usually corrected when the electrical system dries out A few driving trips should turn the light off Make sure to fuel the vehicle with quality fuel Poor fuel quality causes the engine not to run as efficiently as designed and can cause stalling after start up stalling when the vehicle is changed into gear misfiring hesitation on acceleration or stumbling
71. for U S customers should you arrange transportation through a friend or relative limited reimbursement for reasonable fuel expenses may be available Claim amounts should reflect actual costs and be supported by original receipts See your dealer for information regarding the allowance amounts for reimbursement of fuel or other transportation costs Courtesy Rental Vehicle Your dealer may arrange to provide you with a courtesy rental vehicle or reimburse you for a rental vehicle that you obtain if your vehicle is kept for a warranty repair If you obtain a rental vehicle on your own please see your dealer for the maximum number of days allowed and the allowance per rental day Rental reimbursement must be supported by original receipts This requires that you sign and complete a rental agreement and meet state local and rental vehicle provider requirements Requirements vary and may include minimum age requirements insurance coverage credit card etc You are responsible for fuel usage charges and may also be responsible for taxes levies usage fees excessive mileage or rental usage beyond the completion of the repair It may not be possible to provide a like vehicle as a courtesy rental Additional Program Information All program options such as shuttle service may not be available at every dealer Please contact your dealer for specific information about availability All Courtesy Transportation arrangements will be
72. fuel availability ask an auto club or contact a major oil company that does business in the country where you will be driving Filling the Tank A CAUTION Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel fire can cause bad injuries To help avoid injuries to you and others read and follow all the instructions on the pump island Turn off the engine when you are refueling Do not smoke if you are near fuel or refueling the vehicle Do not use cellular phones CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued Keep sparks flames and smoking materials away from fuel Do not leave the fuel pump unattended when refueling the vehicle This is against the law in some places Do not re enter the vehicle while pumping fuel Keep children away from the fuel pump never let children pump fuel The tethered fuel cap is located behind a hinged fuel door on the driver side of the vehicle To open the fuel door push the rearward center edge in and release and it will open To remove the fuel cap turn it slowly counterclockwise The fuel cap has a spring in it if the cap is released too soon it will spring back to the right While refueling hang the tethered fuel cap from the hook on the fuel door A CAUTION Fuel can spray out on you if you open the fuel cap too quickly If you spill fuel and then something ignites it you could be badly burned This spray can happen if the tank is nearly full and is more likely in hot weather O
73. graded 150 would wear one and a half 1 5 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Temperature A B C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions ona specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law It should be noted that the temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and no
74. in ON RUN If you cannot shift out of P Park ease pressure on the shift lever Push the shift lever all the way into P Park as you maintain brake application Then move the shift lever into another gear See Shifting Out of Park on page 2 34 2 29 R Reverse Use this gear to back up Notice Shifting to R Reverse while the vehicle is moving forward could damage the transmission The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Shift to R Reverse only after the vehicle is stopped Also use this gear to rock the vehicle back and forth to get out of snow ice or sand without damaging the transmission See f Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow on page 4 18 for additional information N Neutral In this position the engine does not connect with the wheels To restart when you are already moving use N Neutral only Also use N Neutral when the vehicle is being towed A CAUTION Shifting into a drive gear while the engine is running at high speed is dangerous Unless your foot is firmly on the brake pedal the vehicle could move very rapidly You could lose control and hit people or objects Do not shift into a drive gear while the engine is running at high speed 2 30 Notice Shifting out of P Park or N Neutral with the engine running at high speed may damage the transmission The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Be sure the engine is not running at high sp
75. in front of the vehicle in case it begins to roll moves out of P Park contact your dealer retailer Be ready to apply the regular brake at once for service should the vehicle begin to move Park on a fairly steep hill with the vehicle facing downhill Keeping your foot on the regular brake set the parking brake To check the parking brake s holding ability With the engine running and the transmission in N Neutral slowly remove foot pressure from the regular brake pedal Do this until the vehicle is held by the parking brake only To check the P Park mechanism s holding ability With the engine running shift to P Park Then release the parking brake followed by the regular brake Contact your dealer retailer if service is required Underbody Flushing Service At least every spring use plain water to flush any corrosive materials from the underbody Take care to clean thoroughly any areas where mud and other debris can collect Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Fluids and lubricants identified below by name part number or specification can be obtained from your dealer retailer Usage Fluid Lubricant The engine requires a special engine oil meeting GM Standard GM4718M Oils meeting this standard can be identified as synthetic and should also be identified with the American Petroleum Institute API Certified for Gasoline Engines starburst symbol However not all synthetic API oils w
76. in the speed variable assist steering magnetic ride control or automatic leveling control systems Have your vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer STABILITRAK NOT READY If your vehicle has StabiliTrak this message may display and the Traction Control System and StabiliTrak Warning Light on the instrument panel cluster may be on after first driving the vehicle and exceeding 19 mph 30 km h for 30 seconds The StabiliTrak system is not functional until the light has turned off See StabiliTrak System on page 4 6 for more information STARTING DISABLED SERVICE THROTTLE This message displays when your vehicle s throttle system is not functioning properly Have your vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer THEFT ATTEMPTED This symbol appears with this message This message displays if the content theft deterrent system has detected a break in attempt while you were away from your vehicle See Content Theft Deterrent on page 2 21 for more information TIGHTEN GAS CAP This message displays when the fuel cap has not been fully tightened Recheck the fuel cap to ensure that it is on and tightened properly 3 84 TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE This message displays when the Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS is re learning the tire positions on your vehicle The tire positions must be re learned after rotating the tires or after replacing a tire or sensor See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 65 Tire Pressure M
77. interference that may cause undesired operation This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment PASS Key Ill uses a radio frequency transponder in the key that matches a decoder in the vehicle PASS Key Ill Electronic Immobilizer Operation Your vehicle has PASS Key Ill Personalized Automotive Security System theft deterrent system PASS Key Ill is a passive theft deterrent system The system is automatically armed when the key is removed from the ignition The system is automatically disarmed when the key is turned to ON RUN ACC ACCESSORY or START from the LOCK OFF position You do not have to manually arm or disarm the system The security light will come on if there is a problem with arming or disarming the theft deterrent system When the PASS Key III system senses that someone is using the wrong key it prevents the vehicle from starting Anyone using a trial and error method to start the vehicle will be discouraged because of the high number of electrical key codes If the engine does not start and the security light comes on when trying to
78. is a good idea to inspect these before and during the trip Check periodically to see that all hitch nuts and bolts are tight 4 34 Engine Cooling When Trailer Towing The cooling system may temporarily overheat during severe operating conditions See Engine Overheating on page 5 28 Changing a Tire When Trailer Towing If the vehicle gets a flat tire while towing a trailer be sure to secure the trailer and disconnect it from the vehicle before changing the tire Section 5 Service and Appearance Care SEVICE asarna hayes aE EEA 5 3 Accessories and Modifications cecceceee 5 3 California Proposition 65 Warning 06 5 4 California Perchlorate Materials Requirements 5 4 Doing Your Own Service Work 0 2 5 4 Adding Equipment to the Outside of the Vehicle erisir eiin aaee 5 5 Fuel or E E EEEE 5 5 Gasoline Octane s eiiisierrinierenrsrd ve ben sess 5 5 Gasoline Specifications c ceeeeeeeeeneeeeee eens 5 5 California Fuel cccceeceeceeeeeeeea eee due 5 5 AGOIIVGS Arisin ea r aE ie DE dear 5 6 Fuels in Foreign Countries 2 0eeeeeeeeee es 5 7 Filling the TANK sescsssveccecteectsnitessmoed bedere pe 5 7 Filling a Portable Fuel Container 0 08 5 9 Checking Things Under the Hood 5 10 Hood Relese unread iren a 5 11 Engine Compartment Overview 5 12 Engine Oil sssri neante n EE 5 13 Engine Oil Life System
79. it was before to keep it away from moving engine parts and prevent damage The length of time the heater should remain plugged in depends on several factors Ask a dealer retailer in the area where you will be parking the vehicle for the best advice on this Automatic Transmission Operation The automatic transmission may have a shift lever located either on the steering column or on the console between the seats There are several different positions for the shift lever P Park This position locks the front wheels It is the best position to use when you start the engine because the vehicle cannot move easily A CAUTION It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in P Park with the parking brake firmly set The vehicle can roll Do not leave the vehicle when the engine is running unless you have to If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure the vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground always set the parking brake and move the shift lever to P Park See Shifting Into Park on page 2 33 If you are pulling a trailer see Towing a Trailer on page 4 28 Make sure the shift lever is fully in P Park before starting the engine The vehicle has an automatic transmission shift lock control system You have to fully apply the regular brakes before you can shift from P Park while the ignition key is
80. kbps 160 kbps 192 kbps 224 kbps 256 kbps and 320 kbps or a variable bit rate Song title artist name and album can display when files are recorded using ID3 tags version 1 and 2 Compressed Audio The radio also plays discs that contain both uncompressed CD audio CDA files and MP3 WMA files By default the radio reads only the uncompressed audio and ignores the MP3 WMA files Pressing the CAT button toggles between compressed and uncompressed audio format 3 110 MP3 WMA Format If you burn your own MP3 WMA disc on a personal computer e Make sure the MP3 WMA files are recorded on a CD R or CD RW disc Do not mix standard audio and MP3 WMA files on one disc The CD player is able to read and play a maximum of 50 folders 50 playlists and 255 files Create a folder structure that makes it easy to find songs while driving Organize songs by albums using one folder for each album Each folder or album should contain 18 songs or less Avoid subfolders The system can support up to 8 subfolders deep however keep the total number of folders to a minimum in order to reduce the complexity and confusion in trying to locate a particular folder during playback Make sure playlists have a mp3 or wpl extension other file extensions might not work e Minimize the length of the file folder or playlist names Long file folder or playlist names ora combination of a large number of files and folders or p
81. keep your vehicle performing most like it did when the tires were new Replacing less than a full set of tires can affect the braking and handling performance of your vehicle See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 65 for information on proper tire rotation 5 68 A CAUTION Mixing tires could cause you to lose control of your vehicle while driving If you mix tires of different sizes brands or types radial and bias belted tires the vehicle may not handle properly and you could have a crash Using tires of different sizes brands or types may also cause damage to your vehicle Be sure to use the correct size brand and type of tires on all wheels Your vehicle may have a compact spare tire and wheel assembly If the vehicle has a compact spare tire and wheel they have the same overall diameter as your vehicle s full size tires and wheels Because they were designed and developed for use on your vehicle it is all right to drive your vehicle with the compact spare installed properly Compact spare tires are designed for temporary use only See Spare Tire on page 5 85 A CAUTION If you use bias ply tires on the vehicle the wheel rim flanges could develop cracks after many miles of driving A tire and or wheel could fail suddenly causing a crash Use only radial ply tires with the wheels on the vehicle If you must replace your vehicle s tires with those that do not have a TPC Spec number make sure they a
82. may cause undesired operation This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment Universal Home Remote System Operation With Three Round LED This vehicle may have the Universal Home Remote System If there are three round Light Emitting Diode LED indicator lights above the Universal Home Remote buttons follow the instructions below This system provides a way to replace up to three remote control transmitters used to activate devices such as garage door openers security systems and home automation devices Do not use this system with any garage door opener that does not have the stop and reverse feature This includes any garage door opener model manufactured before April 1 1982 2 55 Read the instructions completely before attempting to program the transmitter Because of the steps involved it may be helpful to have another person assist with programming the transmitter Be sure to keep the original remote control transmitter for use in other vehicles as well as for future programming Only the original remote control transmitter is needed for Fixed Co
83. non Bose amplified radio perform the following steps to setup the equalization settings 1 Press the dd knob until the equalization label displays 2 Press the pushbutton located under the equalization label to get choices of POP ROCK CTRY country TALK JAZZ and CLAS classical to display 3 Press the pushbutton located under the desired setting For the Bose amplified radio perform the following steps to setup the equalization settings 1 Press the dd knob until the DSP label displays 2 Press the pushbutton located under the DSP label to get choices of Norm Driv Rear and Surround to display 3 Press the pushbutton located under the desired setting To select Surround press either the fourth or fifth pushbutton located under the displayed Surround until Centerpoint displays To return to the manual mode press the tune knob Select either BASS MID or TREB and start to manually adjust the settings by turning the dd knob Adjusting the Speakers Balance Fade BAL FADE Balance Fade To adjust balance or fade press the dd knob until the speaker control labels display Continue pressing to highlight the desired label or press the pushbutton positioned under the desired label Turn the dd knob to adjust the highlighted setting The highlighted setting can be adjusted by pressing either SEEK arrow Dp FWD or lt lt REV buttons until the desired levels are obtained To quickly adjust balance or f
84. not apply aftermarket glass tinting with metallic film The metallic film in some tinting materials will interfere with or distort the incoming radio reception Any damage caused to your backglass antenna due to metallic tinting materials will not be covered by the vehicle warranty XM Satellite Radio Antenna System The XM Satellite Radio antenna is located on the roof of the vehicle Keep the antenna clear of obstructions for clear radio reception If the vehicle has a sunroof the performance of the XM system may be affected if the sunroof is open 3 129 42 NOTES 3 130 Section 4 Your Driving the Road and the Vehicle 4 2 Driving for Better Fuel Economy 00 4 2 Defensive Driving eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeees 4 2 Drunk Driving sisscentcciereaccone ste eden hese onde bene 4 3 Control of a Vehicle si aldeles 4 3 Braking anessen e 4 4 Antilock Brake System ABS a e 4 4 Braking in Emergencies ceeeeeeeeeeee eters 4 5 StabiliTrak System cccccccccccseeesseeeeeeeeeeees 4 6 Traction Control System TCS o ae 4 6 Magnetic Ride Control 0 0 cecceceeeeeneeeeeeeee ees 4 8 SEE E cura T 4 8 Off Road Recovery cceeeeeeeeeeee eee eeneeeeenes 4 10 PASSING ersan oe gh ek sner a 4 10 Eoss Of COmtUOl ao rense reale 4 10 Driving Your Vehicle Driving atiNiQ nt ac solenergi 4 12 Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads 4 12 Before Leaving
85. over the shoulder at all times 1 23 Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously injured by not wearing the lap shoulder belt properly In a crash you would not be restrained by the shoulder belt Your body could move too far forward increasing the chance of head and neck injury You might also slide under the lap belt The belt force would then be applied right on the abdomen That could cause serious or fatal injuries The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest A The belt is behind the body 1 24 Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously injured by a twisted belt In a crash you would not have the full width of the belt to spread impact forces If a belt is twisted make it straight so it can work properly or ask your dealer retailer to fix it pal es KS NS SS a VDS gt N Ky ae c The belt is twisted across the body 1 25 Lap Shoulder Belt All seating positions in the vehicle have a lap shoulder except for the center front passenger position if equipped which has a lap belt See Lap Belt on page 1 31 for more information The following instructions explain how to wear a lap shoulder belt properly 1 2 Adjust the seat if the seat is adjustable so you can sit up straight To see how see Seats in the Index Pick up the latch plate and pull
86. pad to sound the horn Tilt Wheel A tilt wheel lets the steering wheel position be adjusted The adjustment lever is located on the left side of the steering column ee Pull the lever to move the steering wheel up or down Release the lever to lock the wheel in place Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving Power Tilt Wheel and Telescopic Steering Column iy A Z If the vehicle has this feature the power tilt and telescope wheel control is located on the outboard Press the control up or down to tilt the steering wheel up or down Press the control forward or rearward and the steering wheel moves toward the front or rear of the vehicle To set the memory position see DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 86 and Memory Seat Mirrors and Steering Wheel on page 1 6 side of the steering column Heated Steering Wheel The vehicle may have a heated steering wheel The button for this feature is located on the steering wheel Press to turn the heated steering wheel on or off A light on the button displays while the feature is turned on Heating will begin in about three minutes Turn Signal Multifunction Lever The lever on the left side of the steering column includes the following Turn and Lane Change Signals 2D D Headlamp High Low Beam Changer SY Windshield Wipers W Windshield Washer 4 Heated Washer Fluid Flash To Pass Feature Information for these features is on th
87. parts e Helps keep the proper engine temperature Notice If an improper coolant mixture is used the engine could overheat and be badly damaged The repair cost would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Too much water in the mixture can freeze and crack the engine radiator heater core and other parts Notice If extra inhibitors and or additives are used in the vehicle s cooling system the vehicle could be damaged Use only the proper mixture of the engine coolant listed in this manual for the cooling system See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 11 for more information Checking Coolant The vehicle must be on a level surface when checking the coolant level Check to see if coolant is visible in the coolant recovery tank If the coolant inside the coolant recovery tank is boiling do not do anything else until it cools down If coolant is visible but the coolant level is not at or above the FULL COLD mark add a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant at the coolant recovery tank but be sure the cooling system is cool before this is done See Engine Coolant on page 5 23 for more information How to Add Coolant to the Surge Tank A CAUTION You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough Do not spill coolant on a hot engine Notice This vehicle has a specific coolant fill proced
88. people may not even realize an airbag inflated Roof rail airbags may still be at least partially inflated for some time after they deploy Some components of the airbag module may be hot for several minutes For location of the airbag modules see What Makes an Airbag Inflate on page 1 61 The parts of the airbag that come into contact with you may be warm but not too hot to touch There may be some smoke and dust coming from the vents in the deflated airbags Airbag inflation does not prevent the driver from seeing out of the windshield or being able to steer the vehicle nor does it prevent people from leaving the vehicle In many crashes severe enough to inflate the airbag windshields are broken by vehicle deformation A CAUTION Additional windshield breakage may also occur from the right front passenger airbag When an airbag inflates there may be dust in the Airbags are designed to inflate only once After an air This dust could cause breathing problems for airbag inflates you will need some new parts for the people with a history of asthma or other breathing airbag system If you do not get them the airbag trouble To avoid this everyone in the vehicle system will not be there to help protect you in another should get out as soon as it is safe to do so If you crash A new system will include airbag modules and have breathing problems but cannot get out of the possibly other parts The service manual for your vehicle after
89. recommended at least once a year d Inspect wiper blades for wear cracking or contamination Clean the windshield and wiper blades if contaminated Replace wiper blades that are worn or damaged See Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement on page 5 46 and Windshield and Wiper Blades on page 5 91 for more information e Make sure the safety belt reminder light and safety belt assemblies are working properly Look for any other loose or damaged safety belt system parts If you see anything that might keep a safety belt system from doing its job have it repaired Have any torn or frayed safety belts replaced Also see Checking the Restraint Systems on page 1 70 f Lubricate all key lock cylinders Lubricate all hinges and latches including those for the hood rear compartment glove box door and console door More frequent lubrication may be required when exposed to a corrosive environment Applying silicone grease on weatherstrips with a clean cloth will make them last longer seal better and not stick or squeak g f driving regularly under dusty conditions the filter may require replacement more often h Change automatic transmission fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or more of these conditions In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches 90 F 32 C or higher In hilly or mountainous terrain When doing frequent trailer towing Professional vehicle
90. safety belt there is important information you should know Sit up straight and always keep your feet on the floor in front of you The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the thighs In a crash this applies force to the strong pelvic bones and you would be less likely to slide under the lap belt If you slid under it the belt would apply force on your abdomen This could cause serious or even fatal injuries The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces The shoulder belt locks if there is a sudden stop or crash A Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt is too loose In a crash you would move forward too much which could increase injury The shoulder belt should fit snugly against your body A The shoulder belt is too loose It will not give as much protection this way Q What is wrong with this A The lap belt is too loose It will not give nearly as much protection this way 1 20 A CAUTION You can be seriously hurt if your lap belt is too loose In a crash you could slide under the lap belt and apply force on your abdomen This could cause serious or even fatal injuries The lap belt should be worn low and snug on the hips jus
91. start the vehicle there may be a problem with your theft deterrent system Turn the ignition off and try again If the engine still does not start and the key appears to be undamaged try another ignition key At this time you may also want to check the fuse see Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 5 95 If the engine still does not start with the other key your vehicle needs service If your vehicle does start the first key may be faulty See your dealer retailer who can service the PASS Key Ill to have a new key made In an emergency contact Roadside Assistance It is possible for the PASS Key Ill decoder to learn the transponder value of a new or replacement key Up to 10 keys may be programmed for the vehicle The following procedure is for programming additional keys only If all the currently programmed keys are lost or do not operate you must see your dealer retailer or a locksmith who can service PASS Key Ill to have keys made and programmed to the system 2 23 See your dealer retailer or a locksmith who can service PASS Key Ill to get a new key blank that is cut exactly as the ignition key that operates the system To program the new key 1 Verify that the new key has a stamped on it 2 Insert the original already programmed key in the ignition and start the engine If the engine will not start see your dealer retailer for service 3 After the engine has started turn the key to
92. symbol located in the instrument panel cluster will briefly come on to indicate that the light is operational 2 50 LDW only operates at speeds of 35 mph 56 km or greater If LDW is turned on when traveling at these speeds the LDW symbol will appear green if the system detects a left or right lane marking This symbol will change to amber and flash and three beeps will sound if you cross a detected lane marking without using the turn signal If the LDW symbol does not appear LDW is not currently operating and will not warn you To change the volume of the warning chime see Chime Volume under DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 86 for more information When the System Does Not Seem To Work Properly The LDW symbol will not appear when the system is having difficulty seeing the lines on the road or if the view of the camera on the windshield is blocked with mud dirt snow ice or slush if the windshield is damaged or when weather limits visibility such as while driving in fog rain or snow conditions This is normal operation the vehicle does not need service For cleaning instructions see Washing Your Vehicle on page 5 90 LDW warnings may occasionally occur due to tar marks shadows cracks in the road or other road imperfections This is normal system operation the vehicle does not need service LDW Error Message SERVICE LANE DEPARTURE SYSTEM This message may appear in the DIC to indicate that LDW is not
93. tabs that you want to change Every time the pushbutton is pressed again the time or the date if selected increases by one Another way to increase the time or date is to press the right SEEK arrow or the gt gt FWD button To decrease the time or date press the left SEEK arrow or the lt REV button You can also turn the dd knob located on the upper right side of the radio faceplate to adjust the selected setting 3 97 For a Six Disc CD Player This type of radio has a MENU button for setting the time and date To set the time and date 1 Turn the radio on 2 Press the MENU button until option is displayed 3 Press the pushbutton located under and the HR MIN MM DD YYYY hour minute month day and year displays Press the pushbutton located under any one of the tabs that you want to change Every time the pushbutton is pressed again the time or the date if selected increases by one Another way to increase the time or date is to press the right SEEK arrow or the bb FWD button To decrease the time or date press the left SEEK arrow or the lt lt REV button You can also turn the dd knob located on the upper right side of the radio faceplate to adjust the selected setting 3 98 Changing the Time and Date Default Setting For the Single CD Player To change the time and date default setting 1 Change the time default setting from 12 hour to 24 hour or the date default settin
94. the DI if multiple discs are loaded to go to the next disc while sourced to a CD player 3 127 Radio Reception Frequency interference and static can occur during normal radio reception if items such as cell phone chargers vehicle convenience accessories and external electronic devices are plugged into the accessory power outlet If there is interference or static unplug the item from the accessory power outlet AM The range for most AM stations is greater than for FM especially at night The longer range can cause station frequencies to interfere with each other For better radio reception most AM radio stations boost the power levels during the day and then reduce these levels during the night Static can also occur when things like storms and power lines interfere with radio reception When this happens try reducing the treble on the radio FM Stereo FM signals only reach about 10 to 40 miles 16 to 65 km Although the radio has a built in electronic circuit that automatically works to reduce interference some static can occur especially around tall buildings or hills causing the sound to fade in and out 3 128 XM Satellite Radio Service XM Satellite Radio Service gives digital radio reception from coast to coast in the 48 contiguous United States and in Canada Just as with FM tall buildings or hills can interfere with satellite radio signals causing the sound to fade in and out In addition traveling
95. the brake pedal will be harder to push Adding non dealer non retailer accessories can affect vehicle performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 Antilock Brake System ABS This vehicle has the Antilock Brake System ABS an advanced electronic braking system that helps prevent a braking skid When the engine is started and the vehicle begins to drive away ABS checks itself A momentary motor or clicking noise might be heard while this test is going on and it might even be noticed that the brake pedal moves a little This is normal If there is a problem with ABS this warning light stays on See Antilock Brake System ABS Warning Light on page 3 57 Let us say the road is wet and you are driving safely Suddenly an animal jumps out in front of you You slam on the brakes and continue braking Here is what happens with ABS A computer senses that the wheels are slowing down If one of the wheels is about to stop rolling the computer will separately work the brakes at each front wheel and at both rear wheels ABS can change the brake pressure to each wheel as required faster than any driver could This can help the driver steer around the obstacle while braking hard As the brakes are applied the computer keeps receiving updates on wheel speed and controls braking pressure accordingly Remember ABS does not change the time needed to get a foot up to the brake pedal or always decrease stopp
96. the digit to be dialed one at a time Following each digit the system will repeat back the digit it Using the Dial Command heard followed by a tone 1 Press and hold for two seconds The system 4 Continue entering digits until the number to be responds with Ready followed by a tone dialed is complete After the whole number has been entered say Dial The system responds with OK Dialing and dials the number If an unwanted number is recognized by the system say Clear at any time to clear the 2 Say Dial The system responds with Dial using lt phone name gt Number please followed by a tone 3 Say the entire number without pausing If the system recognizes the number it responds last number with OK Dialing and dials the number To hear all of the numbers recognized by the e If the system does not recognize the number system say Verify at any time and the it confirms the numbers followed by a tone system will repeat them If the number is correct say Yes The system responds with OK Dialing and dials the Using the Call Command number If the number is not correct say No The system will ask for the number to be re entered 1 Press and hold for two seconds The system responds with Ready followed by a tone 2 Say Call The system responds with Call using lt phone name gt Please say the name tag followe
97. the doors will unlock when the key is taken out of the ignition ALL IN PARK default All of the doors will unlock when the vehicle is shifted into P Park NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain To select a setting press the set reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC 3 88 REMOTE DOOR LOCK This feature allows you to select the type of feedback you will receive when locking the vehicle with the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter You will not receive feedback when locking the vehicle with the RKE transmitter if the doors are open See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 2 5 for more information Press the customization button until REMOTE DOOR LOCK appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button once to access the settings for this feature Then press the menu up down button to scroll through the following settings OFF There will be no feedback when you press the lock button on the RKE transmitter LIGHTS ONLY The exterior lamps will flash when you press the lock button on the RKE transmitter HORN ONLY The horn will sound on the second press of the lock button on the RKE transmitter HORN amp LIGHTS default The exterior lamps will flash when you press the lock button on the RKE transmitter and the horn will sound when the lock button is pressed again within five seconds of the previous command NO CHANGE No c
98. the driver door To set the parking brake hold the regular brake pedal down then push the parking brake pedal down 2 32 If the ignition is on the brake system warning light on the instrument panel cluster should come on If it does not you need to have the vehicle serviced A warning chime will sound if the parking brake is set the ignition is on and the vehicle speed is greater than 5 mph 8 km h The brake light will come on and stay on until the parking brake is released See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 56 for more information To release the parking brake hold the regular brake pedal down then push the parking brake pedal down When you lift your foot off the parking brake pedal the pedal will follow your foot to the released position Notice Driving with the parking brake on can overheat the brake system and cause premature wear or damage to brake system parts Make sure that the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off before driving If you are towing a trailer and are parking on any hill see Towing a Trailer on page 4 28 Shifting Into Park A CAUTION It can be dangerous to get out of the vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in P Park with the parking brake firmly set The vehicle can roll If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure the vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level gr
99. the ignition must be on The buttons are located on the rear doors O amp Heated Seatback Press to turn on the heated seatback Heated Seat and Seatback Press to turn on the heated seat and seatback Press a button to turn on the desired feature A light on that button will display to show which feature is on Each feature has three temperature settings indicated by three lights next to the buttons The highest setting shows three lights two is medium and one is the lowest When you press a button the feature will turn on at the highest setting Each time you press the button the feature will go down one temperature setting To turn the feature off keep pressing the button until the display lights turn off Rear Seat Pass Through Door Your vehicle has a pass through door that provides access to the trunk from the rear seats See Rear Seat Pass Through Door under Trunk on page 2 13 Power Lumbar Your vehicle may be equipped with four way lumbar support without the massage feature for the outboard rear seat positions yes dus To turn on the lumbar support feature press the front of the control to increase support or rearward to decrease support The lumbar control can also be moved up and down to adjust the location of the support The rear lumbar support controls are located on the rear doors in front of the heated seat buttons y Safety Belts Safety Belts They Are for Everyone T
100. the side of the vehicle that is away from the wind to bring in fresh air Fully open the air outlets on or under the instrument panel Adjust the Climate Control system to a setting that circulates the air inside the vehicle and set the fan speed to the highest setting See Climate Control System in the Index CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued For more information about carbon monoxide see Engine Exhaust on page 2 36 Snow can trap exhaust gases under your vehicle This can cause deadly CO carbon monoxide gas to get inside CO could overcome you and kill you You cannot see it or smell it so you might not know itis in your vehicle Clear away snow from around the base of your vehicle especially any that is blocking the exhaust Run the engine for short periods only as needed to keep warm but be careful To save fuel run the engine for only short periods as needed to warm the vehicle and then shut the engine off and close the window most of the way to save heat Repeat this until help arrives but only when you feel really uncomfortable from the cold Moving about to keep warm also helps If it takes some time for help to arrive now and then when you run the engine push the accelerator pedal slightly so the engine runs faster than the idle speed This keeps the battery charged to restart the vehicle and to signal for help with the headlamps Do this as little as possible to save fuel 4 17 If Your Vehi
101. this channel The system is working properly 3 115 CAT Not Found There are no channels available for the selected category The system is working properly XM Theftlocked The XM receiver in the vehicle could have previously been in another vehicle For security purposes XM receivers cannot be swapped between vehicles If this message is received after having the vehicle serviced check with your dealer retailer XM Radio ID If tuned to channel 0 this message alternates with the XM Radio 8 digit radio ID label This label is needed to activate the service Unknown If this message is received when tuned to channel 0 there could be a receiver fault Consult with your dealer retailer Check XM Receivr If this message does not clear within a short period of time the receiver could have a fault Consult with your dealer retailer XM Not Available If this message does not clear within a short period of time the receiver could have a fault Consult with your dealer retailer Navigation Radio System For vehicles with a navigation radio system see the separate Navigation System manual 3 116 Bluetooth Vehicles with a Bluetooth system can use a Bluetooth capable cell phone with a Hands Free Profile to make and receive phone calls The system can be used while the key is in ON RUN or ACC ACCESSORY position The range of the Bluetooth system can be up to 30 ft 9 1 m Not all phones support all functions and not
102. three chimes to signal that the delayed locking feature is in use The key must be out of the ignition for this feature to work You can temporarily override delayed locking by pressing the power door lock switch twice or the lock button on the RKE transmitter twice Press the customization button until DELAY DOOR LOCK appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button once to access the settings for this feature Then press the menu up down button to scroll through the following settings OFF There will be no delayed locking of the vehicle s doors ON default The doors will not lock until five seconds after the last door is closed NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain To select a setting press the set reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC 3 89 EXIT LIGHTING This feature allows you to select the amount of time you want the exterior lamps to remain on when it is dark enough outside This happens after the key is turned from ON RUN to LOCK OFF Press the customization button until EXIT LIGHTING appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button once to access the settings for this feature Then press the menu up down button to scroll through the following settings OFF The exterior lamps will not turn on 30 SECONDS default The exterior lamps will stay on for 30 seconds 1 MINUTE The exterior lamps will stay on for one minute
103. to secure the top tether to the anchor 1 44 Some child restraints that have top tethers are designed for use with or without the top tether being attached Others require the top tether always to be attached In Canada the law requires that forward facing child restraints have a top tether and that the tether be attached Be sure to read and follow the instructions for your child restraint If the child restraint does not have a top tether one can be obtained in kit form for many child restraints Ask the child restraint manufacturer whether or not a kit is available Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor Locations li Top Tether Anchor Seating positions with top tether anchors Lower Anchor Seating positions with two lower anchors Rear Seat To assist you in locating the lower anchors each seating position with lower anchors has two labels near the crease between the seatback and the seat cushion To assist you in locating the top tether anchors the top tether anchor symbol is located on the cover 1 45 The top tether anchors are located under the covers on the rear seatback filler panel Pull open the cover to access the anchors Be sure to use an anchor located on the same side of the vehicle as the seating position where the child restraint will be placed Do not secure a child restraint in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that th
104. used to define a particular tire s width height aspect ratio construction type and service description See the Tire Size illustration later in this section for more detail 5 49 E Tire Ply Material The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread apry USE My F Uniform Tire Quality Grading UTQG Tire eile manufacturers are required to grade tires based on three performance factors treadwear traction and temperature resistance For more information see Uniform Tire Quality Grading on page 5 70 G Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load For information on recommended tire pressure see Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 57 and Loading the Vehicle on page 4 19 3 1 Q 0 8 o p OQ xal 09 SJ LDEN Compact Spare Tire Example A Temporary Use Only The compact spare tire or temporary use tire has a tread life of approximately 3 000 miles 5 000 km and should not be driven at speeds over 65 mph 105 km h The compact spare tire is for emergency use when a regular road tire has lost air and gone flat See Spare Tire on page 5 85 and Ifa Tire Goes Flat on page 5 74 B Tire Ply Material The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread 5 50 C Tire Identification Number TIN The Tire Identification Number TIN The TIN shows the manufacturer and plan
105. uses such as limousine service Uses such as high performance operation j Drain flush and refill cooling system This service can be complex you should have your dealer retailer perform this service See Engine Coolant on page 5 23 for what to use Inspect hoses Clean radiator condenser pressure cap and filler neck Pressure test the cooling system and pressure cap k A fluid loss in any vehicle system could indicate a problem Have the system inspected and repaired and the fluid level checked Add fluid if needed I Visually inspect belt for fraying excessive cracks or obvious damage Replace belt if necessary m f driving regularly under dusty conditions inspect the filter at each engine oil change Owner Checks and Services These owner checks and services should be performed at the intervals specified to help ensure vehicle safety dependability and emission control performance Your dealer retailer can assist with these checks and services Be sure any necessary repairs are completed at once Whenever any fluids or lubricants are added to the vehicle make sure they are the proper ones as shown in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 11 At Each Fuel Fill It is important to perform these underhood checks at each fuel fill Engine Oil Level Check Notice It is important to check the engine oil regularly and keep it at the proper level Failure to keep the engine oil at the prope
106. using voice commands Hands Free Calling is fully integrated into the vehicle and can be used with OnStar Pre Paid Minute Packages Most vehicles include 30 trial minutes good for 60 days Hands Free Calling can also be linked to a Verizon Wireless service plan in the U S or a Bell Mobility service plan in Canada depending on eligibility To find out more refer to the OnStar Owner s Guide in the vehicle s glove box visit onstar com or onstar ca or speak with an OnStar advisor by pressing the OnStar button or calling 1 888 4 ONSTAR 1 888 466 7827 OnStar Turn by Turn Navigation Vehicles with the OnStar Turn by Turn Navigation system can provide voice guided driving directions Press the OnStar button to have an OnStar advisor locate a business or address and download driving directions to the vehicle Voice guided directions to the desired destination will play through the audio system speakers See the OnStar Owner s Guide for more information OnStar Virtual Advisor OnStar Virtual Advisor is a feature of OnStar Hands Free Calling that uses minutes to access location based weather local traffic reports and stock quotes Press the phone button and give a few simple voice commands to browse through the various topics See the OnStar Owner s Guide for more information This feature is only available in the continental U S OnStar Steering Wheel Controls This vehicle may have a Talk Mute button that can be used to in
107. vehicle s engine requires a special oil meeting GM Standard GM4718M Oils meeting this standard may be identified as synthetic However not all synthetic oils will meet this GM standard Use only an oil that meets GM Standard GM4718M Notice Using oils that do not have the GM4718M Standard designation can cause engine damage not covered by the vehicle warranty SAE 5W 30 SAE 5W 30 is best for the vehicle These numbers on an oil container show its viscosity or thickness Do not use other viscosity oils such as SAE 20W 50 American Petroleum Institute API starburst symbol Oils meeting these requirements should have the starburst symbol on the container This symbol indicates that the oil has been certified by the American Petroleum Institute API This vehicle s engine was filled at the factory with a Mobil 1 synthetic oil meeting all requirements for this vehicle Substitute Engine Oil When adding oil to maintain engine oil level oil meeting GM Standard GM4718M might not be available You can add substitute oil designated SAE 5W 30 with the starburst symbol at all temperatures Substitute oil not meeting GM Standard GM4718M should not be used for an oil change Engine Oil Additives Engine Oil Flushes Do not add anything to the oil The recommended oils with the starburst symbol that meet GM standards are all that is needed for good performance and engine protection Engine oil system flushes ar
108. vehicle Bluetooth system first and then connected to the vehicle before it can be used See the cell phone manufacturers user guide for Bluetooth functions before pairing the cell phone If a Bluetooth phone is not connected calls will be made using OnStar Hands Free Calling if available Refer to the OnStar owner s guide for more information Pairing Information Up to five cell phones can be paired to the in vehicle Bluetooth system The pairing process is disabled when the vehicle is moving The in vehicle Bluetooth system automatically links with the first available paired cell phone in the order the phone was paired Only one paired cell phone can be connected to the in vehicle Bluetooth system at a time Pairing should only need to be completed once unless changes to the pairing information have been made or the phone is deleted To link to a different paired phone see Linking to a Different Phone later in this section 3 117 Pairing a Phone 1 Press and hold for two seconds The system responds with Ready followed by a tone Say Bluetooth The system responds with Bluetooth ready followed by a tone Say Pair The system responds with instructions and a four digit PIN number The PIN number will be used in Step 4 Start the Pairing process on the cell phone that will be paired to the vehicle Reference the cell phone manufacturers user guide for information
109. warranty Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight Use a car washing soap Do not use cleaning agents that are petroleum based or that contain acid or abrasives as they can damage the paint metal or plastic on the vehicle Approved cleaning products can be obtained from your dealer retailer Follow all manufacturers directions regarding correct product usage necessary safety precautions and appropriate disposal of any vehicle care product Rinse the vehicle well before washing and after to remove all cleaning agents completely If they are allowed to dry on the surface they could stain Dry the finish with a soft clean chamois or an all cotton towel to avoid surface scratches and water spotting 5 90 High pressure car washes may cause water to enter the vehicle Avoid using high pressure washes closer than 12 inches 30 cm to the surface of the vehicle Use of power washers exceeding 1 200 psi 8 274 kPa can result in damage or removal of paint and decals Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses Use only lukewarm or cold water a soft cloth and a car washing soap to clean exterior lamps and lenses Follow instructions under Washing Your Vehicle on page 5 90 Finish Care Occasional waxing or mild polishing of the vehicle by hand may be necessary to remove residue from the paint finish Approved cleaning products can be obtained from your dealer retailer If the vehicle has a basecoat clearcoat paint finish the clearcoa
110. weight of the vehicle any cargo carried in it and the people who will be riding in the vehicle If there are a lot of options equipment passengers or cargo in the vehicle it will reduce the tongue weight the vehicle can carry which will also reduce the trailer weight the vehicle can tow If towing a trailer the tongue load must be added to the GVW because the vehicle will be carrying that weight too See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 19 for more information about the vehicle s maximum load capacity 4 30 Using a weight carrying hitch the trailer tongue A should weigh 10 to 15 percent of the total loaded trailer weight B After loading the trailer weigh the trailer and then the tongue separately to see if the weights are proper If they are not adjustments might be made by moving some items around in the trailer Total Weight on the Vehicle s Tires Be sure the vehicle s tires are inflated to the upper limit for cold tires These numbers can be found on the Certification Tire label See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 19 Make sure not to go over the GVW limit for the vehicle including the weight of the trailer tongue Hitches It is important to have the correct hitch equipment Crosswinds large trucks going by and rough roads are a few reasons why the right hitch is needed Here are some rules to follow The rear bumper on the vehicle is not intended for hitches Do not attach rental hitches or other
111. www cadillac com helpcenter FAQ Contact Us My GM Canada Canada www gm ca My GM Canada is a password protected section of www gm ca where you can save information on GM vehicles get personalized offers and use handy tools and forms with greater ease Here are a few of the valuable tools and services you will have access to My Showroom Find and save information on vehicles and current offers in your area My Dealers Retailers Save details such as address and phone number for each of your preferred GM dealers retailers My Driveway Access quick links to parts and service estimates check trade in values or schedule a service appointment by adding the vehicles you own to your driveway profile My Preferences Manage your profile and use tools and forms with greater ease To sign up visit the My GM Canada section within www gm ca Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY Users To assist customers who are deaf hard of hearing or speech impaired and who use Text Telephones TTYs Cadillac has TTY equipment available at its Customer Assistance Center Any TTY user can communicate with Cadillac by dialing 1 800 833 CMCC 2622 TTY users in Canada can dial 1 800 263 3830 Customer Assistance Offices Cadillac encourages customers to call the toll free number for assistance However if a customer wishes to write or e mail Cadillac the letter should be addressed to United States Cus
112. your own lane Do not swing wide or cut across the center of the road Drive at speeds i hat I i 2 If you do not shift down the brakes could get so slag ee Sey Ie yOu vane Top of hills Be alert something could be in your lane stalled car accident hot that they would not work well You would then have poor braking or even none going down a hill You could crash Shift down to let the engine Pay attention to special road signs falling rocks assist the brakes on a steep downhill slope area winding roads long grades passing or no passing zones and take appropriate action Winter Driving Driving on Snow or Ice Drive carefully when there is snow or ice between the tires and the road creating less traction or grip Wet ice can occur at about 32 F 0 C when freezing rain begins to fall resulting in even less traction Avoid driving on wet ice or in freezing rain until roads can be treated with salt or sand Drive with caution whatever the condition Accelerate gently so traction is not lost Accelerating too quickly causes the wheels to spin and makes the surface under the tires slick so there is even less traction Try not to break the fragile traction If you accelerate too fast the drive wheels will spin and polish the surface under the tires even more The Traction Control System TCS on page 4 6 improves the ability to accelerate on slippery roads but slow down and adjust your driving to the road c
113. 2009 Cadillac DTS Owner Manual LL Seats and Restraint System 0ccceeees 1 1 Driver Information Center DIC ow 3 67 Head Restraints oo cee eceececeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 2 Audio System S oo e eee cee ceeceeceeeeeeeeseeseeeues 3 95 Front Seals decescdendcuatactnannnidnncnutinldaaduteareande 1 3 Driving Your Vehicle ss 4 1 Rear Seals granater es gar E nni 1 10 Your Driving the Road and the Vehicle _ 4 2 Safety Belts ccecceccecsecsecceececeeeeeseneeeeens 1 12 TOWING eroian ann n h rer Eanan ERER 4 26 Child Restraints oo eee eececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 33 Service and Appearance Care 2 5 1 Airbag System oo eceeecccecceeceeeeeeeeeeeeee seen sees 1 55 SEVICE hes Guedes inetd die S eai 5 3 Restraint System Check cceeeeeeeee eee ees 1 70 F el sroin a a ea A a 5 5 Features and Controls 2 0 cecceseeseeeeeseeees 2 1 Checking Things Under the Hood _ 5 10 Keys orearen eiaa EEES here ere eee 2 3 Headlamp Aiming cceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeees 5 43 Doors ard Locks i eisacccineacesincitedseierseeseiess 2 10 Bulb Replacement ccceeeceeeeceeeeeeeeeeees 5 46 Windows ee sc 4e2be aseuedacdendienssayedeus Hayden 2 15 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement _ 5 46 Theft Deterrent SysteMS o oo eeeeeee eee eee ees 2 20 reS sauce ethers natn e antacids easel ERE uke 5 48 Starting and Operating Your Vehicle 2 24 Appearance Care oo eeeccecce
114. 2032 or equivalent battery 4 Reassemble the transmitter Remote Vehicle Start The remote vehicle starting feature allows you to start the engine from outside of the vehicle It also starts up the vehicle s automatic climate control system When the remote start system is active the climate control system will heat and cool the inside of the vehicle according to the previous settings of the system before turning the vehicle off The rear window defogger will be turned on by the climate control system when it is cold outside If the vehicle has heated seats they will also turn on when it is cold outside See Heated and Cooled Seats on page 1 5 for additional information Cooled seats are not activated during a remote start Normal operation of the climate control system will return after the key is turned to ON RUN See Dual Climate Control System on page 3 40 Laws in some communities may restrict the use of remote starters For example some laws may require a person using remote start to have the vehicle in view when doing so Check local regulations for any requirements on remote starting of vehicles Do not use the remote start feature if your vehicle is low on fuel Your vehicle may run out of fuel If your vehicle has the remote start feature the RKE transmitter functions will have an increased range of operation However the range may be less while the vehicle is running There are other conditions which can af
115. 3 34 Turning on automatic lighting or the headlamps will deactivate the DRL If the parking lamps or the fog lamps were turned on instead the DRL will still deactivate To idle the vehicle with the DRL off at night turn off automatic lighting and shift the transmission into P Park Placing the vehicle in P Park disables the DRL The DRL will stay off until the vehicle is shifted out of P Park To drive the vehicle with the DRL off turn off automatic lighting and manually turn on the parking lamps or fog lamps if the vehicle has them The regular headlamp system should be turned on when needed 3 33 Fog Lamps Use the fog lamps for better vision in foggy or misty conditions The fog lamps button is located on the exterior lamps control to the left of the steering column 4D Fog Lamps Press the exterior lamps button to turn the fog lamps on or off A light comes on in the instrument panel cluster when the fog lamps are in use The ignition must be on for the fog lamps to work When the headlamps are changed to high beam the fog lamps will turn off The fog lamps come back on again when the high beam headlamps are turned off Some localities have laws that require the headlamps to be on along with the fog lamps Cornering Lamps The cornering lamps come on when the headlamps or parking lamps are on and you signal a turn with the multifunction lever They provide more light for cornering 3 34 Exterior Li
116. 4 1 71 42 NOTES 1 72 Section 2 Features and Controls KEYS anara AE ETE ere 2 3 Starting and Operating Your Vehicle 2 24 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System 2 4 New Vehicle Break In ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 2 24 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Ignition PoSitiONS cc cece eee aeai 2 25 Operation ccc danccwenladeateresgeactens cteeesiasahbnenes 2 5 Retained Accessory Power RAP 0600 2 26 Remote Vehicle Start cceeeeeneeeeeeeeeeenes 2 7 Starting the Engine cceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 2 26 Doors and LOCKS seeren 2 10 Engine Coolant Heater 2 2 28 D or LOCKS serseri taaleria eai 2 10 Automatic Transmission Operation 2 29 Central Door Unlocking System 2 11 Performance Shifting secs 2 32 Power Door LOCKS occccccccccccccccccecccccceececeseeecs 2 14 Parking Brake sorote a E a 2 32 Programmable Automatic Door Locks 2 11 Shifting Into Park as sea te tee SEE 2 33 Rear Door Security LOCKS se 2 12 Shifting Out of Park ee ee re 2 34 Lockout Protection sssini 2 12 Parking Over Things That Burn 2 35 di See cere rete te a ere mene 2 13 Engine Exhaust 0 0 0 0 sitesi 2 36 Windows 2 15 Running the Vehicle While Parked 2 37 RTN eTA aTe 0111c 2 16 Mirrors teeseen reee IELLEKSSELESE KESLEERSESEEEES SEES EEEE SEES EEES 2 38 SUM VISORS 2 ur erraria e
117. 5 69 Uniform Tire Quality Grading eeeeeeeeees 5 70 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance 5 71 Wheel Replacement 2 eeeeeeeeeeeererees 5 71 Section 5 Service and Appearance Care Tire Chains 20 2 0 cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee een eeeeeneeaes 5 73 Windshield and Wiper Blades ee 5 91 lf a Tire Goes Flat ccc cece steetekeesd iicdenesecaes 5 74 Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels and Trim 5 92 Changing a Flat Tire eee 5 74 TIKES asier E 5 93 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools 5 76 Sheet Metal Damage ceeceeeeeeeeeeeee teens 5 93 Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Finish Damage greens esse 5 93 Spare Tite 2 22c c cchcevecanyiaicaada sta concn ncsacnaaances 5 77 Underbody Maintenance ceeeeeeeeeee eee 5 93 Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools 5 83 Chemical Paint Spotting ceeeeeeeeeeee eee es 5 93 Spare Tire os eeeeeeee reese eesti 5 85 Vehicle Identification 5 94 Appearance Care ccceceeeeeeenee eee eee nerne 5 86 Vehicle Identification Number VIN 5 94 Interior Cleaning cars rl een 5 86 Service Parts Identification Label W 1 1 5 94 Fabric Carpet ccceseseeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 5 87 Electrical System cc 5 94 Leather DOUET 5 88 Add On Electrical Equipment 5 94 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Ot
118. 90 km h to save wear on the vehicle s parts Do not tow a trailer when the outside temperature is above 100 F 38 C Three important considerations have to do with weight The weight of the trailer The weight of the trailer tongue The total weight on the vehicle s tires Weight of the Trailer How heavy can a trailer safely be It should never weigh more than 1 000 Ibs 454 kg But even that can be too heavy It depends on how the rig is used For example speed altitude road grades outside temperature and how much the vehicle is used to pull a trailer are all important It can depend on any special equipment on the vehicle and the amount of tongue weight the vehicle can carry See Weight of the Trailer Tongue later in this section for more information Maximum trailer weight is calculated assuming only the driver is in the tow vehicle and it has all the required trailering equipment The weight of additional optional equipment passengers and cargo in the tow vehicle must be subtracted from the maximum trailer weight Ask your dealer retailer for trailering information or advice or write us at our Customer Assistance Offices See Customer Assistance Offices on page 7 6 for more information 4 29 Weight of the Trailer Tongue The tongue load A of any trailer is an important weight to measure because it affects the total gross weight of the vehicle The Gross Vehicle Weight GVW includes the curb
119. A action may be required The alert symbol will flash when Your vehicle is approaching another vehicle too quickly Your vehicle is following a vehicle ahead of you much too closely See Defensive Driving on page 4 2 for more information Detecting the Vehicle Ahead The vehicle ahead symbol located next to the FCA symbol will only appear when a vehicle ahead of you is detected in your path If this symbol does not appear or disappears briefly FCA will not respond to vehicles you may see ahead The symbol may disappear on curves highway exit ramps or hills Also when another vehicle enters the same lane as you the FCA system will not detect the vehicle until it is completely in your driving lane A CAUTION When the Adaptive Cruise Control radar is blocked by snow ice or dirt it may not detect a vehicle ahead FCA may not help you avoid a collision under these conditions Do not use FCA when the radar is blocked by snow ice or dirt Keep your radar clean See Cleaning the System under Adaptive Cruise Control on page 3 19 A CAUTION FCA may not detect and warn soon enough to stationary or slow moving vehicles or other objects ahead of you You could crash into an object ahead of you Do not rely on FCA when approaching stationary or slow moving vehicles or other objects Unnecessary Alerts FCA may occasionally provide alerts that you consider unnecessary It could respond to a turning vehic
120. ACC Override To increase speed to pass a vehicle use the accelerator pedal While you are doing this the system will not automatically apply the brakes A message will appear on the DIC See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 73 Once you remove your foot from the accelerator pedal ACC will return to normal operation and be able to apply the brakes if needed A CAUTION If you rest your foot on the accelerator pedal the system will not automatically apply the brakes You could crash into a vehicle ahead of you Do not rest your foot on the accelerator pedal when using Adaptive Cruise Control 3 26 Curves in the Road A CAUTION Due to Adaptive Cruise Control limitations in curves it may respond to a vehicle in another lane or may not have time to react to a vehicle in your lane You could crash into a vehicle ahead of you or lose control of your vehicle Give extra attention in curves and be ready to use the brakes if necessary Select an appropriate speed while driving in curves ACC may operate differently in a sharp curve It may reduce your vehicle speed if the curve is too sharp When following a vehicle and entering a curve ACC could lose track of the vehicle in your lane and accelerate your vehicle When this happens the Vehicle Ahead symbol will not appear ACC may detect a vehicle that is not in your lane and apply the brakes ACC may occasionally provide a driver alert and or brak
121. ATCH System for Child Restraints 1 1 1 1 1 1 43 Lighting n E cia ealidd heiacauindeaa yeas 3 35 Parade DIMMING icxsicnsesice anser iian 3 35 Lights Airbag Readiness cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 54 Antilock Brake System ABS Warning 3 57 Brake System Warning eseseeeeeneeeeeeeees 3 56 Charging System sieren esanian 3 56 Cruise Control cesicicticen ore veces bene DER 3 66 Engine Coolant Temperature Warning 3 59 Exterior Lamps ae le hehren teens 3 29 Fl shirto Pass gs rise oiee nis senceaae ses 3 13 F g LAMP 2 are hr nanain 3 65 Highbeam On saas herre eee 3 66 High Low Beam Changer W W u sssssesereereerserer 3 9 Lane Departure Warning sssssseeeeeseserennen 3 59 Lights On Reminder eee sled 3 65 Oil Pressure sororis reb annia OBE 3 64 Oni Reminder s 2sicenicinieicsieestsenecen e riia 3 33 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 3 55 Safety Belt Reminders sceeeeeeneeeeeeee 3 53 SECUN Soarian raader et aaa EE EES 3 65 StabiliTrak Indicator ccccccssssssssseeeeeees 3 58 Mire Press Fe ren nere bias 3 60 Traction Control System TCS Warning 3 58 Loading Your Vehicle 0 0 scecccseeceecteeedeeeanetasinen 4 19 Lockout Switch Valet c cccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 20 Locks Central Door Unlocking System 0 2 11 DOO dhiiin eaa nae a E A EN muni 2 10 Lockout
122. Accessory Weight This means the combined weight of optional accessories Some examples of optional accessories are automatic transmission power steering power brakes power windows power seats and air conditioning Aspect Ratio The relationship of a tire s height to its width Belt A rubber coated layer of cords that is located between the plies and the tread Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread 5 54 Cold Tire Pressure The amount of air pressure in a tire measured in pounds per square inch psi or kilopascals kPa before a tire has built up heat from driving See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 57 Curb Weight The weight of a motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant but without passengers and cargo DOT Markings A code molded into the sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation DOT motor vehicle safety standards The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Number TIN an alphanumeric designator which can also identify the tire manufacturer production plant brand and date of production GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
123. CA system are disabled because the radar is blocked and cannot detect vehicles in your path It may also activate during heavy rain or due to road spray To clean the system see Cleaning the System under Adaptive Cruise Control on page 3 19 3 74 CRUISE SET TO XXX MPH km h This message displays whenever the cruise control is set See Cruise Control on page 3 16 and Adaptive Cruise Control on page 3 19 for more information If your vehicle has Adaptive Cruise Control ACC after a few seconds this message clears and the message SET SPD XX displays at the bottom of the DIC See SET SPD Speed later in this section DRIVER DOOR OPEN This symbol appears with this message This message displays when the driver door is not closed completely Make sure that the door is closed completely ENGINE HOT A C Air Conditioning OFF This message displays when the engine coolant becomes hotter than the normal operating temperature See Engine Coolant Temperature Gage on page 3 60 To avoid added strain on a hot engine the air conditioning compressor automatically turns off When the coolant temperature returns to normal the air conditioning compressor turns back on You can continue to drive your vehicle If this message continues to appear have the system repaired by your dealer retailer as soon as possible to avoid damage to the engine ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE Notice If you drive your veh
124. CC will automatically disengage See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 6 and StabiliTrak System on page 4 6 When road conditions allow you to safely use it again the ACC can be turned back on Increasing Set Speed While Using ACC There are two ways to increase the set speed Use the accelerator to get to the higher speed Press the SET button and then release the button and the accelerator pedal The vehicle will now cruise at the higher speed Press the RES button Hold it there until the desired set speed is displayed on the Driver Information Center DIC then release the switch To increase the set speed in very small amounts move the switch briefly to RES Each time this is done the set speed increases by 1 mph 1 km h Your vehicle will not reach the set speed until the system determines there is not a vehicle in front of you At that point your vehicle speed will increase to the set speed Decreasing Set Speed While Using ACC Press the SET button until you reach the lower speed desired then release it To slow down in very small amounts briefly press the SET button Each time this is done the set speed decreases by 1 mph 1 km h slower Resuming a Set Speed Suppose the ACC is set at a desired speed and then the brakes are applied This will turn off the ACC But it does not need to be reset Once the vehicle speed reaches about 25 mph 40 km h or more press the RES button ACC will
125. CE TIRE MONITOR SYSTEM On vehicles with the Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS this message displays if a part on the TPMS is not working properly The tire pressure light also flashes and then remains on during the same ignition cycle See Tire Pressure Light on page 3 60 Several conditions may cause this message to appear See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on page 5 61 for more information If the warning comes on and stays on there may be a problem with the TPMS see your dealer retailer 3 82 SERVICE TRACTION CONTROL This message displays when there is a problem with the Traction Control System TCS When this message is displayed the system will not limit wheel spin Adjust your driving accordingly See your dealer retailer for service See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 6 for more information SERVICE TRANSMISSION This message displays when there is a problem with the vehicle s transmission Have your vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer SERVICE VEHICLE SOON This message displays when a non emissions related malfunction occurs Have your vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer as soon as possible SET SPD Speed If your vehicle has Adaptive Cruise Control ACC this message displays whenever the cruise control is set First the CRUISE SET TO XXX MPH km h message appears After a few seconds the CRUISE SET TO XXX MPH km h message clears and the message SET SPD XX dis
126. ER ieiicsscccsceemenaidictanedendenedaentanensae 2 26 Accessory Power Outlets ceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 38 Adaptive Cruise Control ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 19 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle ceeeeeeeeeeeee es 1 69 Additional Required Services Scheduled Maintenance cceeeeeeeeeeeee ees 6 5 Additives Fuel sicssvsnctevecagistineioeldaveiaeastinr avian 5 6 Add On Electrical Equipment eeeeeeeeeees 5 94 Air Cleaner Filter Engine c e 5 17 Air Filter Passenger Compartment 00 3 48 Airbag Readiness Light serina hniena 3 54 Airbag System cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeaes 1 55 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle o ae 1 69 How Does an Airbag Restrain eeee 1 62 Passenger Sensing System eeeeeeeeeees 1 64 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 1 68 What Makes an Airbag Inflate 6 1 61 What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates 1 62 When Should an Airbag Inflate 0 1 60 Where Are the Airbags ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 57 Airbags Passenger Status Indicator c eeeeeeeeeee 3 55 Analog CIOCK c ceeceeeeeenee eee eeeeee eee eeaeeneeaees 3 39 Antenna Back lass srt sas navn Senge 3 129 Antenna XM Satellite Radio Antenna System ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee een ees 3 129 Antilock Brake System ABS
127. Follow recommended scheduled maintenance A CAUTION Assume that other road users pedestrians bicyclists and other drivers are going to be careless and make mistakes Anticipate what they might do and be ready In addition Allow enough following distance between you and the driver in front of you Focus on the task of driving Driver distraction can cause collisions resulting in injury or possible death These simple defensive driving techniques could save your life Drunk Driving A CAUTION Drinking and then driving is very dangerous Your reflexes perceptions attentiveness and judgment can be affected by even a small amount of alcohol You can have a serious or even fatal collision if you drive after drinking Do not drink and drive or ride with a driver who has been drinking Ride home in a cab or if you are with a group designate a driver who will not drink Death and injury associated with drinking and driving is a global tragedy Alcohol affects four things that anyone needs to drive a vehicle judgment muscular coordination vision and attentiveness Police records show that almost 40 percent of all motor vehicle related deaths involve alcohol In most cases these deaths are the result of someone who was drinking and driving In recent years more than 17 000 annual motor vehicle related deaths have been associated with the use of alcohol with about 250 000 people injured For persons
128. How far will the vehicle be towed Some vehicles have restrictions on how far and how long they can tow Does the vehicle have the proper towing equipment See your dealer retailer or trailering professional for additional advice and equipment recommendations Is the vehicle ready to be towed Just as preparing the vehicle for a long trip make sure the vehicle is prepared to be towed See Before Leaving on a Long Trip on page 4 14 Dinghy Towing Notice If the vehicle is towed with all four wheels on the ground the drivetrain components could be damaged The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Do not tow the vehicle with all four wheels on the ground The vehicle was not designed to be towed with all four wheels on the ground Use a dolly if the vehicle must be towed See Dolly Towing later in this section for more information Dolly Towing The vehicle can be towed using a dolly To tow the vehicle using a dolly follow these steps 1 AON Do Put the front wheels on a dolly Put the gear shift lever in P Park Set the parking brake Clamp the steering wheel in a straight ahead position with a clamping device designed for towing Remove the key from the ignition Secure the vehicle to the dolly Release the parking brake 4 27 Towing a Trailer The Cadillac Professional Vehicle cannot tow a trailer A CAUTION The driver can lose control when
129. LOCK OFF and remove the key 4 Insert the new key to be programmed and turn it to the ON RUN position within five seconds of turning the original key to LOCK OFF The security light will turn off once the key has been programmed 5 Repeat Steps 1 through 4 if additional keys are to be programmed If you lose or damage your PASS Key Ill key see your dealer retailer or a locksmith who can service PASS Key Ill to have a new key made Do not leave the key or device that disarms or deactivates the theft deterrent system in the vehicle 2 24 Starting and Operating Your Vehicle New Vehicle Break In Notice The vehicle does not need an elaborate break in But it will perform better in the long run if you follow these guidelines Do not drive at any one constant speed fast or slow for the first 500 miles 805 km Do not make full throttle starts Avoid downshifting to brake or slow the vehicle Avoid making hard stops for the first 200 miles 322 km or so During this time the new brake linings are not yet broken in Hard stops with new linings can mean premature wear and earlier replacement Follow this breaking in guideline every time you get new brake linings Do not tow a trailer during break in See Towing a Trailer on page 4 28 for the trailer towing capabilities of your vehicle and more information Following break in engine speed and load can be gradually increased Ignition Positions The ig
130. Lower the jack completely A CAUTION Wheel nuts that are improperly or incorrectly tightened can cause the wheels to become loose or come off The wheel nuts should be tightened with a torque wrench to the proper torque specification after replacing Follow the torque specification supplied by the aftermarket manufacturer when using accessory locking wheel nuts See Capacities and Specifications on page 5 103 for original equipment wheel nut torque specifications Notice Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead to brake pulsation and rotor damage To avoid expensive brake repairs evenly tighten the wheel nuts in the proper sequence and to the proper torque specification See Capacities and Specifications on page 5 103 for the wheel nut torque specification 5 Wheel Nuts 8 Wheel Nuts 14 Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in a crisscross sequence as shown If your vehicle is equipped with wheel nut covers screw the nut covers on with your fingers then tighten one quarter turn with the wheel wrench Notice Wheel covers will not fit on your vehicle s compact spare If you try to put a wheel cover on the compact spare the cover or the spare could be damaged Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools A CAUTION Storing a jack a tire or other equipment in the passenger compartment of the vehicle could cause injury In a sudden stop or collision loose equipment could strike someone Store all these in the prop
131. Notice Do not use a razor blade or sharp object to clear the inside rear window Do not adhere anything to the defogger grid lines in the rear glass These actions may damage the rear defogger Repairs would not be covered by your warranty 3 44 Sensors The solar sensor located in the defrost grille middle of the instrument panel monitors the solar radiation Do not cover the solar sensor or the system will not work properly There is also an interior temperature sensor located next to the steering SNEEN ERE wheel that measures the CT temperature of the air e inside the vehicle Co CC There is also an exterior temperature sensor located behind the front grille This sensor reads the outside air temperature and helps maintain the temperature inside the vehicle Any cover on the front of the vehicle could cause a false reading in the displayed temperature In order to prevent false temperature readings at startup the displayed temperature will not change until the following occurs Vehicle speed is above 10 mph 16 km h for 5 minutes Vehicle speed is above 32 mph 51 km h for 2 and a half minutes The climate control system uses the information from these sensors to maintain your comfort setting by adjusting the outlet temperature fan speed and the air delivery mode The system may also supply cooler air to the side of the vehicle facing the sun The recirculation mode will also be used as needed to
132. OR OPEN when the driver door is opened if the ignition is in LOCK OFF ACC ACCESSORY and the key is in the ignition See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 73 for more information 2 25 Retained Accessory Power RAP These vehicle accessories can be used for up to 10 minutes after the ignition key is turned off Audio System Audio Steering Wheel Controls e Power Windows Sunroof if equipped Power to these accessories will work up to 10 minutes or until the driver s door is opened For an additional 10 minutes of power close all the doors and turn the key to ON RUN and then back to LOCK OFF 2 26 Starting the Engine Move the shift lever to P Park or N Neutral The engine will not start in any other position To restart the engine when the vehicle is already moving use N Neutral only Notice Do not try to shift to P Park if the vehicle is moving If you do you could damage the transmission Shift to P Park only when the vehicle is stopped Starting Procedure 1 With your foot off the accelerator pedal turn the ignition to START When the engine starts let go of the key The idle speed will slow down as the engine warms Do not race the engine immediately after starting it Operate the engine and transmission gently to allow the oil to warm up and lubricate all moving parts The vehicle has a Computer Controlled Cranking System This feature assists in starting the engine and protects com
133. Protection 0 000 3 37 Accessory Power Outlet S eeeeeeeeeeees 3 38 ASH AY S oreore e ERE i ea 3 39 Analog Clo K sitio ceca ten Arsen Rees aneri iei 3 39 Climate Controls c cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 40 Dual Climate Control System W ssseeree 3 40 Outlet Adjustment cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeen eee es 3 46 Rear Climate Control System ceeeeeeeees 3 46 Passenger Compartment Air Filter 3 48 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators 3 50 Instrument Panel Cluster eeeeeeeeeeeee ees 3 51 Speedometer and Odometer 0 0e0eee 3 52 TAGHOMEGIGN sosm arroa ke E N 3 52 Safety Belt Reminders ceeeeeeeeeee eens 3 53 Airbag Readiness Light 1 1 W W W G ssssseneeeeererreree 3 54 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 1W 1 1W 1 3 55 Charging System Light W u ssssseeerereerereree 3 56 Section 3 Instrument Panel Brake System Warning Light 008 3 56 Driver Information Center DIC 3 67 Antilock Brake System ABS Warning Light 3 57 DIC Operation and Displays ceeeeeeeees 3 68 Traction Control System TCS Warning Light 3 58 DIC Warnings and Messages 02 0eeeeeees 3 73 StabiliTrak Indicator Light 2 3 58 DIC Vehicle Customization ceeeeeeeee eres 3 86 Lane Departure
134. S sensor has a unique identification code Any time you rotate your vehicle s tires or replace one or more of the TPMS sensors the identification codes will need to be matched to the new tire wheel position The sensors are matched to the tire wheel positions in the following order driver side front tire passenger side front tire passenger side rear tire and driver side rear tire using a TPMS diagnostic tool See your dealer retailer for service The TPMS sensors can also be matched to each tire wheel position by increasing or decreasing the tire s air pressure If increasing the tire s air pressure do not exceed the maximum inflation pressure indicated on the tire s sidewall To decrease air pressure out of a tire you can use the pointed end of the valve cap a pencil style air pressure gage or a key 5 63 You have two minutes to match the first tire wheel position and five minutes overall to match all four tire wheel positions If it takes longer than two minutes to match the first tire and wheel or more than five minutes to match all four tire and wheel positions the matching process stops and you need to start over The TPMS sensor matching process is outlined below 1 2 Set the parking brake Turn the ignition switch to ON RUN with the engine off Press the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter s lock and unlock buttons at the same time for approximately five seconds The horn sounds twice to sig
135. See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 The purpose of a regular tire rotation is to achieve a uniform wear for all tires on the vehicle This will ensure that your vehicle continues to perform most like it did when the tires were new Any time you notice unusual wear rotate your tires as soon as possible and check wheel alignment Also check for damaged tires or wheels See When It ls Time for New Tires on page 5 67 and Wheel Replacement on page 5 71 for more information Four Tire Rotation Pattern If your vehicle has a compact spare tire it should not be included in the tire rotation process Use the four tire rotation pattern shown 5 65 Five Tire Rotation Pattern A five tire rotation pattern may be used for your professional vehicle if it has a full size spare tire and wheel assembly that matches the original equipment tires and wheels in size type and brand The correct five tire rotation pattern is shown After the tires have been rotated adjust the front and rear inflation pressures as shown on the Tire and Loading Information label See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 19 5 66 Vehicles that have the Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS will need to have the sensors reset after a tire rotation is performed See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 5 60 Make certain that all wheel nuts are properly tightened See Wheel Nut Torque under Capacities and Specifications on page 5 103 A CAUTION
136. They might not work as well in a quick stop and could cause pulling to one side You could lose control of the vehicle After driving through a large puddle of water or a car vehicle wash lightly apply the brake pedal until the brakes work normally Flowing or rushing water creates strong forces Driving through flowing water could cause your vehicle to be carried away If this happens you and other vehicle occupants could drown Do not ignore police warnings and be very cautious about trying to drive through flowing water Hydroplaning Hydroplaning is dangerous Water can build up under your vehicle s tires so they actually ride on the water This can happen if the road is wet enough and you are going fast enough When your vehicle is hydroplaning it has little or no contact with the road There is no hard and fast rule about hydroplaning The best advice is to slow down when the road is wet Other Rainy Weather Tips Besides slowing down other wet weather driving tips include Allow extra following distance Pass with caution Keep windshield wiping equipment in good shape Keep the windshield washer fluid reservoir filled Have good tires with proper tread depth See Tires on page 5 48 Turn off cruise control Before Leaving on a Long Trip To prepare your vehicle for a long trip consider having it serviced by your dealer retailer before departing Things to check on your own include Windshield
137. a Perchlorate Materials Requirements 5 4 California Fuel easain s iii 5 5 California Proposition 65 Warning 5 4 Canadian Owners ccceeeeeeeee eee eeeeeeeeen renerne renen ii Capacities and Specifications 0 eeee 5 103 Carbon Monoxide Engine Exhaust siccicccisceasiateend JE bs sene 2 36 MUNK is ienr nuna naa hensbenes i Ses 2 13 Winter DIVING arrest nenene rin A e 4 16 Care of Safety BeltS neroian oniinn 5 89 CD MPS hende Er EEEa 3 110 Center Console Storage cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 62 Center Flex Storage Unit ccceeeeeeeeeee eee 2 63 Center Seat yeicciccsciescassvedeccieeeeniatereeacsagynenciixs 1 10 Central Door Unlock System eeeeeeeeeeeees 2 11 Chains TRE sirian ae ea er nej cee 5 73 Charging System Light ceeeeeeeeeeeeee teens 3 56 Check Engine Lamp sxciviecbaciad inc kbiete ieee 3 61 Checking Things Under the Hood 0 0 5 10 Chemical Paint Spotting ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 93 Child Restraints Infants and Young Children a se 1 36 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children 1 43 Older Children cccceceeceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeees 1 33 Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Seat Position gesisissianmsi sinnis iinis 1 49 Securing a Child Restraint in the Center Front Seat Position 1 51 Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position 1 52 SYSTEMS arge ea E E 1
138. aa eiee 2 19 Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror 2 38 COMPASS iann aab aA ne RD waite 2 38 hiie rat Be ees ea a Outside Power Foldaway Mirrors 0065 2 40 OHR TASK Dele ren REE hes REE aun 29 1 Outside Automatic Dimming Mirror 2 40 PASS Key Ils Electronic Immobilizer 222 Outside Conver Mitotane ia IIl Electronic Immobilizer 2 93 Outside Heated Mirrors sseseeeereererrrnee 2 41 2 1 Section 2 Features and Controls Object Detection Systems eee 2 42 Ultrasonic Front and Rear Parking Assist UFRPA eeeeeeeeeeee es 2 42 Side Blind Zone Alert SBZA eeeeeeee ee 2 45 Lane Departure Warning LDW 005 2 49 OnStar System 2 20 0 ccc cece cee eseeseeeeeeeeeeees 2 51 Universal Home Remote System 2 55 Universal Home Remote System Operation With Three Round LED 2 55 Storage Areas 0 cece eee eee teeters eee ee nets 2 62 GIOVE BOX neire Ear tates EAE EESE 2 62 Gupholders anena a aE EES 2 62 Front Storage Area ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee een ees 2 62 Center Console Storage ecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 2 62 Center Flex Storage Unit ccceeeeeeeeee eee ee 2 63 Floor Mals ecir enesenn e air E SEE 2 63 Rear Seat Armrest cccececeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 63 Convenience Net eceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 63 SUNMOOR sr r
139. acing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag A child ina forward facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger airbag inflates and the passenger seat is in a forward position Even if the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger frontal airbag and seat mounted side impact airbag if equipped no system is fail safe No one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though the airbag s are off Secure rear facing child restraints in a rear seat even if the airbag s are off If you secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat The passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger airbag and seat mounted side impact airbag if The right front passenger seat is unoccupied The system determines that an infant is present in a rear facing infant seat The system determines that a small child is present in a child restraint The system determines that a small child is present in a booster seat A right front passenger takes his her weight off of the seat for a period of time The right front passenger seat is occupied by a smaller person such as a child who has outgrown child restraints Or if there is a critical proble
140. ade to the middle position press the pushbutton positioned under the BAL or FADE label for more than two seconds A beep sounds and the level adjusts to the middle position To quickly adjust all speaker and tone controls to the middle position press the dd knob for more than two seconds until a beep sounds 3 103 Digital Signal Processing DSP This feature is used to provide a choice of four different listening experiences DSP can be used while listening to the audio system or a CD To change the DSP mode press the dd knob until the DSP control label displays Press the pushbutton located under the DSP label until the control labels display Continue by pressing the desired button below the control labels on the display For more information on the control label displays see the following Norm Normal Select this screen button to adjust the audio for normal mode This provides the best sound quality for all seating positions Driv Driver Select this screen button to adjust the audio for the driver to receive the best possible sound quality Rear Select this screen button to adjust the audio for the rear seat passengers to receive the best possible sound quality Surround Centerpoint Select this screen button to enable Bose Centerpoint signal processing circuitry Centerpoint produces a full vehicle surround sound listening experience from a CD MP3 WMA or XM stereo digital audio source and delivers fi
141. administered by appropriate dealer personnel General Motors reserves the right to unilaterally modify change or discontinue Courtesy Transportation at any time and to resolve all questions of claim eligibility pursuant to the terms and conditions described herein at its sole discretion Collision Damage Repair If your vehicle is involved in a collision and it is damaged have the damage repaired by a qualified technician using the proper equipment and quality replacement parts Poorly performed collision repairs will diminish your vehicle s resale value and safety performance can be compromised in subsequent collisions Collision Parts Genuine GM Collision parts are new parts made with the same materials and construction methods as the parts with which your vehicle was originally built Genuine GM Collision parts are your best choice to ensure that your vehicle s designed appearance durability and safety are preserved The use of Genuine GM parts can help maintain your GM New Vehicle Warranty Recycled original equipment parts may also be used for repair These parts are typically removed from vehicles that were total losses in prior crashes In most cases the parts being recycled are from undamaged sections of the vehicle A recycled original equipment GM part may be an acceptable choice to maintain your vehicle s originally designed appearance and safety performance however the history of these parts is not
142. age Unit eeeeeeeeees 2 63 Convenience Net ecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 63 L 70 9 110 0 1 cee ee ee eee 2 62 Front Storage Area eceeceeeeteneeeeeneeeeeneeee es 2 62 GIOVE BOX onc ccacecsveicecsesetaaesadecnssenaseesuevestieaes 2 62 Rear Seat Armrest c ccceceeeceeeeeeeeeeees 2 63 Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or SNOW 4 18 SUN VISOTS so hidecads rr nae E dn dele 2 19 SUNOD eesi ean aoea NAL EA EERTE 2 64 Tachometer cisrenan de a ees 3 52 Telescopic Steering Column Power Tilt Wheel 3 7 Text Telephone TTY Users 0 cecceeee eens es 7 6 Theft Deterrent Feature cceceeeeeeeeees 3 127 Theft Deterrent Systems cceeeeeeneeeeeeeee ees 2 20 Content Theft Deterrent ccceeeee eee ees 2 21 PASS Key IIl Electronic Immobilizer 2 22 PASS Key IIl Electronic Immobilizer Operation ireren aE AREE E EERO EERE 2 23 Tilt Wheel iesire ann aa iE a EEE 3 6 Time Setting eresse asielen a aia ERE 3 96 Tire Pressure LIQK nse rn cedtataninacenemingodacen eden 3 60 14 Mires cade cscentereciss n 5 48 Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels CICANING ore ea e ee 5 92 Buying New Tires secssecsrsrernrereerrrnrren 5 68 CHAINS ienien eieaa en daan aae EA SEEDEDE SKEER 5 73 Changing a Flat Tire cc eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee tenes 5 74 Cleaning tak cetested cease a 5 93 Different SiZ s c enesete sites ea Alvis 5 69 High Speed Operatio
143. ags Your vehicle has seat mounted side impact airbags Your vehicle may have roof rail airbags See Airbag System on page 1 55 Seat mounted side impact and roof rail airbags are intended to inflate in moderate to severe side crashes Seat mounted side impact and roof rail airbags will inflate if the crash severity is above the system s designed threshold level The threshold level can vary with specific vehicle design Seat mounted side impact and roof rail airbags are not intended to inflate in frontal impacts near frontal impacts rollovers or rear impacts A seat mounted side impact airbag is intended to deploy on the side of the vehicle that is struck Both roof rail airbags will deploy when either side of the vehicle is struck In any particular crash no one can say whether an airbag should have inflated simply because of the damage to a vehicle or because of what the repair costs were For frontal airbags inflation is determined by what the vehicle hits the angle of the impact and how quickly the vehicle slows down For seat mounted side impact and roof rail airbags deployment is determined by the location and severity of the side impact What Makes an Airbag Inflate In a deployment event the sensing system sends an electrical signal triggering a release of gas from the inflator Gas from the inflator fills the airbag causing the bag to break out of the cover and deploy The inflator the airbag and related hardwar
144. aint 2 4 Route attach and tighten the top tether according to your child restraint instructions and the following instructions If the position you are using has a fixed headrest or head restraint and you are using a single tether route the tether over the headrest or head restraint 1 48 If the position you are using has a fixed or adjustable headrest or head restraint and you are using a dual tether route the tether around the headrest or head restraint If the position you are using has an adjustable headrest or head restraint and you are using a single tether route the tether under the headrest or head restraint and in between the headrest or head restraint posts 3 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Seat Position When securing a child restraint in a rear seating position study the instructions that came with the child restraint to make sure it is compatible with this vehicle If the child restraint has the LATCH system see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 43 for how and where to install the child restraint using LATCH If a child restraint is secured in the vehicle using a safety belt and it uses a top tether see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 43 for top tether anchor locations Do not secure a child seat in a position without a top tether anchor if a
145. aint properly in the vehicle using the vehicle s safety belt or LATCH system following the instructions that came with that child restraint and the instructions in this manual To help reduce the chance of injury the child restraint must be secured in the vehicle Child restraint systems must be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt portion of a lap shoulder belt or by the LATCH system See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 43 for more information A child can be endangered in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle When securing an add on child restraint refer to the instructions that come with the restraint which may be on the restraint itself or in a booklet or both and to this manual The child restraint instructions are important so if they are not available obtain a replacement copy from the manufacturer Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle Be sure to properly secure any child restraint in the vehicle even when no child is in it Securing the Child Within the Child Restraint A CAUTION A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Secure the child properly following the instructions that came with that child restraint 1 41 Where to Put the Restraint According to accid
146. am system must be enabled To enable the IntelliBeam system turn the exterior lamp control to AUTO with the turn signal multifunction lever in its neutral position The High Beam On Light appears on the instrument panel cluster when the high beams are on See Highbeam On Light on page 3 66 Driving with IntelliBeam IntelliBeam only activates the high beams when driving over 20 mph 32 km h The high beam headlamps remain on under the automatic control of IntelliBeam until any of the following situations occur The system detects an approaching vehicle s headlamps The system detects a preceding vehicle s taillamps The outside light is bright enough that high beam headlamps are not required The vehicle s speed drops below 15 mph 24 km h The headlamp stalk is moved forward to the high beam position or the flash to pass feature is used See Headlamp High Low Beam Changer on page 3 9 and Flash to Pass on page 3 13 When either of these conditions occur the IntelliBeam feature is disabled and the IntelliBeam light in the mirror turns off until the high beam stalk is returned to the neutral position If IntelliBeam was using low beams prior to this action the IntelliBeam feature is temporarily disabled until the stalk is returned to the neutral position The exterior lamp control is turned to any setting except AUTO When this occurs IntelliBeam is disabled until the control is turned back to the AUTO posit
147. ame part number or specification can be obtained from your dealer retailer Pat Tai Part Number ACDelco Part Number Spark Plugs 12571535 41 987 Wiper Blades Driver Side 21 7 in 55 0 cm 15931977 PF 0 0 Passenger Side 21 7 in 55 0 cm 15931976 Cee Engine Drive Belt Routing 4 6L V8 Engines 6 14 Maintenance Record After the scheduled services are performed record the date odometer reading who performed the service and the type of services performed in the boxes provided See Maintenance Requirements on page 6 2 Any additional information from Owner Checks and Services on page 6 8 can be added on the following record pages You should retain all maintenance receipts Maintenance Record Maintenance Record cont d Odometer Reading Serviced By Maintenance Stamp Services Performed Maintenance Record cont d Odometer i Reading Serviced By Maintenance Stamp Services Performed Maintenance Record cont d Section 7 Customer Assistance and Information 7 2 Customer Satisfaction Procedure 600005 7 2 Online Owner Center ccccceccceeeeeeeeeeeees 7 5 Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY Users 2 2ee 7 6 Customer Assistance Offices cccceeeeeeee 7 6 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 7 7 Roadside Service cccccccecceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeenes 7 7 Scheduling Service A
148. ame molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the other sidewall of the tire Passenger P Metric Tire A tire used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles Recommended Inflation Pressure Vehicle manufacturer s recommended tire inflation pressure as shown on the tire placard See nflation Tire Pressure on page 5 57 and Loading the Vehicle on page 4 19 Radial Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread 5 55 Rim A metal support for a tire and upon which the tire beads are seated Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead Speed Rating An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a tire can operate Traction The friction between the tire and the road surface The amount of grip provided Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road Treadwear Indicators Narrow bands sometimes called wear bars that show across the tread of a tire when only 1 16 inch 1 6 mm of tread remains See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 5 67 5 56 UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards A tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire s traction temperature and treadwear Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing procedures The ratings are molded into th
149. ame way as the lap part of a lap shoulder belt 1 31 To make the belt shorter pull its free end as shown until the belt is snug If the belt is not long enough see Safety Belt Extender on page 1 32 Make sure the release button on the buckle is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if necessary If you find that the latch plate will not go fully into the buckle see if you are using the correct buckle Be sure that the latch plate clicks when inserted into the buckle 1 32 Safety Belt Extender If the vehicle s safety belt will fasten around you you should use it But if a safety belt is not long enough your dealer retailer will order you an extender When you go in to order it take the heaviest coat you will wear so the extender will be long enough for you To help avoid personal injury do not let someone else use it and use it only for the seat it is made to fit The extender has been designed for adults Never use it for securing child seats To wear it attach it to the regular safety belt For more information see the instruction sheet that comes with the extender Child Restraints The manufacturer s instructions that come with the booster seat state the weight and height limitations for i that booster Use a booster seat with a lap shoulder Older Children belt until the child passes the below fit test Older children who have outgrown booster seats should wear the veh
150. an airbag inflates then get fresh air vehicle covers the need to replace other parts by opening a window or a door If you experience The vehicle has a crash sensing and diagnostic breathing problems following an airbag deployment module which records information after a crash you should seek medical attention See Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy on page 7 17 and Event Data Recorders on page 7 18 Let only qualified technicians work on the airbag systems Improper service can mean that an airbag system will not work properly See your dealer retailer for service The vehicle has a feature that may automatically unlock the doors turn the interior lamps on and turn the hazard warning flashers on when the airbags inflate You can lock the doors turn the interior lamps off and turn the hazard warning flashers off by using the controls for those features 1 63 Passenger Sensing System The vehicle has a passenger sensing system for the right front passenger position The passenger airbag status indicator will be visible on the overhead console when the vehicle is started PASSENGER AIRBAG 4 2 M SA OFF ON United States Canada The words ON and OFF or the symbol for on and off are visible during the system check If you are using remote start if equipped to start the vehicle from a distance you may not see the system check When the system check is
151. an authorized service facility could void authorization to use the theft system 2 21 Testing the Alarm 1 From inside the vehicle roll down the window then get out of the vehicle keeping the door open 2 From outside of the vehicle with the door open lock the vehicle using the power door lock or the RKE system and close the door Wait 30 seconds until the security lamp goes off 3 Reach in and unlock the door using the manual lock and open the door The horn will sound and the hazard lights will flash You can turn off the alarm by unlocking the driver s door with your key using the unlock button on the RKE transmitter or by starting the car with a valid key If the alarm does not sound when it should check to see if the horn works The horn fuse may be blown To replace the fuse see Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 5 95 If the fuse does not need to be replaced you may need to have your vehicle serviced To reduce the possibility of theft always arm the theft deterrent system when leaving your vehicle 2 22 PASS Key Ill Electronic Immobilizer The PASS Key Ill system operates on a radio frequency subject to Federal Communications Commission FCC Rules and with Industry Canada This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including
152. and Wiper Blades Clean the outside of the windshield with glass cleaner Clean the rubber blades using a lint free cloth or paper towel soaked with windshield washer fluid or a mild detergent Wash the windshield thoroughly when cleaning the blades Bugs road grime sap anda buildup of vehicle wash wax treatments may cause wiper streaking Replace the wiper blades if they are worn or damaged Wipers can be damaged by Extreme dusty conditions Sand and salt Heat and sun Snow and ice without proper removal 5 91 Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels and Trim The vehicle may have either aluminum or chrome plated wheels Keep the wheels clean using a soft clean cloth with mild soap and water Rinse with clean water After rinsing thoroughly dry with a soft clean towel A wax may then be applied Notice Chrome wheels and other chrome trim may be damaged if the vehicle is not washed after driving on roads that have been sprayed with magnesium calcium or sodium chloride These chlorides are used on roads for conditions such as ice and dust Always wash the vehicle s chrome with soap and water after exposure Notice Using strong soaps chemicals abrasive polishes cleaners brushes or cleaners that contain acid on aluminum or chrome plated wheels could damage the surface of the wheel s The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Use only approved cleaners on aluminum or chrome plated wheels 5 92
153. aning the vehicle s interior only use cleaners specifically designed for the surfaces being cleaned Permanent damage may result from using cleaners on surfaces for which they were not intended Use glass cleaner only on glass Remove any accidental over spray from other surfaces immediately To prevent over spray apply cleaner directly to the cleaning cloth 5 86 Notice Using abrasive cleaners when cleaning glass surfaces on the vehicle could scratch the glass and or cause damage to the rear window defogger When cleaning the glass on the vehicle use only a soft cloth and glass cleaner Many cleaners contain solvents that may become concentrated in the vehicle s breathing space Before using cleaners read and adhere to all safety instructions on the label While cleaning the vehicle s interior maintain adequate ventilation by opening the vehicle s doors and windows Dust may be removed from small buttons and knobs using a small brush with soft bristles Products that remove odors from the vehicle s upholstery and clean the vehicle s glass can be obtained from your dealer retailer Do not clean the vehicle using A knife or any other sharp object to remove a soil from any interior surface A stiff brush It can cause damage to the vehicle s interior surfaces Heavy pressure or aggressive rubbing with a cleaning cloth Use of heavy pressure can damage the interior and does not improve the effectiveness
154. apply the brake pedal press the cancel button or press the ACC button Erasing Set Speed Memory Press the ACC button or turn the ignition off Other Messages There are three additional messages that may appear on the DIC They are SERVICE RADAR CRUISE RADAR CRUISE NOT READY and CLEAN RADAR These messages will appear to indicate a problem with the ACC See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 73 for more information Cleaning the System The radar can become blocked by snow ice or dirt If so you may need to turn off the engine and clean the lens Remember do not use ACC in icy conditions or when visibility is low such as in fog rain or snow The emblem lens is located in the center of the grille To clean the emblem lens wipe the surface with a soft cloth After cleaning the emblem lens try to engage the ACC If you are unable to do so see your dealer retailer Exterior Lamps The exterior lamps control is located on the instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel It controls the following systems e Headlamps Taillamps Parking Lamps License Plate Lamps Instrument Panel Lights Fog Lamps 3 29 The exterior lamps control has four positions D Off Turns off the exterior lamps except for Daytime Running Lamps DRL AUTO Automatic Automatically turns on the headlamps at normal brightness together with the following e Parking Lamps Instrument Panel Lights IntelliBea
155. assenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 64 for additional information A CAUTION A child in a child restraint in the center front seat can be badly injured or killed by the frontal airbags if they inflate Never secure a child restraint in the center front seat It is always better to secure a child restraint in a rear seat Do not use child restraints in the center front seat position When securing a child restraint in a rear seating position study the instructions that came with your child restraint to make sure it is compatible with this vehicle Wherever a child restraint is installed be sure to secure the child restraint properly Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle Be sure to properly secure any child restraint in your vehicle even when no child is in it Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH The LATCH system holds a child restraint during driving or in a crash This system is designed to make installation of a child restraint easier The LATCH system uses anchors in the vehicle and attachments on the child restraint that are made for use with the LATCH system Make sure that a LATCH compatible child restraint is properly installed using the anchors or use the vehicle s safety belts to secure the restrain
156. ate if it is stolen or moved to a different vehicle Audio Steering Wheel Controls Vehicles with audio steering wheel controls could differ depending on the vehicle s options Some audio controls can be adjusted at the steering wheel A Next Press to go to the next radio station stored as a favorite or the next track if a CD DVD is playing CX V Previous End Press to go to the previous radio station stored as a favorite the next track if a CD DVD is playing to reject an incoming call or end a current call amp amp Mute Push to Talk Press to silence the vehicle speakers only Press again to turn the sound on For vehicles with OnStar or Bluetooth systems press and hold for longer than two seconds to interact with those systems See OnStar System on page 2 51 and Bluetooth on page 3 116 in this manual for more information SRCE Source Press to switch between the radio AM FM XM CD and for vehicles with DVD front auxiliary and rear auxiliary For vehicles with the navigation system press and hold this button for longer than two seconds to initiate voice recognition See Voice Recognition in the Navigation System manual for more information lt 1 lt j Volume Press to increase or to decrease the radio volume Dbl Seek Press to go to the next radio station while in AM FM or XM Press PI to go to the next track or chapter while sourced to the CD or DVD slot Press
157. ated next to the radiator hose and below the engine air cleaner filter assembly on the driver side of the vehicle The cap is marked TRANS FLUID See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information on location After removing the engine air cleaner filter assembly to reach the transmission fluid cap turn the cap counterclockwise to remove Pull out the dipstick and wipe it with a clean rag or paper towel Push it back in all the way wait three seconds and then pull it back out again 5 20 Check both sides of the dipstick and read the lower level The fluid level must be in the cross hatched area If the fluid level is in the acceptable range push the dipstick back in all the way and turn the handle clockwise Reinstall the engine air cleaner filter assembly How to Add Automatic Transmission Fluid Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind of transmission fluid to use See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 11 If the fluid level is low add only enough of the proper fluid to bring the level into the cross hatched area on the dipstick 1 Pull out the dipstick 2 Using a long neck funnel add enough fluid at the dipstick hole to bring it to the proper level It does not take much fluid generally less than one pint 0 5 L Do not overfill Notice Use of the incorrect automatic transmission fluid may damage the vehicle and the damages may not be covered by the veh
158. ator lights located directly above the buttons begin to blink rapidly 2 Once the indicator lights begin to blink release both buttons The codes from all buttons will be erased For help or information on the Universal Home Remote System call the customer assistance phone number under Customer Assistance Offices on page 7 6 2 61 Storage Areas Glove Box Lift the glove box handle up to open it Use the key to lock and unlock the glove box Cupholders There are cupholders located in the full floor console or in the front of the center seat console Cupholders are also located in the rear armrest Slide the cover back to access the full floor console cupholder Fold open the front of the console to access the center seat console cupholder 2 62 Front Storage Area To access the front storage area push down and then release Push up and forward to remove Center Console Storage If the vehicle has a full floor console it has two storage areas Lift the left lever located in the front of the armrest lid to access the upper storage tray Lift the right lever to access the lower storage area If the vehicle has a center seat console it will have two storage areas Press the button located on the front of the armrest and lift the armrest cover to access the upper storage area Pull the strap located behind the cup holder to access the lower storage area Center Flex Storage Unit This vehicle may have a center fle
159. ave been hurt doing this and some have been blinded Use a flashlight if you need more light A CAUTION An electric fan can start up even when the engine Be sure the battery has enough water You do not need to add water to the battery installed in your is not running and can injure you Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood new vehicle But if a battery has filler caps be electric fan sure the right amount of fluid is there If it is low add water to take care of that first If you do not explosive gas could be present Battery fluid contains acid that can burn you Do not get it on you If you accidentally get it in your eyes or on your skin flush the place with water and get medical help immediately 5 40 7 Do not let the other end touch metal Connect it to E the positive terminal location of the vehicle with as CAUTION the good battery Use a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one Fans or other moving engine parts can injure you 8 Now connect the black negative cable to the badly Keep your hands away from moving parts negative terminal location of the vehicle with once the engine is running the good battery Use a remote negative terminal if the vehicle has one Do not let the other end of the cable touch anything until the next step The other end of the negative cable does not go to the dead battery It goes toa heavy unpainted metal engine
160. ayer Do not add any label to a CD it could get caught in the CD player If a CD is recorded on a personal computer and a description label is needed try labeling the top of the recorded CD with a marking pen The use of CD lens cleaners for CDs is not advised due to the risk of contaminating the lens of the CD optics with lubricants internal to the CD player mechanism Notice If a label is added to a CD or more than one CD is inserted into the slot at a time or an attempt is made to play scratched or damaged CDs the CD player could be damaged While using the CD player use only CDs in good condition without any label load one CD at a time and keep the CD player and the loading slot free of foreign materials liquids and debris If an error displays see CD Messages later in this section Playing a CD s Six Disc CD Player LOAD 7 Press to load CDs into the CD player The CD player holds up to six CDs To insert one CD 1 Press and release the load button 2 Wait for the message to insert the disc 3 Load a CD Insert the CD partway into the slot label side up The player pulls the CD in To insert multiple CDs 1 Press and hold the LOAD button for five seconds A beep sounds and Load All Discs displays 2 Follow the displayed instruction on when to insert the discs The CD player takes up to six CDs 3 Press the Load button again to cancel loading more CDs A Eject Press to eject the CD If
161. ays press Oor AUTO D repeatedly until the correct zone number displays Stop pressing the button and the mirror will return to normal operation If C appears in the compass window the compass may need calibration See Compass Calibration listed previously 2 39 Outside Power Foldaway Mirrors Controls for the outside power mirrors are located Mirror Adjustment 1 Press C to fold the mirrors out to the driving position 2 Press D to fold the mirrors in to the folded position 2 40 on the driver door armrest Resetting the Power Foldaway Mirrors Reset the power foldaway mirrors if The mirrors are accidentally obstructed while folding They are accidentally manually folded unfolded The mirrors do not stay in the unfolded position The mirrors vibrate at normal driving speeds Fold and unfold the mirrors one time using the mirror controls to reset them to their normal position A noise may be heard during the resetting of the power foldaway mirrors This sound is normal after a manual folding operation Outside Automatic Dimming Mirror If the vehicle has this feature the driver side mirror adjusts for the glare of headlamps behind you This feature is controlled by the on and off settings on the automatic dimming rearview mirror Park Tilt Mirrors If your vehicle is equipped with memory mirrors it is capable of performing the park tilt mirror feature This feature allows the
162. bag system might not be working properly The airbags in the vehicle might not inflate in a crash or they could even inflate without a crash To help avoid injury have the vehicle serviced right away If there is a problem with the airbag system an airbag Driver Information Center DIC message can also come on See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 73 for more information Passenger Airbag Status Indicator The vehicle has the passenger sensing system See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 64 for important safety information The overhead console has a passenger airbag status indicator PASSENGER AIRBAG Vi OFF ON 2 M SA United States Canada When the vehicle is started the passenger airbag status indicator will light ON and OFF or the symbol for on and off for several seconds as a system check If you are using remote start to start the vehicle from a distance if equipped you may not see the system check Then after several more seconds the status indicator will light either ON or OFF or either the on or off symbol to let you know the status of the right front passenger frontal and seat mounted side impact airbags If the word ON or the on symbol is lit on the passenger airbag status indicator it means that the right front passenger frontal airbag and seat mounted side impact airbag are enabled may inflate If the word OFF or the off symbol i
163. bject too rapidly or when you are following a vehicle too closely that is ahead of you FCA may not provide you with enough time to avoid a collision FCA is not designed to warn the driver of pedestrians or animals Your complete attention is always required while driving and you should be ready to take action and apply the brakes For more information see Defensive Driving on page 4 2 The FCA control is located on the steering wheel To enable or disable FCA press the Adaptive Cruise Control button See Adaptive Cruise Control on page 3 19 FCA is enabled when the green light on the button is lit FCA is disabled when the indicator light is amber A CAUTION On winding roads FCA may not detect a vehicle ahead You could crash into a vehicle ahead of you Do not rely on FCA on winding roads When weather limits visibility such as in fog rain or snow FCA performance is limited There may not be enough warning distance to the vehicle in front of you Do not rely on FCA in low visibility conditions A CAUTION When FCA is enabled the Adaptive Cruise Control switch is on If you press another Adaptive Cruise Control button you might go into cruise when you do not want to You could be startled and even lose control Be careful not to press adaptive cruise buttons unless you want to use cruise control Alerting the Driver The FCA alert symbol will flash and a warning beep will sound when driver
164. bumper type hitches to it Use only a frame mounted hitch that does not attach to the bumper e Will any holes be made in the body of the vehicle when the trailer hitch is installed If there are then be sure to seal the holes later when the hitch is removed If the holes are not sealed dirt water and deadly carbon monoxide CO from the exhaust can get into the vehicle See Engine Exhaust on page 2 36 for more information Safety Chains Always attach chains between the vehicle and the trailer Cross the safety chains under the tongue of the trailer to help prevent the tongue from contacting the road if it becomes separated from the hitch Instructions about safety chains may be provided by the hitch manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer Follow the manufacturer s recommendation for attaching safety chains and do not attach them to the bumper Always leave just enough slack so the rig can turn Never allow safety chains to drag on the ground Trailer Brakes Because the vehicle has StabiliTrak do not tap into the vehicle s hydraulic brake system If you do both brake systems will not work well or at all Be sure to read and follow the instructions for the trailer brakes so they are installed adjusted and maintained properly 4 31 Driving with a Trailer Towing a trailer requires a certain amount of experience Get to know the rig before setting out for the open road Get acquainted with the feel of handling
165. can affect the vehicle s ability to accelerate If this message is on but there is no reduction in performance proceed to your destination The performance may be reduced the next time the vehicle is driven The vehicle may be driven at a reduced speed while this message is on but acceleration and speed may be reduced Anytime this message stays on the vehicle should be taken to your dealer retailer for service as soon as possible FOLLOWING GAP empiun ome This symbol appears with this message 3 76 If your vehicle has Adaptive Cruise Control ACC this message displays to show the follow distance that has been set There are six follow distances to choose from Each follow distance is shown on the DIC by displaying from one to six bars between two car symbols See Adaptive Cruise Control on page 3 19 for more information FUEL LEVEL LOW This symbol appears with this message This message displays when your vehicle is low on fuel Refill the fuel tank as soon as possible A single chime sounds when this message is displayed See Filling the Tank on page 5 7 HEATED WASHER FLUID SYSTEM OFF This message displays when you manually turn off the heated washer fluid system or when the system automatically turns off See Heated Washer Fluid under Windshield Washer on page 3 15 for more information HEATING WASH Washer FLUID WASH Washer WIPES PENDING This message displays when you turn on the heat
166. can hurt you They can be dangerous because They contain acid that can burn you They contain gas that can explode or ignite They contain enough electricity to burn you If you do not follow these steps exactly some or all of these things can hurt you 5 38 Notice Ignoring these steps could result in costly damage to the vehicle that would not be covered by the warranty Trying to start the vehicle by pushing or pulling it will not work and it could damage the vehicle 1 Check the other vehicle It must have a 12 volt battery with a negative ground system Notice If the other vehicle s system is not a 12 volt system with a negative ground both vehicles can be damaged Only use vehicles with 12 volt systems with negative grounds to jump start your vehicle 2 Get the vehicles close enough so the jumper cables can reach but be sure the vehicles are not touching each other If they are it could cause a ground connection you do not want You would not be able to start your vehicle and the bad grounding could damage the electrical systems To avoid the possibility of the vehicles rolling set the parking brake firmly on both vehicles involved in the jump start procedure Put an automatic transmission in P Park or a manual transmission in NEUTRAL before setting the parking brake Notice If you leave the radio or other accessories on during the jump starting procedure they could be damaged The repairs would
167. ce Found displays XM Radio Messages XL Explicit Language Channels These channels or any others can be blocked at a customer s request by calling 1 800 852 XMXM 9696 XM Updating The encryption code in the receiver is being updated and no action is required This process should take no longer than 30 seconds No XM Signal The system is functioning correctly but the vehicle is in a location that is blocking the XM signal When the vehicle is moved into an open area the signal should return Loading XM The audio system is acquiring and processing audio and text data No action is needed This message should disappear shortly Channel Off Air This channel is not currently in service Tune in to another channel Channel Unauth This channel is blocked or cannot be received with your XM Subscription package Channel Unavail This previously assigned channel is no longer assigned Tune to another station If this station was one of the presets choose another station for that preset button No Artist Info No artist information is available at this time on this channel The system is working properly No Title Info No song title information is available at this time on this channel The system is working properly No CAT Info No category information is available at this time on this channel The system is working properly No Information No text or informational messages are available at this time on
168. ce faster Release the button before reaching the desired time 3 Push and release the button to increase the time by one minute increments until the desired time is reached 3 39 Climate Controls Dual Climate Control System The heating cooling and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with this system Dual Climate Control System for Vehicles with Rear Climate Control A Fan Control E Air Conditioning B Display F Outside Air or AUX C Air Delivery Mode G Recirculation Control H PASS Passenger Dual Climate Control System D Driver and Climate Control Passenger I Rear Window Temperature Defogger Controls 3 40 Automatic Operation AUTO S Automatic Fan When this position is selected on the fan control the system adjusts the fan speed If the OnStar system is activated when this position is selected the climate control fan speed will lower AUTO Automatic Mode 1 Turn the fan control to the AUTO position 2 Turn the mode control to the AUTO position 3 Adjust the temperature to a comfortable setting between 68 F 21 C and 78 F 26 C Choosing the coldest or warmest temperature setting will not cause the system to heat or cool any faster In cold weather the system will start at reduced fan speeds to avoid blowing cold air into the vehicle until warmer air is available The system starts out blowing air at the floor but may change modes automatically as the vehicl
169. ce is required 3 61 Malfunctions often are indicated by the system before any problem is apparent Being aware of the light can prevent more serious damage to the vehicle This system assists the service technician in correctly diagnosing any malfunction Notice If the vehicle is continually driven with this light on after a while the emission controls might not work as well the vehicle s fuel economy might not be as good and the engine might not run as smoothly This could lead to costly repairs that might not be covered by the vehicle warranty Notice Modifications made to the engine transmission exhaust intake or fuel system of the vehicle or the replacement of the original tires with other than those of the same Tire Performance Criteria TPC can affect the vehicle s emission controls and can cause this light to come on Modifications to these systems could lead to costly repairs not covered by the vehicle warranty This could also result in a failure to pass a required Emission Inspection Maintenance test See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 3 62 This light comes on during a malfunction in one of two ways Light Flashing A misfire condition has been detected A misfire increases vehicle emissions and could damage the emission control system on the vehicle Diagnosis and service might be required To prevent more serious damage to the vehicle e Reduce vehicle speed Avoid hard accelerations
170. ceeceeeeeueeeeenes 5 86 MIMOS sneg seerne 2 38 Vehicle Identification oo cece cee eee eee ee es 5 94 Object Detection Systems 2 2 42 Electrical System isse br sehr 5 94 OnStar System soscssandiceaiveadenacctidnnceariaes 2 51 Capacities and Specifications 5 103 Universal Home Remote System _ 2 55 Maintenance Schedule 0 sceceeeeeeeeaeeeeeees 6 1 Storage Areas ooo e cece ccc cc eee ee eee ee een eeens 2 62 Maintenance Schedule c ccc eceee neces 6 2 SUMOOF asain ie e E E Herr RENEE EG 2 64 Customer Assistance Information 7 4 Instrument Panel ssssseeeeeeeeerrrrnr rene 3 1 Customer Assistance and Information _ 7 2 Instrument Panel Overview _ c0ceeeeee 3 4 Reporting Safety Defects eee 7 15 Climate Controls oo ice cece ccc eee cence eee eee 3 40 Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy _ 7 17 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators _ 3 50 Index cee sec ta atic E eee ee 1 GENERAL MOTORS GM the GM Emblem CADILLAC the CADILLAC Crest amp Wreath and the name DTS are registered trademarks of General Motors Corporation This manual includes the latest information at the time it was printed GM reserves the right to make changes after that time without notice For vehicles first sold in Canada substitute the name General Motors of Canada Limited for Cadillac Motor Car Division wh
171. charge lighting system operates at a very high voltage If you try to service any of the system components you could be seriously injured Have your dealer retailer or a qualified technician service them The vehicle may have HID headlamps After an HID headlamp bulb has been replaced you may notice that the beam is a slightly different shade than it was originally This is normal 5 46 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement Windshield wiper blades should be inspected for wear or cracking See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 for more information on wiper blade inspection Replacement blades come in different types and are removed in different ways Here is how to remove the wiper blade 1 Turn the engine off 2 Lift the windshield wiper arm and blade away from the windshield 3 Pull the clip up from the blade connecting point and pull the blade assembly down toward the windshield to remove it from the wiper arm 4 Install the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm and firmly press down on the clip to snap it into place To remove and replace the wiper blade element 1 The wiper blade element has two notches at one end which are engaged by the bottom claw set of the wiper blade At the notched end of the wiper blade pull the wiper blade element from the wiper blade assembly Replace the element by starting at the heel end of the wiper blade which is the end nearest to the base of the wiper arm and slide the w
172. cial request of police or similar government office as part of GM s defense of litigation through the discovery process or as required by law Data that GM collects or receives may also be used for GM research needs or may be made available to others for research purposes where a need is shown and the data is not tied to a specific vehicle or vehicle owner OnStar If your vehicle has OnStar and you subscribe to the OnStar services please refer to the OnStar Terms and Conditions for information on data collection and use See also OnStar System on page 2 51 in this manual for more information Navigation System If your vehicle has a navigation system use of the system may result in the storage of destinations addresses telephone numbers and other trip information Refer to the navigation system operating manual for information on stored data and for deletion instructions Radio Frequency Identification RFID RFID technology is used in some vehicles for functions such as tire pressure monitoring and ignition system security as well as in connection with conveniences such as key fobs for remote door locking unlocking and starting and in vehicle transmitters for garage door openers RFID technology in GM vehicles does not use or record personal information or link with any other GM system containing personal information 42 NOTES 7 20 A Accessories and Modifications eeeeeee 5 3 Accessory POW
173. cle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow Slowly and cautiously spin the wheels to free the vehicle when stuck in sand mud ice or snow See Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out on page 4 19 If the vehicle has a traction system it can often help to free a stuck vehicle Refer to the vehicle s traction system in the Index If stuck too severely for the traction system to free the vehicle turn the traction system off and use the rocking method A CAUTION If you let your vehicle s tires spin at high speed they can explode and you or others could be injured The vehicle can overheat causing an engine compartment fire or other damage Spin the wheels as little as possible and avoid going above 35 mph 55 km h as shown on the speedometer For information about using tire chains on the vehicle see Tire Chains on page 5 73 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out Turn the steering wheel left and right to clear the area around the front wheels Turn off any traction or stability system Shift back and forth between R Reverse and a forward gear spinning the wheels as little as possible To prevent transmission wear wait until the wheels stop spinning before shifting gears Release the accelerator pedal while shifting and press lightly on the accelerator pedal when the transmission is in gear Slowly spinning the wheels in the forward and reverse directions causes a rocking motion that could free the vehicle If that does n
174. cle will have the word AIRBAG embossed in the trim or on an attached label near the deployment opening For frontal airbags the word AIRBAG will appear on the middle part of the steering wheel for the driver and on the instrument panel for the right front passenger With seat mounted side impact airbags the word AIRBAG will appear on the side of the seatback closest to the door With roof rail airbags the word AIRBAG will appear along the headliner or trim Airbags are designed to supplement the protection provided by safety belts Even though today s airbags are also designed to help reduce the risk of injury from the force of an inflating bag all airbags must inflate very quickly to do their job 1 55 Here are the most important things to know about the airbag system A CAUTION You can be severely injured or killed in a crash if you are not wearing your safety belt even if you have airbags Airbags are designed to work with safety belts but do not replace them Also airbags are not designed to deploy in every crash In some crashes safety belts are your only restraint See When Should an Airbag Inflate on page 1 60 Wearing your safety belt during a crash helps reduce your chance of hitting things inside the vehicle or being ejected from it Airbags are supplemental restraints to the safety belts Everyone in your vehicle should wear a safety belt properly whether or not there is an airbag for tha
175. clues such as enough water ice or packed snow on the road to make a mirrored surface and slow down when you have any doubt Remember Any Antilock Brake System ABS helps avoid only the braking skid Driving at Night Night driving is more dangerous than day driving because some drivers are likely to be impaired by alcohol or drugs with night vision problems or by fatigue Night driving tips include Drive defensively Do not drink and drive e Reduce headlamp glare by adjusting the inside rearview mirror Slow down and keep more space between you and other vehicles because headlamps can only light up so much road ahead Watch for animals When tired pull off the road Do not wear sunglasses Avoid staring directly into approaching headlamps Keep the windshield and all glass on your vehicle clean inside and out Keep your eyes moving especially during turns or curves No one can see as well at night as in the daytime But as we get older these differences increase A 50 year old driver might need at least twice as much light to see the same thing at night as a 20 year old Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads Rain and wet roads can reduce vehicle traction and affect your ability to stop and accelerate Always drive slower in these types of driving conditions and avoid driving through large puddles and deep standing or flowing water A CAUTION Wet brakes can cause crashes
176. crashes are in between In many of them people who buckle up can survive and sometimes walk away Without safety belts they could have been badly hurt or killed After more than 40 years of safety belts in vehicles the facts are clear In most crashes buckling up does matter a lot Why Safety Belts Work When you ride in or on anything you go as fast as it goes Take the simplest vehicle Suppose it is just a seat on wheels Put someone on it Get it up to speed Then stop the vehicle The rider does not stop The person keeps going until stopped by something or the instrument panel In a real vehicle it could be the windshield Questions and Answers About Safety Belts Q Will I be trapped in the vehicle after a crash if I am wearing a safety belt You could be whether you are wearing a safety belt or not But your chance of being conscious during and after an accident so you can unbuckle and get out is much greater if you are belted And you can unbuckle a safety belt even if you are upside down Q If my vehicle has airbags why should I have to wear safety belts A Airbags are supplemental systems only so they or the safety belts work with safety belts not instead of them Whether or not an airbag is provided all occupants still have to buckle up to get the most protection That is true not only in frontal collisions but especially in side and other collisions With safet
177. ction carefully before pulling a trailer Load pulling components such as the engine transmission axles wheel assemblies and tires are forced to work harder against the drag of the added weight The engine is required to operate at relatively higher speeds and under greater loads generating extra heat The trailer also adds considerably to wind resistance increasing the pulling requirements Pulling A Trailer Here are some important points There are many different laws including speed limit restrictions having to do with trailering Make sure the rig will be legal not only where you live but also where you will be driving A good source for this information can be state or provincial police Do not tow a trailer at all during the first 1 000 miles 1600 km the new vehicle is driven The engine transmission or other parts could be damaged The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle s warranty Then during the first 500 miles 800 km that a trailer is towed do not drive over 50 mph 80 km h and do not make starts at full throttle This helps the engine and other parts of the vehicle wear in at the heavier loads Vehicles can tow in D Drive Shift the transmission to a lower gear if the transmission shifts too often under heavy loads and or hilly conditions e Obey speed limit restrictions when towing a trailer Do not drive faster than the maximum posted speed for trailers or no more than 55 mph
178. culation Outside air can be forced by pressing gt when the light is lit For vehicles without rear climate controls press GY to force outside air The next time AUTO fan or mode is selected the air inlet will reset back to AUTO operation 3 41 Manual Operation O Off Turns the entire climate control system off Outside air still enters the vehicle and is directed to the floor The airflow direction and temperature can be adjusted as indicated below If the temperature is adjusted while the system is off the display will light to show the current settings NY Driver s Temperature Controls Press the up or down buttons next to the fan control to manually increase or decrease the temperature inside the vehicle A V Passenger s Temperature Controls Press the up or down buttons next to the air delivery mode control to manually increase or decrease the temperature for the front passenger If the passenger climate control system is off pressing one of these buttons turns it on 8 Fan Control Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the fan speed Turning this control completely counterclockwise will turn on the automatic fan operation If the airflow seems low when the fan speed is at the highest setting the passenger compartment air filter may need to be replaced See Passenger Compartment Air Filter on page 3 48 3 42 Air Delivery Mode Control Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to
179. d Checking Things Under 5 10 Releases ena e R 5 11 HOM E E EAE A A A End Er Di let add 3 6 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 1 17 Ignition POSINONS 2 2ssiesees deena ics 2 25 Inadvertent Power Battery Saver ceccceceeee 3 37 Infants and Young Children Restraints 1 36 Inflation Tire Pressure ccce 5 57 Instrument Panel Brightness rara e e aa ak dee 3 34 CUSTE aoine i ee aa RES SEERE SERENE 3 51 OVEVIEW s sccseheselanaaiaimedworssesesd ae kb ln 3 4 INtFOGUCHION seii neee aaa i AE E 6 2 JUMP Starting ocisieecseceecdescadubatae hanke DERE ER 5 38 K Keyless Entry Remote Operation 00665 2 5 Keyless Entry System erenians treadin ioari eee es 2 4 ROY Sides ae cde sneakers ets ea bee Seed 2 3 Labeling Tire Sidewall sceeseeeeeeeeeees 5 49 Lamp Malfunction Indicator ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee es 3 61 Lamps GOMONING 255 He Hoi ee adis ees 3 34 COUMMCSY airinn eringia FEER Ear Es 3 35 Daytime Running DRL asasen 3 33 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver e 3 34 FOOUWElll s cicit cecenShhenctveanteadhatedounnematerake tap et 3 36 Reading 2 4cecthoteatnte Hasievel E nA N EA 3 35 Lane Departure Warning ceceeeeeeeeeeeee eens 2 49 Lane Departure Warning Light eee 3 59 bap Belt c acscctscessenss rear sees ba aser LE 1 31 Lap Shoulder Belt W u u sdssseeeeeeeeeeern renere nerne 1 26 L
180. d by a tone 3 122 3 Say the name tag of the person to call If the system clearly recognizes the name tag it responds with OK calling lt name tag gt and dials the number e If the system is unsure it recognizes the right name tag it confirms the name tag followed by a tone If the name tag is correct say Yes The system responds with OK calling lt name tag gt and dials the number If the name tag is not correct say No The system will ask for the name tag to be re entered Once connected the person called will be heard through the audio speakers Using the Re dial Command 1 Press and hold for two seconds The system responds with Ready followed by a tone 2 After the tone say Re dial The system responds with Re dial using lt phone name gt and dials the last number called from the connected Bluetooth phone Once connected the person called will be heard through the audio speakers Receiving a Call When an incoming call is received the audio system mutes and a ring tone is heard in the vehicle Press and begin speaking to answer the call Press CD VV to ignore a call Call Waiting Call waiting must be supported on the Bluetooth phone and enabled by the wireless service carrier to work Press to answer an incoming call when another call is active The original call is placed on hold Press again to return to th
181. d Electric Power Management on page 3 36 for more information Blank Display This display shows no information 3 70 Vehicle Information Display Menu Items Ti Vehicle Information The following display menu items can be displayed by pressing the vehicle information button OIL LIFE REMAINING If the vehicle has this display it shows the estimated oil life remaining If you see 99 OIL LIFE REMAINING on the display that means that 99 of the current oil life remains When the oil life is depleted the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message will appear on the display You should change the oil as soon as possible In addition to the engine oil life system monitoring the oil life additional maintenance is recommended in the Maintenance Schedule in this manual See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 and Engine Oil on page 5 13 Remember you must reset the OIL LIFE yourself after each oil change It will not reset itself Also be careful not to reset the OIL LIFE accidentally at any time other than when the oil has just been changed It cannot be reset accurately until the next oil change To reset the engine oil life system See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 16 The display will show 100 when the system is reset UNITS This display allows you to select between English or Metric units of measurement Once in this display press the set reset button to select between ENGLISH or METRIC units PARKING ASSIST If your vehicle
182. d or even killed They could operate the power windows or other controls or even make the vehicle move The windows will function and they could be seriously injured or killed if caught in the path of a closing window Do not leave keys in a vehicle with children When there are children in the rear seat use the window lockout button to prevent unintentional operation of the windows The power window switches are located on the driver door In addition each door has a switch for its own window The front power window switch operates with two positions for both up and down movement and the rear power window switch operates with one position for up and two positions for down movement Press the switch to the first position to lower the window to the desired level Pull the switch up to raise the window The vehicle has Retained Accessory Power RAP that allows you to use the power windows once the ignition has been turned off For more information see Retained Accessory Power RAP on page 2 26 Express Down Up Windows Windows with the express feature allow the windows to be raised and lowered all the way without holding the switch Press or pull the switch fully and release it to activate the express feature The express mode can be canceled at any time by briefly pressing or pulling the switch Express Window Anti Pinch Feature If any object is in the path of the window when the express up is active the
183. dditional Required Services cont d 50 000 75 000 100 000 125 000 150 000 80 000 120 000 160 000 200 000 240 000 Service and Miles Kilometers Replace spark plugs An Emission Control Service Except Professional Vehicle Engine cooling system service or every five years whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service See footnote j Professional Vehicle Only Engine cooling system service or every five years whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service See footnote j Inspect engine accessory drive belt An Emission Control Service See footnote I 25 000 40 000 Maintenance Footnotes a Visually inspect brake lines and hoses for proper hook up binding leaks cracks chafing etc Inspect disc brake pads for wear and rotors for surface condition Inspect other brake parts including calipers parking brake etc b Visually inspect front and rear suspension and steering system for damaged loose or missing parts or signs of wear Inspect power steering lines and hoses for proper hook up binding leaks cracks chafing etc c Visually inspect hoses and have them replaced if they are cracked swollen or deteriorated Inspect all pipes fittings and clamps replace with genuine parts as needed To help ensure proper operation a pressure test of the cooling system and pressure cap and cleaning the outside of the radiator and air conditioning condenser is
184. de programming The programmed buttons should be erased when the vehicle is sold or the lease ends See Erasing Universal Home Remote Buttons later in this section Park the vehicle outside of the garage when programming a garage door Be sure that people and objects are clear of the garage door or gate that is being programmed 2 56 Programming Universal Home Remote Rolling Code For questions or help programming the Universal Home Remote System call 1 866 572 2728 or go to learcar2u com Most garage door openers sold after 1996 are Rolling Code units Programming a garage door opener involves time sensitive actions so read the entire procedure before starting Otherwise the device will time out and the procedure will have to be repeated To program up to three devices 1 From inside the vehicle press the two outside buttons at the same time for one to two seconds and immediately release them 3 Immediately return to the vehicle Press and hold the Universal Home Remote button that will be used to control the garage door until the garage door moves The indicator light above the selected button should slowly blink This button may OIN J need to be held for up to 20 seconds 4 Immediately within one second release the button when the garage door moves The indicator light will blink rapidly until programming is complete 5 Press and release the same button again The garage door s
185. dow switch up until the window is fully closed 4 Continue holding the switch up for approximately two seconds after the window is completely closed The window is now reprogrammed Repeat the process for the other windows Window Lockout fas Window Lockout The rear window lockout button is located on the driver door near the window switches Press the right side of the button to disable the rear window controls The light on the button will illuminate indicating the feature is in use The rear windows still can be raised or lowered using the driver window switches when the lockout feature is active To restore power to the rear windows press the button again The light on the button will go out Sun Visors Swing down the primary visor to block out glare It can also be detached from the center mount and moved to the side while the auxiliary sunshade remains to block the glare from the front The visors also have side to side slide capability Lighted Visor Vanity Mirror Pull the visor down and lift the cover to view the mirror The light will come on when the cover is opened It will go out when you close the cover If your vehicle has the adjustable lighting feature slide the switch up or down to brighten or dim the light Rear Power Sunshade If your vehicle has a rear power sunshade it helps to reduce the amount of heat and light entering the rear window The switch is located on the overhead console
186. ds or more with another Age physical condition alertness coordination and eyesight all play a part So do alcohol drugs and frustration But even in three fourths of a second a vehicle moving at 60 mph 100 km h travels 66 feet 20 m That could be a lot of distance in an emergency so keeping enough space between the vehicle and others is important And of course actual stopping distances vary greatly with the surface of the road whether it is pavement or gravel the condition of the road whether it is wet dry or icy tire tread the condition of the brakes the weight of the vehicle and the amount of brake force applied Avoid needless heavy braking Some people drive in spurts heavy acceleration followed by heavy braking rather than keeping pace with traffic This is a mistake The brakes might not have time to cool between hard stops The brakes will wear out much faster with a 4 4 lot of heavy braking Keeping pace with the traffic and allowing realistic following distances eliminates a lot of unnecessary braking That means better braking and longer brake life If the engine ever stops while the vehicle is being driven brake normally but do not pump the brakes If the brakes are pumped the pedal could get harder to push down If the engine stops there will still be some power brake assist but it will be used when the brake is applied Once the power assist is used up it can take longer to stop and
187. during normal driving When the System Does Not Seem To Work Properly Occasional missed alerts can occur under normal circumstances and will increase in wet conditions The system does not need to be serviced due to an occasional missed alert The number of missed alerts will increase with increased rainfall or road spray If the SBZA displays do not light up when the system is on and vehicles are in the blind zone the system may need service Take the vehicle to your dealer retailer SBZA is designed to ignore stationary objects however the system may occasionally light up due to guard rails signs trees shrubs and other stationary objects This is normal system operation the vehicle does not need service 2 47 SBZA does not operate when the left or right corners of the rear bumper are covered with mud dirt snow ice slush or in heavy rainstorms For cleaning instructions see Washing Your Vehicle on page 5 90 If the DIC still displays the SIDE BLIND ZONE SYSTEM UNAVAILABLE message after cleaning the bumper see your dealer retailer The SBZA displays may remain on if a trailer is attached to the vehicle or a bicycle or object is extending out to either side of the vehicle When SBZA is disabled for any reason other than the driver turning it off the driver will not be able to turn SBZA back on using the DIC The SIDE BLIND ZONE ALERT ON option will not be selectable if the conditions for normal system operat
188. e maximum vehicle capacity weight B in kilograms and pounds 4 20 The Tire and Loading Information label also shows the tire size of the original equipment tires C and the recommended cold tire inflation pressures D For more information on tires and inflation see Tires on page 5 48 and Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 57 There is also important loading information on the Certification label It tells you the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR and the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for the front and rear axle see Certification Label later in this section If you have a Professional Vehicle a Tire and Loading Information label specific to your vehicle will be provided and installed by the final body manufacturer The Tire and Loading Information label should be attached to the B pillar of your vehicle See the final stage manufacturer s manual or contact them directly The label shows the original tires installed on your professional vehicle and the recommended cold tire inflation pressures for those tires The label also tells you the professional vehicle s capacity weight Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs on your vehicle s placard Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle Subtract the combined weight of the driver and pass
189. e tow truck operator or write down the driver s name the service s name and the phone number Remove any valuables from your vehicle before it is towed away Make sure this includes your insurance information and registration if you keep these items in your vehicle 7 13 Gather the important information you will need from the other driver Things like name address phone number driver s license number vehicle license plate vehicle make model and model year Vehicle Identification Number VIN insurance company and policy number and a general description of the damage to the other vehicle If possible call your insurance company from the scene of the crash They will walk you through the information they will need If they ask for a police report phone or go to the police department headquarters the next day and you can get a copy of the report for a nominal fee In some states provinces with no fault insurance laws a report may not be necessary This is especially true if there are no injuries and both vehicles are driveable Choose a reputable collision repair facility for your vehicle Whether you select a GM dealer retailer or a private collision repair facility to fix the damage make sure you are comfortable with them Remember you will have to feel comfortable with their work for a long time Once you have an estimate read it carefully and make sure you understand what work will be performed o
190. e are all part of the airbag module Frontal airbag modules are located inside the steering wheel and instrument panel For vehicles with seat mounted side impact airbags there are airbag modules in the side of the front seatbacks closest to the door For vehicles with roof rail airbags there are airbag modules in the ceiling of the vehicle near the side windows that have occupant seating positions 1 61 How Does an Airbag Restrain In moderate to severe frontal or near frontal collisions even belted occupants can contact the steering wheel or the instrument panel In moderate to severe side collisions even belted occupants can contact the inside of the vehicle Airbags supplement the protection provided by safety belts Frontal airbags distribute the force of the impact more evenly over the occupant s upper body stopping the occupant more gradually Seat mounted side impact and roof rail airbags distribute the force of the impact more evenly over the occupant s upper body But airbags would not help in many types of collisions primarily because the occupant s motion is not toward those airbags See When Should an Airbag Inflate on page 1 60 for more information Airbags should never be regarded as anything more than a supplement to safety belts 1 62 What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates After the frontal airbags and seat mounted side impact airbags inflate they quickly deflate so quickly that some
191. e not recommended and could cause engine damage not covered by the vehicle warranty Engine Oil Life System When to Change Engine Oil This vehicle has a computer system that indicates when to change the engine oil and filter This is based on engine revolutions and engine temperature and not on mileage Based on driving conditions the mileage at which an oil change is indicated can vary considerably For the oil life system to work properly the system must be reset every time the oil is changed When the system has calculated that oil life has been diminished it indicates that an oil change is necessary A CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message in the Driver Information Center DIC comes on Change the oil as soon as possible within the next 600 miles 1 000 km It is possible that if driving under the best conditions the oil life system might not indicate that an oil change is necessary for over a year However the engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year and at this time the system must be reset Your dealer retailer has trained people who will perform this work using genuine parts and reset the system It is also important to check the oil regularly and keep it at the proper level If the system is ever reset accidentally the oil must be changed at 3 000 miles 5 000 km since the last oil change Remember to reset the oil life system whenever the oil is changed How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System The Engi
192. e number of favorites pages 1 Press the MENU button to display the radio setup menu 2 Press the pushbutton located below the FAV 1 6 label 3 Select the desired number of favorites pages by pressing the pushbutton located below the displayed page numbers 4 Press the FAV button or let the menu time out to return to the original main radio screen showing the radio station frequency labels and to begin the process of programming your favorites for the chosen amount of numbered pages 3 102 Setting the Tone Bass Midrange Treble BASS MID TREB Bass Midrange or Treble To adjust bass midrange or treble press the dd knob until the tone control labels display Continue pressing to highlight the desired label or press the pushbutton positioned under the desired label Turn the dd knob to adjust the highlighted setting The highlighted setting can also be adjusted by pressing either SEEK arrow DD FWD or lt lt REV button until the desired levels are obtained If a station s frequency is weak or has static decrease the treble To quickly adjust bass midrange or treble to the middle position press the pushbutton positioned under the BASS MID or TREB label for more than two seconds A beep sounds and the level adjusts to the middle position To quickly adjust all tone and speaker controls to the middle position press the dd knob for more than two seconds until a beep sounds EQ Equalization For the
193. e original call To ignore the incoming call continue with the original call with no action Press D VV to disconnect the current call and switch to the call on hold 3 123 Three Way Calling Three Way Calling must be supported on the Bluetooth phone and enabled by the wireless service carrier to work 1 While on a call press The system responds with Ready followed by a tone 2 Say Three way call The system responds with Three way call please say dial or call 3 Use the dial or call command to dial the number of the third party to be called 4 Once the call is connected press to link all the callers together Ending a Call Press CD V to end a call Muting a Call During a call all sounds from inside the vehicle can be muted so that the person on the other end of the call cannot hear them 3 124 To Mute a call 1 Press The system responds with Ready followed by a tone 2 Say Mute Call The system responds with Call muted To Cancel Mute 1 Press amp The system responds with Ready followed by a tone 2 After the tone say Mute Call The system responds with Resuming call Transferring a Call Audio can be transferred between the in vehicle Bluetooth system and the cell phone To Transfer Audio to the Cell Phone During a call with the audio in the vehicle 1 Press amp The system responds with Ready
194. e pages following 3 8 Turn and Lane Change Signals An arrow on the instrument panel cluster and in the outside rearview mirror flashes in the direction of the turn or lane change Move the lever all the way up or down to signal a turn The lever returns automatically when the turn is complete If you momentarily press and release the lever the turn signal will flash 3 times Raise or lower the lever until the arrow starts to flash to signal a lane change Hold it there until the lane change is complete The lever returns to its starting position when it is released If after signaling a turn or lane change the arrow flashes rapidly or does not come on a signal bulb may be burned out Have the bulbs replaced If the bulb is not burned out check the fuse See Rear Underseat Fuse Block on page 5 98 Turn Signal On Chime If the turn signal is left on a warning chime will sound and the Driver Information Center DIC will display TURN SIGNAL ON after driving about a mile to remind you to turn it off See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 73 Headlamp High Low Beam Changer Push forward to change the headlamps from low beam to high Pull the lever back and then release it to change from high beam to low This light on the instrument panel cluster will be on indicating high beam usage Forward Collision Alert FCA System If your vehicle has this feature be sure to read this entire section before usin
195. e power outlet is located inside the lower storage area There are outlets also on the right front lower part of the driver s seat and under the climate control system next to the ashtray See Center Console Storage on page 2 62 There are two accessory power outlets in the rear seat area located on the door armrests next to the ashtrays There may be a small cap that must be removed to access the accessory power outlet When not using the outlet be sure to cover it with the protective cap The accessory power outlet can be used at any time Notice Leaving electrical equipment plugged in for an extended period of time while the vehicle is off will drain the battery Power is always supplied to the outlets Always unplug electrical equipment when not in use and do not plug in equipment that exceeds the maximum 20 ampere rating 3 38 Certain accessory power plugs may not be compatible to the accessory power outlet and could result in blown vehicle or adapter fuses If you experience a problem see your dealer retailer for additional information on the accessory power outlets Notice Adding any electrical equipment to the vehicle can damage it or keep other components from working as they should The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Do not use equipment exceeding maximum amperage rating of 20 amperes Check with your dealer retailer before adding electrical equipment Follow the proper installation instructi
196. e retractor to set the lock if your vehicle has one after the child restraint has been installed Notice Do not let the LATCH attachments rub against the vehicle s safety belts This may damage these parts If necessary move buckled safety belts to avoid rubbing the LATCH attachments Do not fold the empty rear seat with a safety belt buckled This could damage the safety belt or the seat Unbuckle and return the safety belt to its stowed position before folding the seat 1 Attach and tighten the lower attachments to the lower anchors If the child restraint does not have lower attachments or the desired seating position does not have lower anchors secure the child restraint with the top tether and the safety belts Refer to your child restraint manufacturer instructions and the instructions in this manual 1 1 Find the lower anchors for the desired seating position 1 2 Put the child restraint on the seat 1 3 Attach and tighten the lower attachments on the child restraint to the lower anchors 1 47 2 If the child restraint manufacturer recommends that the top tether be attached attach and tighten the top tether to the top tether anchor if equipped Refer to the child restraint instructions and the following steps 2 1 Find the top tether anchor 2 2 Pull open the top tether anchor cover to expose the anchor 2 3 If you have an adjustable headrest or head restraint raise the headrest or head restr
197. e shoulder and across the chest These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces 4 Buckle position and release the safety belt as described previously in this section Make sure that the shoulder belt crosses the shoulder To remove and store the comfort guide squeeze the belt edges together so that the safety belt can be removed from the guide Slide the guide into its storage pocket on the top of the seatback 1 30 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy Safety belts work for everyone including pregnant women Like all occupants they are more likely to be seriously injured if they do not wear safety belts A pregnant woman should wear a lap shoulder belt and the lap portion should be worn as low as possible below the rounding throughout the pregnancy The best way to protect the fetus is to protect the mother When a safety belt is worn properly it is more likely that the fetus will not be hurt in a crash For pregnant women as for anyone the key to making safety belts effective is wearing them properly Lap Belt This part is only for the lap belt To learn how to wear a lap shoulder belt see Lap Shoulder Belt on page 1 26 You vehicle may have a center seating position When you sit in the center front seating position you have a lap safety belt which has no retractor To make the belt longer tilt the latch plate and pull it along the belt Buckle position and release it the s
198. e sidewall of the tire See Uniform Tire Quality Grading on page 5 70 Vehicle Capacity Weight The number of designated seating positions multiplied by 150 Ibs 68 kg plus the rated cargo load See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 19 Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire due to curb weight accessory weight occupant weight and cargo weight Vehicle Placard A label permanently attached to a vehicle showing the vehicle s capacity weight and the original equipment tire size and recommended inflation pressure See Tire and Loading Information Label under Loading the Vehicle on page 4 19 Inflation Tire Pressure Tires need the correct amount of air pressure to operate effectively Notice Do not let anyone tell you that under inflation or over inflation is all right It is not If your tires do not have enough air under inflation you can get the following Too much flexing Too much heat Tire overloading Premature or irregular wear Poor handling Reduced fuel economy If your tires have too much air over inflation you can get the following Unusual wear Poor handling Rough ride e Needless damage from road hazards A Tire and Loading Information label is attached to the vehicle s center pillar This label lists your vehicle s original equipment tires and shows the correct inflation pressures for your tires when they are cold The recommended cold tire inflati
199. e top tether be attached or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether must be attached 1 46 Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat See Where to Put the Restraint on page 1 42 for additional information Securing a Child Restraint Designed for the LATCH System A CAUTION If a LATCH type child restraint is not attached to anchors the child restraint will not be able to protect the child correctly In a crash the child could be seriously injured or killed Install a LATCH type child restraint properly using the anchors or use the vehicle s safety belts to secure the restraint following the instructions that came with the child restraint and the instructions in this manual A CAUTION Do not attach more than one child restraint to a single anchor Attaching more than one child restraint to a single anchor could cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or even break during a crash A child or others could be injured To reduce the risk of serious or fatal injuries during a crash attach only one child restraint per anchor A CAUTION Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck and the safety belt continues to tighten Buckle any unused safety belts behind the child restraint so children cannot reach them Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of th
200. e traction control system warning light comes on and stays on when the system is turned on the vehicle needs service See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 6 for more information 3 58 StabiliTrak Indicator Light A ee For vehicles with the StabiliTrak system this light comes on briefly while starting the engine If it does not have the vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer If the system is working normally the indicator light then goes off If the light comes on and stays on while driving there could be a problem with the StabiliTrak system and the vehicle might need service When this warning light is on the StabiliTrak system is off and does not limit wheel spin The light flashes if the system is active and is working to assist the driver with directional control of the vehicle in difficult driving conditions See StabiliTrak System on page 4 6 for more information Lane Departure Warning LDW Light For vehicles with the lane departure warning system this light briefly comes on amber while starting the vehicle to indicate that it is working If it does not have the vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer If the system is working normally the indicator light then goes off When driving at speeds of 35 mph 56 km or greater and LDW is turned on a green warning symbol appears when the system has detected lane markings on at least one side of the vehicle For more informa
201. e transmission overheating If the engine does overheat see Engine Overheating on page 5 28 Parking on Hills A CAUTION Parking the vehicle on a hill with the trailer attached can be dangerous If something goes wrong the rig could start to move People can be injured and both the vehicle and the trailer can be damaged When possible always park the rig on a flat surface If parking the rig on a hill 1 Press the brake pedal but do not shift into P Park yet Turn the wheels into the curb if facing downhill or into traffic if facing uphill 2 Have someone place chocks under the trailer wheels 3 When the wheel chocks are in place release the brake pedal until the chocks absorb the load 4 Reapply the brake pedal Then apply the parking brake and shift the transmission into P Park 5 Release the brake pedal 4 33 Leaving After Parking on a Hill 1 Apply and hold the brake pedal while you start the engine shift into a gear and release the parking brake 2 Let up on the brake pedal 3 Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks 4 Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks Maintenance When Trailer Towing The vehicle needs service more often when pulling a trailer See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 for more information Things that are especially important in trailer operation are automatic transmission fluid engine oil belts cooling system and brake system It
202. e upper radiator hose getting hot Watch out for the engine cooling fans By this time the coolant level inside the coolant surge tank may be lower If the level is lower add more of the proper mixture to the coolant surge tank until the level reaches the FULL COLD mark on the side of the coolant surge tank Replace the cap Be sure the cap is hand tight and fully seated Notice If the pressure cap is not tightly installed coolant loss and possible engine damage may occur Be sure the cap is properly and tightly secured If coolant is needed add the proper DEX COOL coolant mixture at the coolant recovery tank Coolant Surge Tank Pressure Cap Notice If the pressure cap is not tightly installed coolant loss and possible engine damage may occur Be sure the cap is properly and tightly secured The coolant surge tank pressure cap must be fully installed on the coolant surge tank See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information on location 5 27 Engine Overheating The vehicle has several indicators to warn of engine overheating There is an engine temperature warning light and or gage on the instrument panel cluster See Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light on page 3 59 and Engine Coolant Temperature Gage on page 3 60 The vehicle may also display a ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE message or an ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE message displayed in the Driver Information Center DIC See DIC Warn
203. e vehicle s warranty Some add on electrical equipment can keep other components from working as they should Add on equipment can drain the vehicle battery even if the vehicle is not operating The vehicle has an airbag system Before attempting to add anything electrical to the vehicle see Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 68 Headlamp Wiring The headlamp wiring system has four individual fuses An electrical overload will cause the lamps to go on and off or in some cases to remain off If this happens have the headlamp wiring checked right away Windshield Wiper Fuses The windshield wiper motor is protected by an internal circuit breaker If the wiper motor overheats due to heavy snow the wipers will stop until the motor cools and will then restart A fuse powers the wiper motor If the fuse blows there is an electrical problem Be sure to have it fixed Power Windows and Other Power Options Circuit breakers in the fuse block protect the power windows and other power accessories When the current load is too heavy the circuit breaker opens and closes protecting the circuit until the problem is fixed or goes away Fuses and Circuit Breakers The wiring circuits in the vehicle are protected from short circuits by a combination of fuses and circuit breakers This greatly reduces the chance of fires caused by electrical problems Look at the silver colored band inside the fuse If the band is brok
204. e warms up to maintain the chosen temperature setting The length of time needed to warm the interior depends on the outside temperature and temperature of the vehicle 4 Wait 20 to 30 minutes for the system to stabilize in order for the system to regulate automatically Then adjust the temperature as necessary to find your comfort setting Do not cover the solar sensor located in the center of the instrument panel near the windshield For more information on the solar sensor see Sensors later in this section After the vehicle is started the display shows the interior temperature settings and the outside temperature If the AUTO position is selected on the fan or mode control the system automatically controls the air conditioning compressor The A C compressor will run automatically even at cool outside temperatures in order to dehumidify the air The A C indicator light is lit when the system is operating automatically even at near freezing outside temperatures Press on the fan control to turn off the A C For improved window clearing performance in defog or defrost modes the A C compressor runs automatically gt AUTO RECIRCULATION If the AUTO position is selected on either the fan or mode control the system automatically controls the air inlet to supply fresh outside air or recirculate the interior air to cool the car faster The light on the recirculation button will come on when the system changes to recir
205. e way out of 6 To tighten the belt push down on the child restraint the retractor to set the lock pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor When installing a forward facing child restraint it may be helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt 7 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure If the airbags are off the off indicator in the passenger airbag status indicator will come on and stay on when the vehicle is started 1 54 If a child restraint has been installed and the on indicator is lit see If the On Indicator is Lit for a Child Restraint under Passenger Sensing System on page 1 64 for more information To remove the child restraint unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and let it return to the stowed position Airbag System The vehicle has the following airbags A frontal airbag for the driver A frontal airbag for the right front passenger A seat mounted side impact airbag for the driver Aseat mounted side impact airbag for the right front passenger The vehicle may also have the following airbags A roof rail airbag for the driver and the passenger seated directly behind the driver A roof rail airbag for the right front passenger and the passenger seated directly behind the right front passenger All of the airbags in your vehi
206. e will turn off To turn it back on press the desired button Memory Seat Mirrors and Steering Wheel On vehicles with the memory package the controls are located on the driver door panel The controls are used to program and recall memory settings for the driver seat outside mirror and steering wheel position if the vehicle has the power tilt wheel and telescopic steering feature 1 6 To save positions in memory 1 Adjust the driver seat including the seatback recliner and lumbar both outside mirrors and the steering wheel to a comfortable position 2 Press and hold button 1 until two beeps sound through the driver side front speaker to let you know that the position has been stored A second seating mirror and steering wheel position can be programmed by repeating the previous steps and pressing button 2 for a second driver To recall memory positions the vehicle must be in P Park Press and release either button 1 or button 2 corresponding to the desired driving position The seat outside mirrors and steering wheel will move to the position previously stored for the identified driver You will hear a single beep If you use the RKE transmitter to enter the vehicle and the remote recall memory feature is on automatic seat and mirror movement will occur See MEMORY SEAT RECALL under DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 86 for more information To stop recall movement of the memory feature at any
207. eature For programming information see DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 86 1 8 Power Reclining Seatbacks The seats have power reclining seatbacks Use the vertical power seat control located on the outboard side of the seat Press the control toward the rear of the vehicle to recline the seatback e Press the control toward the front of the vehicle to raise the seatback A CAUTION Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous Even when buckled up the safety belts cannot do their job when reclined like this The shoulder belt cannot do its job because it will not be against your body Instead it will be in front of you In a crash you could go into it receiving neck or other injuries The lap belt cannot do its job either In a crash the belt could go up over your abdomen The belt forces would be there not at your pelvic bones This could cause serious internal injuries For proper protection when the vehicle is in Do not have a seatback reclined if the vehicle is motion have the seatback upright Then sit well moving back in the seat and wear the safety belt properly Center Seat The vehicle may have a front center seat This seat can be converted to a storage area by lowering the seatback See Center Flex Storage Unit on page 2 63 Rear Seats Heated Seats Your vehicle may have heated rear seats To operate the rear heated seats
208. ection Original manufacturer replacement parts will provide the corrosion protection while maintaining the vehicle warranty Finish Damage Any stone chips fractures or deep scratches in the finish should be repaired right away Bare metal will corrode quickly and may develop into major repair expense Minor chips and scratches can be repaired with touch up materials available from your dealer retailer Larger areas of finish damage can be corrected in your dealer s retailer s body and paint shop Underbody Maintenance Chemicals used for ice and snow removal and dust control can collect on the underbody If these are not removed corrosion and rust can develop on the underbody parts such as fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system even though they have corrosion protection At least every spring flush these materials from the underbody with plain water Clean any areas where mud and debris can collect Dirt packed in close areas of the frame should be loosened before being flushed Your dealer retailer or an underbody car washing system can do this Chemical Paint Spotting Some weather and atmospheric conditions can create a chemical fallout Airborne pollutants can fall upon and attack painted surfaces on the vehicle This damage can take two forms blotchy ring shaped discolorations and small irregular dark spots etched into the paint surface Although no defect in the paint job causes this we will repai
209. ed washer fluid system See Heated Washer Fluid under Windshield Washer on page 3 15 for more information HOOD OPEN This symbol appears with this message This message displays when the hood is not closed completely Make sure that the hood is closed completely See Hood Release on page 5 11 ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE WITH CARE This message displays when the outside temperature is cold enough to create icy road conditions Adjust your driving accordingly LANE DEPARTURE SYSTEM UNAVAILABLE If your vehicle has the Lane Departure Warning LDW system this message may display if the LDW system does not activate due to a temporary condition See Lane Departure Warning LDW on page 2 49 for more information LEFT REAR DOOR OPEN This symbol appears with this message This message displays when the driver side rear door is not closed completely Make sure that the door is closed completely NO CRUISE BRAKING GAS PEDAL APPLIED This message displays when the Adaptive Cruise Control ACC is engaged and you are pressing the accelerator pedal enough to disable ACC automatic braking See Adaptive Cruise Control on page 3 19 for more information OIL PRESSURE LOW STOP ENGINE Notice If you drive your vehicle while the engine oil pressure is low severe engine damage may occur If a low oil pressure warning appears on the instrument panel cluster and or DIC stop the vehicle as soon as possible Do not drive the vehic
210. ed States Government 7 15 Safety Warnings and Symbols e0seeeeee iii Scheduled Maintenance ceeeeeeeeeneeeeen ees 6 4 Additional Required Services ceeeeeeeeeee 6 5 Scheduling Appointments ceeeeeeeeneee tenes 7 10 Seats Center Seat ccceccececeec eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeas 1 10 Head Restraints vn ciae ces ad hole ehd 1 2 Heated and Cooled Seats c ceeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 5 Heated Seats Rear cceececeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 10 Massaging Lumbar 0ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 1 4 Memory Mirrors 0 0ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 1 6 Power Lumbar sicrie in nen Sees 1 4 Power Lumbar Rear ccecceceeeeeeeeeeeees 1 11 Power Reclining Seatbacks ceeeeeeeeeeeee 1 8 Power Seat rarere eina EEE 1 3 Securing a Child Restraint Center Front Seat Position 1 51 Rear Seat Position eccceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 49 Right Front Seat Position 0 ee 1 52 Security LIQ aserrean eer a aat 3 65 DOIVICE snee aa e inde aie ea EE 5 3 Accessories and Modifications 204 5 3 Adding Equipment to the Outside of the Vehicle craoinn eare ER EA 5 5 Doing Your Own Work ccs 5 4 Engine Soon Lamp sinroro a n 3 61 Publications Ordering Information 05 7 16 Scheduling Appointments ceeeeeeeee nena 7 10 Service Parts Identification Label
211. eed Press the SET button then release the button and the accelerator pedal The vehicle now cruises at the higher speed Press the RES button Hold it there until the desired speed is reached and then release the button To increase the vehicle speed in very small amounts briefly press the RES button and then release it Each time this is done the vehicle accelerates approximately 1 mph 1 6 km h The accelerate feature only works after the cruise control speed is set by pressing the SET button Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control There are two ways to reduce the vehicle speed while using cruise control Press the SET button until the lower speed desired is reached then release it To slow down in very small amounts push the SET button briefly Each time this is done the vehicle slows down approximately 1 mph 1 6 km h Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise Control Use the accelerator pedal to increase the vehicle speed When you take your foot off the pedal the vehicle slows down to the previous cruise control speed Using Cruise Control on Hills How well your cruise control works on hills depends upon the vehicle speed load and the steepness of the hills When going up steep hills you might have to step on the accelerator pedal to maintain the vehicle s speed When going downhill you might have to brake or shift to a lower gear to keep the vehicle s speed down Applying the bra
212. eed when shifting the vehicle D Drive This position is for normal driving It provides the best fuel economy for the vehicle If you need more power for passing and you are Going less than 35 mph 55 km h push the accelerator pedal about halfway down Going about 35 mph 55 km h or more push the accelerator all the way down The transmission will shift down to the next gear and have more power Downshifting the transmission in slippery road conditions could result in skidding see Skidding under Loss of Control on page 4 10 Notice Driving the vehicle if you notice that it is moving slowly or not shifting gears as you increase speed may damage the transmission Have the vehicle serviced right away You can drive in 2 Second when you are driving less than 35 mph 55 km h and D Drive for higher speeds until then D Drive can be used for towing You may want to shift the transmission to 3 Third or if necessary to a lower gear if the transmission shifts too often under heavy loads and or hilly conditions See Towing a Trailer on page 4 28 for more information 3 Third This position is also used for normal driving However it reduces vehicle speed more than D Drive without using the brakes You might choose 3 Third instead of D Drive when driving on hilly winding roads when towing a trailer so there is less shifting between gears and when going down a steep hill 2 Second This position reduc
213. eeeeeeeeee een eees 1 8 Retained Accessory RAP n c 2 26 Seat osc IE EE E 1 3 Steering Fluid gsiemens ananin 5 31 Tilt Wheel and Telescopic Steering Column 3 7 WINDOWS esporas hiai iea aT 2 16 Pregnancy Using Safety Belts cee 1 31 PRIVACY ge os panes diciasasardanescs EATE 7 17 Navigation System ceceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeee ees 7 19 On Stal errre ertan rna ETE EET EERE aang 7 19 Radio Frequency Identification RFID 7 19 Programmable Automatic Door Locks 2 11 Proposition 65 Warning California 00 5 4 R Radio Frequency Identification RFID Privacy 7 19 Radio Shoe Eee E sacked 3 99 Radios Navigation Radio System see Navigation Manual i c 3 116 RECEPTION 2534 sa and he arona 3 128 Setting the Clk sion enai E 3 96 Theft Deterrent 1532 re oe irere ae 3 127 Rainsense Wipers ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 14 Reading Lamps s ccccnstasiesncnaie mr ih 3 35 Rear Climate Control System ceeeeeeeee eee 3 46 Rear Door Security LOCKS ceeeeeeeeeeeneee ees 2 12 Rear Heated Seats a se ereere 1 10 Rear Seat Armrest ccceeeeeeeneeeeeeeea een eea ees 2 63 Rearview Mirror Automatic Dimming 2 38 Rearview Mirror with Compass and Temperature tees cars tones ap p a a 1 11 Reclining Seatbacks Power sssssseeeeeeererkrer 1 8 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
214. eeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 3 7 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever ceeeee 3 8 Turn and Lane Change Signals 0 3 8 Headlamp High Low Beam Changer 3 9 Forward Collision Alert FCA System 3 9 Flash to Pass vic i cinecencsened fee asin tapeee canes senere 3 13 Windshield Wipers 22222222 ner ler Ak LEE SLED EEN 3 13 Rainsense Wipers u WG G G ssssseseeeeeeere rese rense 3 1 Windshield Washer e eeeeeeeeneeeeeee eens 3 15 Cruise Control 23s lars andets iehi 3 16 Adaptive Cruise Control ceeeeeeeeeeeneee ees 3 19 Exterior Lamps icc soen ore slebet anaE 3 29 Wiper Activated Headlamps ee 3 32 Headlamps on Reminder e eeeeeeeee ees 3 33 Daytime Running Lamps DRL 00 3 33 Fog Lamps zile seere acteenesttetuseenened 3 34 Cornering LAMPS rraren reniris aneii E 3 34 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver eeee 3 34 Instrument Panel Brightness eee 3 34 Instrument Panel Courtesy LAMPS ccceeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 3 35 Entry LIRING virrie tiiran 3 35 Parade DIMMING sericis niniaren ansni 3 35 Reading LAMPS ses 0c cctacn rails urbane REDE 3 35 Footwelll Lamps x inssen cic iteelacsditncieie eset 3 36 Battery Load Management icce 3 36 Electric Power Management eeeeeeee 3 36 Inadvertent Power Battery Saver 066 3 37 Battery Run Down
215. eeeeeeees 3 38 10 Outside Automatic Dimming Mirror accer Gonvex Mio sessirnar are Heated Mirrors ccccecececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Power Foldaway Mirrors secc Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode Owner Checks and Services 6 eeeeeeee eee Owners Canadian cccccccececeeeeeeeeeeeeaees Paint Damage serrie de Es Parade DIMMING sehr Park Shifting Into vcs relsen en ser cananan Shifting OUT Of aeeaiei nan i dhnkaddes Park Aid cccccccceccec eee eee eee eeeeeeeaeneteeeneenees Park Tilt MIMtOrs cossiciessesidecascianlgateuncaweasesta coats Parking ASSISI Fr rare nerne ERE Over Things That Burn 2220 Parking Brakes vesccarvveecacestascemncnomnnntereerseciatal Passenger Airbag Status Indicator Passenger Compartment Air Filter Passenger Sensing System eeeeeeeeeeee Passing serrian e aens eiaa aa ETTR S PASS Key Ill Electronic Immobilizer PASS Key IIl Electronic Immobilizer Operation sererai ie i in 2 23 Perchlorate Materials Requirements California 5 4 Performance Shifting seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 2 32 Phone Bluetooth maaned tates 3 116 Power Door LOCKS era dasa aen 2 11 Electrical SySteM ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneee tenors 5 95 Lumbar Controls ss bleer dear 1 4 Rear Lumbar Controls eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 1 11 Reclining Seatbacks eeeeeee
216. eeeeneeeeeneenees 3 99 Audio Systems Radio Reception pessars neniesan 3 128 Theft Deterrent Feature 2 seeeeeneee ees 3 127 Automatic Transmission PUIG IE SEE E 5 19 Operaatio wisi 2 rer AES ha rasen nck aen e iaia 2 29 Backglass Antenna 222 22 ur brun 3 129 Battery sir ar aa tase eee 5 36 Electric Power Management secc 3 36 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver 3 34 Inadvertent Power Saver eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 37 Load Management seeeeeeeenee eter eee es 3 36 Run Down Protection 2cc i csarsccaeevetecseesieens 3 37 Belt Routing Engine c eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 14 Bluetooth aorti es eerie S Ee Ei oiia 3 116 Brake EM rQe NnCleS oror Tipies 4 5 Brake FUG arecanoten ae a EEA TEE 5 33 Brakes 5 iborggne Hessen 5 33 AMICK xcccchece eter E beaten EDER 4 4 Parking cies rar dite eit AE E eae eee 2 32 System Warning Light a an 3 56 Braking 2s ccciesdavcdssirencinds hr E a EE 4 4 Braking in Emergencies cceeeeeeeeeeeee renses 4 5 Break In New Vehicle cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeee 2 24 Bulb Replacement Fog Lamp once ctiwisaica sede annene onia nanana 3 34 Headlamp AiMing eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 5 43 Headlamps irer died diet sees 5 46 High Intensity Discharge HID Lighting 5 46 Buying NOW Tires cece ander dre AES skak ed 5 68 Calibration ccccictceeetiepcotitessieeetoacadieies 1 11 2 38 Californi
217. eel The system checks the airbag electrical system for malfunctions The light tells you if there is an electrical problem See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 54 for more information 1 57 Driver Side shown Passenger Side similar The right front passenger frontal airbag is in the ee i instrument panel on the passenger s side The seat mounted side impact airbags for the driver and right front passenger are in the side of the seatbacks closest to the door 1 58 Ee Er Driver Side shown Passenger Side similar If the vehicle has roof rail airbags for the driver right front passenger and second row outboard passengers they are in the ceiling above the side windows A CAUTION If something is between an occupant and an airbag the airbag might not inflate properly or it might force the object into that person causing severe injury or even death The path of an inflating airbag must be kept clear Do not put anything between an occupant and an airbag and do not attach or put anything on the steering wheel hub or on or near any other airbag covering Do not use seat accessories that block the inflation path of a seat mounted side impact airbag Never secure anything to the roof of a vehicle with roof rail airbags by routing a rope or tie down through any door or window opening If you do the path of an inflating roof rail airbag will be blocked 1 59 When Should an Airbag Inflate Frontal ai
218. ehicles GAP Decrease Following Distance Press to decrease the distance between your vehicle and other vehicles ACC will not work if the master cylinder brake fluid level is low 3 21 Engaging ACC With the Set Button A CAUTION If you leave your Adaptive Cruise Control switch on when you are not using cruise you might hit a button and go into cruise when you do not want to You could be startled and even lose control Keep the Adaptive Cruise Control switch off until you want to use cruise control The set speed is selected by the driver This is the speed your vehicle will travel if there is no vehicle detected in its path To set ACC do the following 1 Press the button 2 Get up to the speed desired 3 Press in the SET button and release it 4 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Once ACC is set it may immediately apply the brakes if it detects a vehicle ahead is too close or moving slower than your vehicle 3 22 The on symbol is located on the display at the top of the instrument panel to the right of the driver When the on symbol is lit on the display it indicates that ACC is active A message on the DIC will also display when ACC is set See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 73 Keep in mind speed limits surrounding traffic speeds and weather conditions when adjusting your set speed If the vehicle is in ACC when the traction control system begins to limit wheel spin the A
219. el use a new GM original equipment wheel Use another type of traction device only if its manufacturer recommends it for use on the vehicle and tire size combination and road conditions Follow that manufacturer s instructions To help avoid damage to the vehicle drive slowly readjust or remove the device if it is contacting the vehicle and do not spin the vehicle s wheels If you do find traction devices that will fit install them on the front tires Tire Chains A CAUTION Do not use tire chains There is not enough clearance Tire chains used on a vehicle without the proper amount of clearance can cause CAUTION Continued 5 73 If a Tire Goes Flat It is unusual for a tire to blowout while you are driving especially if you maintain your vehicle s tires properly If air goes out of a tire it is much more likely to leak out slowly But if you should ever have a blowout here are a few tips about what to expect and what to do If a front tire fails the flat tire creates a drag that pulls the vehicle toward that side Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and grip the steering wheel firmly Steer to maintain lane position and then gently brake to a stop well out of the traffic lane A rear blowout particularly on a curve acts much like a skid and may require the same correction you would use in a skid In any rear blowout remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Get the vehicle under cont
220. em turned on TCS can be turned off if needed The system can be turned on or off at any time by pressing the TCS button The DIC will display TRACTION CONTROL OFF when the button is pressed and part of the traction control system is disabled The vehicle will still have brake traction control but will not be able to use the engine speed management system System noises may be heard as a result of the brake traction control working If the controller detects excessive wheel spin in this mode the TCS StabiliTrak light may blink It is recommended to leave the system on for normal driving conditions but it may be necessary to turn the system off if the vehicle is stuck in sand mud ice or snow and you want to rock the vehicle to attempt to free it See f Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow on page 4 18 Adding non dealer non retailer accessories can affect the vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 for more information Magnetic Ride Control The vehicle may have Magnetic Ride Control that automatically adjusts the ride of the vehicle The controller receives input from the system to determine the proper ride If the controller detects a problem within the system the Driver Information Center DIC displays a SERVICE SUSPENSION SYS message See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 73 for more information If this message appears have the vehicle serviced at your dealer retai
221. en or melted replace the fuse Be sure you replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size and rating If you ever have a problem on the road and don t have a spare fuse you can borrow one that has the same amperage Just pick some feature of the vehicle that you can get along without like the radio or cigarette lighter and use its fuse if it is the correct amperage Replace it as soon as you can Underhood Fuse Block The underhood fuse block is located on the passenger side of the engine compartment Remove the fuse cover and secondary service cover to access the fuse block Notice Spilling liquid on any electrical components on the vehicle may damage it Always keep the covers on any electrical component 5 95 Engine Control Module ECM Fuel Injectors Even Air Conditioning Clutch Fuel Injectors Odd Air Injection Reactor AIR Solenoid 22 Usage Engine Control Module ECM Powertrain Control Module PCM Climate Control System Instrument Panel Cluster Ignition 1 Windshield Washer Pump Motor Air Pump J Case 23 Antilock Brake System ABS J Case Starter J Case 25 Antilock Brake System ABS Motor J Case Cooling Fan 2 J Case Cooling Fan 1 J Case Windshield Washer Heater J Case Relays Usage Air Injection Reactor AIR Solenoid 5 97 Rear Underseat Fuse Block The rear fuse block is located under the rear seat on the driver side The rear seat cushi
222. enee raadende 2 64 Keys A CAUTION Leaving children in a vehicle with the ignition key is dangerous for many reasons children or others could be badly injured or even killed They could operate the power windows or other controls or even make the vehicle move The windows will function with the keys in the ignition and children could be seriously injured or killed if caught in the path of a closing window Do not leave the keys in a vehicle with children The master key is used for the driver door ignition and glove box The valet key is used for the driver door and ignition Notice If you ever lock your keys in the vehicle you may have to damage the vehicle to get in Be sure you have spare keys In an emergency contact Roadside Assistance See Roadside Service on page 7 7 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System The Remote Keyless Entry RKE system operates on a radio frequency subject to Federal Communications Commission FCC Rules and with Industry Canada This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept an
223. enger seat or between the passenger seat cushion and seatback may interfere with the proper operation of the passenger sensing system 1 68 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle Airbags affect how the vehicle should be serviced There are parts of the airbag system in several places around the vehicle Your dealer retailer and the service manual have information about servicing the vehicle and the airbag system To purchase a service manual see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 7 16 A CAUTION For up to 10 seconds after the ignition is turned off and the battery is disconnected an airbag can still inflate during improper service You can be injured if you are close to an airbag when it inflates Avoid yellow connectors They are probably part of the airbag system Be sure to follow proper service procedures and make sure the person performing work for you is qualified to do so Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle Q Is there anything might add to or change about the vehicle that could keep the airbags from working properly A Yes If you add things that change your vehicle s frame bumper system height front end or side sheet metal they may keep the airbag system from working properly Changing or moving any parts of the front seats safety belts the airbag sensing and diagnostic module steering wheel instrument panel roof rail airbag modules ceiling headliner or
224. engers from XXX kg or XXX Ibs The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 Ib passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer the load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle If your vehicle can tow a trailer see Towing a Trailer for important information on towing a trailer towing safety rules and trailering tips A 4 22 Example 1 Description Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 1 Subtract Occupant Weight 150 Ibs 68 kg x 2 Available Occupant and Cargo Weight 1 000 Ibs 453 kg 300 Ibs 136 kg 700 Ibs 317 kg Example 2 Item Description Total Vehicle Capacity Weight for dea kg Example 2 9 A Subtract Occupant Weight 150 Ibs 750 Ibs 340 kg 68 kg x 5 Available Cargo 250 Ibs 113 kg Example 3 Description Vehicle Capacity A Weight for aak Example 3 g Subtract Occupant Weight 200 Ibs li
225. ent statistics children and infants are safer when properly restrained in a child restraint system or infant restraint system secured in a rear seating position We recommend that children and child restraints be secured in a rear seat including an infant or a child riding in a rear facing child restraint a child riding in a forward facing child seat an older child riding in a booster seat and children who are large enough using safety belts A label on your sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys 1 42 A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag A child in a forward facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger airbag inflates and the passenger seat is in a forward position Even if the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger frontal airbag no system is fail safe No one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off Secure rear facing child restraints in a rear seat even if the airbag is off If you secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front p
226. er With the random setting CD tracks can be played in random rather than sequential order on one CD or all CDs in a six disc CD player To use random Press the pushbutton positioned under the RDM tab until Randomize Current Disc displays to play the tracks in random order from the CD that is currently playing Press again to turn off random play Press the pushbutton positioned under the RDM tab until Randomize All Discs displays to play tracks from all CDs loaded in a six disc CD player in random order Press again to turn off random play i Information Press to switch the display between the track number elapsed time of the track and the time When the ignition is off press to display the time if the clock display is enabled See Enabling Disabling the Digital Radio Clock under Setting the Clock on page 3 96 for more information BAND Press to listen to the radio when a CD is playing The CD remains inside the radio for future listening CD AUX CD Auxiliary Press to play a CD when listening to the radio The CD icon and track number displays when a CD is in the player Press again and the system automatically searches for an auxiliary input device such as a portable audio player If a portable audio player is not connected No Aux Input Device Found displays 3 108 Playing an MP3 WMA CD R or CD RW Disc Radios with the MP3 feature are capable of playing an MP3 WMA CD R or CD RW disc For more
227. er Information Center DIC message might be displayed such as BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE BATTERY VOLTAGE LOW or LOW BATTERY If this message is displayed it is recommended that the driver reduce the electrical loads as much as possible See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 73 Inadvertent Power Battery Saver This feature is designed to protect your vehicle s battery against drainage from the interior lamps trunk lamp glove box lamp or the garage door opener When the ignition is turned off the power to these features will automatically turn off after 10 minutes Power will be restored for an additional 10 minutes if any door or trunk is opened or the courtesy lamp switch is turned on Battery Run Down Protection This feature helps prevent the battery from being drained if the interior courtesy lamps reading map lamps visor vanity lamps or trunk lamp are accidentally left on If any of these lamps are left on they automatically turn off after 10 minutes if the ignition is off The lamps will not come back on again until one of the following occurs The ignition is turned on The exterior lamps control is turned off then on again The headlamps will time out after 10 minutes if they are manually turned on with the ignition on or off 3 37 Accessory Power Outlet s The accessory power outlets can be used to plug in electrical equipment such as a cellular telephone If the vehicle has a center console th
228. er place After you have put the spare tire on your vehicle store the flat tire in your trunk Store the flat tire as far forward in the trunk as possible Store the jack and wheel wrench in their compartment in the trunk For storage the jack must be raised until the screw end is flush with the edge of the jack The compact spare is for temporary use only Replace the compact spare tire with a full size tire as soon as you can 5 83 5 84 Omnmooowp e Cover Wing Nut Retainer Jack and Wheel Wrench Jack Container Spare Tire Bolt Open the trunk See Trunk on page 2 13 Reinstall the spare tire F face down making sure to line up the wheel center hole with the bolt G and place it on the compartment floor Insert the jack container E into the spare tire F Then insert the jack and wheel wrench D into the center of the spare tire making sure to line up the wheel nut hole with the bolt G on the compartment floor Secure the spare tire and the jack container with the retainer C and then the wing nut B Reinstall the spare tire cover A Spare Tire Compact Spare Tire Your vehicle may have a compact spare tire Although the compact spare tire was fully inflated when the vehicle was new it can lose air after a time Check the inflation pressure regularly It should be 60 psi 420 kPa After installing the compact spare on the vehicle stop as soon as possible and ma
229. erever it appears in this manual This manual describes features that may or may not be on your specific vehicle Read this manual from beginning to end to learn about the vehicle s features and controls Pictures symbols and words work together to explain vehicle operation Keep this manual in the vehicle for quick reference Litho in U S A Part No 25793159 B Second Printing Canadian Owners A French language copy of this manual can be obtained from your dealer retailer or from Helm Incorporated P O Box 07130 Detroit MI 48207 1 800 551 4123 www helminc com Propri taires Canadiens On peut obtenir un exemplaire de ce guide en fran ais aupr s de concessionnaire ou a l adresse suivante Helm Incorporated P O Box 07130 Detroit MI 48207 1 800 551 4123 www helminc com Index To quickly locate information about the vehicle use the index in the back of the manual It is an alphabetical list of what is in the manual and the page number where it can be found 2008 General Motors Corporation All Rights Reserved Safety Warnings and Symbols A circle with a slash through it is a safety symbol which means Do Not Do not do this or Do not let this happen A box with the word CAUTION is used to tell about things that could hurt you or others if you were to ignore the warning A CAUTION These mean there is something that could hurt you or other people Cautions tell
230. erference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment Tire Pressure Monitor Operation This vehicle may have a Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS The TPMS is designed to warn the driver when a low tire pressure condition exists TPMS sensors are mounted onto each tire and wheel assembly excluding the spare tire and wheel assembly The TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in the vehicle s tires and transmits the tire pressure readings to a receiver located in the vehicle When a low tire pressure condition is detected the TPMS illuminates the low tire pressure warning light located on the instrument panel cluster At the same time a message to check the pressure ina specific tire appears on the Driver Information Center DIC display The low tire pressure warning light and the DIC warning message come on at each ignition cycle until the tires are inflated to the correct inflation pressure 5 61 Using the DIC tire pressure levels can be viewed by the driver For additional information and details about the DIC operation and displays see DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 68 and DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 73 The low tire pressure warning light may come on in cool weather when the vehicle is fi
231. es 2 54 Location information about the vehicle is only available if the GPS satellite signals are unobstructed and available The vehicle must have a working electrical system including adequate battery power for the OnStar equipment to operate There are other problems OnStar cannot control that may prevent OnStar from providing OnStar service at any particular time or place Some examples are damage to important parts of the vehicle in a crash hills tall buildings tunnels weather or wireless phone network congestion Your Responsibility Increase the volume of the radio if the OnStar advisor cannot be heard If the light next to the OnStar buttons is red the system may not be functioning properly Press the OnStar button and request a vehicle diagnostic If the light appears clear no light is appearing your OnStar subscription has expired and all services have been deactivated Press the OnStar button to confirm that the OnStar equipment is active Universal Home Remote System The Universal Home Remote System provides a way to replace up to three hand held Radio Frequency RF transmitters used to activate devices such as garage door openers security systems and home lighting This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that
232. es 91 kg x 5 g Available Cargo 0 Ibs 0 kg Refer to your vehicle s Tire and Loading Information label for specific information about your vehicle s capacity weight and seating positions The combined weight of the driver passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle s capacity weight Certification Label S aH MFD BY GENERAL MOTORS CORP mt DATE GWR GAWRFRT THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL gip Na OTOR VEHICLE SAFETY BUMPER NTION STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE DARAOF M WN ABOVE 200 ASS CAR 4 A vehicle specific Certification label is attached to the rear edge of the driver s door This label shows the gross weight capacity of your vehicle called the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle all occupants fuel and cargo Never exceed the GVWR for your vehicle or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for either the front or rear axle 4 23 If your vehicle is a Professional Vehicle the vehicle specific Certification label is provided by the final stage manufacturer The coach builder should be consulted if the final stage manufacturer s label is not present The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR label should be on the driver s door edge If you do have a heavy load you should spread it out See Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit earlier in this section 4 24 A CAUTION Do not load the ve
233. es or payment to an owner or driver if they decide the claims are made too often or the same type of claim is made many times Cadillac Owner Privileges Emergency Fuel Delivery Delivery of enough fuel for the vehicle to get to the nearest service station Lock Out Service Service is provided to unlock the vehicle if you are locked out A remote unlock may be available if you have OnStar For security reasons the driver must present identification before this service is given Emergency Tow From a Public Road or Highway Tow to the nearest Cadillac dealer for warranty service or if the vehicle was in a crash and cannot be driven Assistance is also given when the vehicle is stuck in the sand mud or snow Flat Tire Change Service is provided to change a flat tire with spare tire The spare tire if equipped must be in good condition and properly inflated It is your responsibility for the repair or replacement of the tire if it is not covered by the warranty Battery Jump Start Service is provided to jump start a dead battery Trip Routing Service Detailed maps of North America are provided when requested either with the most direct route or the most scenic route Additional travel information is also available Allow three weeks for delivery Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance If your trip is interrupted due to a warranty failure incidental expenses may be reimbursed during the 5 year 100 000 miles
234. es vehicle speed more than 3 Third without using the brakes You can use 2 Second on hills It can help control vehicle speed as you go down steep mountain roads but then you would also want to use the brakes off and on Notice Do not shift into 2 Second unless you are going slower than 65 mph 105 km h or you can damage the engine and or transmission 1 First This position reduces vehicle speed even more than 2 Second without using the brakes You can use it on very steep hills or in deep snow or mud If the shift lever is put in 1 First while the vehicle is moving forward the transmission will not shift into first gear until the vehicle is going slowly enough Notice Spinning the tires or holding the vehicle in one place on a hill using only the accelerator pedal may damage the transmission The repair will not be covered by the vehicle warranty If you are stuck do not spin the tires When stopping on a hill use the brakes to hold the vehicle in place 2 31 Performance Shifting If the vehicle has this feature it can detect a change in driving patterns If you make an aggressive driving maneuver the vehicle s transmission automatically shifts to the lowest possible gear to maximize vehicle performance The vehicle will automatically return to normal operation when you return to normal driving patterns Parking Brake The parking brake pedal is located to the left of the regular brake pedal near
235. f accessories such as the radio and air conditioner 3 56 Brake System Warning Light The vehicle s hydraulic brake system is divided into two parts If one part is not working the other part can still work and stop the vehicle For good braking both parts need to be working If the warning light comes on there is a brake problem Have the brake system inspected right away Canada BRAKE United States This light comes on briefly when the engine is turned on If it does not come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn if there is a problem When the ignition is on the brake system warning light also comes on when the parking brake is set The light will stay on if the parking brake does not release fully If it stays on after the parking brake is fully released it means there is a brake problem If the light comes on while driving pull off the road and stop carefully The pedal may be harder to push or the pedal may go closer to the floor It may take longer to stop If the light is still on have the vehicle towed for service See Towing Your Vehicle on page 4 26 A CAUTION The brake system might not be working properly if the brake system warning light is on Driving with the brake system warning light on can lead to a crash If the light is still on after the vehicle has been pulled off the road and carefully stopped have the vehicle towed for service Antilock Brake System ABS
236. f the Customer Satisfaction Procedure in this manual See Customer Satisfaction Procedure on page 7 2 In addition your dealer retailer and the service manual have information about the location of the airbag sensors sensing and diagnostic module and airbag wiring 1 69 Restraint System Check Checking the Restraint Systems Safety Belts Now and then check that the safety belt reminder light safety belts buckles latch plates retractors and anchorages are all working properly Look for any other loose or damaged safety belt system parts that might keep a safety belt system from doing its job See your dealer retailer to have it repaired Torn or frayed safety belts may not protect you in a crash They can rip apart under impact forces If a belt is torn or frayed get a new one right away Make sure the safety belt reminder light is working See Safety Belt Reminders on page 3 53 for more information Keep safety belts clean and dry See Care of Safety Belts on page 5 89 1 70 Airbags The airbag system does not need regularly scheduled maintenance or replacement Make sure the airbag readiness light is working See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 54 for more information Notice If an airbag covering is damaged opened or broken the airbag may not work properly Do not open or break the airbag coverings If there are any opened or broken airbag covers have the airbag covering and or airbag module replaced Fo
237. fect the performance of the transmitter see Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 2 5 for additional information Q Remote Start This button will be on the RKE transmitter if you have remote start To start the vehicle using the remote start feature 1 Aim the transmitter at the vehicle 2 Press and release the transmitter s lock button then immediately press and hold the transmitter s remote start button until the turn signal lights flash or if the vehicle s lights are not visible press and hold the remote start button for at least four seconds The vehicle s doors will lock Pressing the remote start button again after the vehicle has started will turn off the ignition When the vehicle starts the parking lamps will turn on and remain on while the vehicle is running 3 If it is the first remote start since the vehicle has been driven repeat these steps while the engine is still running to extend the engine running time by 10 minutes Remote start can be extended one time After entering the vehicle during a remote start insert and turn the key to ON RUN to drive the vehicle If the vehicle is left running it will automatically shut off after 10 minutes unless a time extension has been done To manually shut off a remote start Aim the RKE transmitter at the vehicle and press the remote start button until the parking lamps turn off Turn on the hazard warning flashers Turn the igni
238. for vehicles and hazards and use the turn signal 2 46 SBZA Detection Zones The SBZA sensor covers a zone of approximately one lane over from both sides of the vehicle 11 ft or 3 5 m This zone starts at each side mirror and goes back approximately 16 ft 5 0 m The height of the zone is approximately between 1 5 ft 0 5 m and 6 ft 2 0 m off the ground The SBZA detection zones do not change if the vehicle is towing a trailer So be extra careful when changing lanes while towing a trailer How the System Works Left Side Mirror Display Right Side Mirror Display When the vehicle is started both outside mirror displays will briefly come on to indicate that the system is operating While driving forward the left or right side mirror SBZA display will light up if a vehicle is detected in that blind zone If you activate a turn signal and a vehicle has been detected on the same side the SBZA display will flash to give you extra warning not to change lanes SBZA displays do not come on while the vehicle is approaching or passing other vehicles At speeds greater then 20 mph 32 km h SBZA displays may come on when a vehicle you have passed remains in or drops back into the detection zone SBZA can be disabled through the Driver Information Center DIC See Driver Information Center DIC on page 3 67 for more information If the SBZA is disabled by the driver the SBZA mirror displays will not light up
239. formance and extended life of the battery When the battery s state of charge is low the voltage is raised slightly to quickly bring the charge back up When the state of charge is high the voltage is lowered slightly to prevent overcharging If the vehicle has a voltmeter gage or a voltage display on the Driver Information Center DIC you may see the voltage move up or down This is normal If there is a problem an alert will be displayed The battery can be discharged at idle if the electrical loads are very high This is true for all vehicles This is because the generator alternator may not be spinning fast enough at idle to produce all the power that is needed for very high electrical loads A high electrical load occurs when several of the following are on such as headlamps high beams fog lamps rear window defogger climate control fan at high speed heated seats engine cooling fans trailer loads and loads plugged into accessory power outlets EPM works to prevent excessive discharge of the battery It does this by balancing the generator s output and the vehicle s electrical needs It can increase engine idle speed to generate more power whenever needed It can temporarily reduce the power demands of some accessories Normally these actions occur in steps or levels without being noticeable In rare cases at the highest levels of corrective action this action may be noticeable to the driver If so a Driv
240. fuel in the fuel tank This is because different driving conditions produce different fuel economies Generally freeway driving produces better fuel economy than city driving Once the range drops below an estimated 40 miles 64 km remaining the display will show FUEL RANGE LOW If your vehicle is low on fuel the FUEL LEVEL LOW message will be displayed See FUEL LEVEL LOW under DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 73 for more information AVERAGE ECONOMY AFE This display shows the approximate average miles per gallon mpg or liters per 100 kilometers L 100 km This number is calculated based on the number of mpg L 100 km recorded since the last time this display was reset To reset this display press the set reset button The display will return to zero INST Instantaneous ECONOMY IFE This display shows the current fuel economy in either miles per gallon mpg or liters per 100 kilometers L 100 km This number reflects only the fuel economy that the vehicle has right now and will change frequently as driving conditions change Unlike average economy this display cannot be reset FUEL USED This display shows the number of gallons gal or liters L of fuel used since the last reset of this display To reset this display press the set reset button The display will return to zero TIMER ON OFF This display can be used like a stopwatch You can record the time it takes to travel from one point to
241. g Inflate 1 60 What Makes an Airbag Inflate e 1 61 Safety Belts cccccececeec eee eceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 12 How Does an Airbag Restrain 1 62 kr Pr A a ca 1 12 What Will You See After an Airbag inflates 1 62 Lap Sh ulder Belt y Pony menesker nes 136 Passenger Sensing System scene 1 64 Salary Bell Use During Prognanay rat Sefeing Your Alvbag Equipped Vehicle 1 68 Lap Belt aiiai 1 31 Adding Equipment to Your Safety Belt Extender a 1 32 Arpad EG UIBD ES VENICE sineira 169 Restraint System Check sssssseeeerenerree 1 70 Oe een EEN age we SES SSR Le Checking the Restraint Systems 055 1 70 infants And Young Children eee ee ERE ERR 1 36 Replacing Restraint System Parts a After Crash eccissrossianienrnrnsen ieren N 1 1 Head Restraints The vehicle s front seats have adjustable head restraints in the outboard seating positions A CAUTION With head restraints that are not installed and adjusted properly there is a greater chance that occupants will suffer a neck spinal injury in a crash Do not drive until the head restraints for all occupants are installed and adjusted properly 1 2 Adjust the head restraint so that the top of the restraint is at the same height as the top of the occupant s head This position reduces the chance of a neck injury in a crash 7 Pull the head restraint up to raise it To lower the
242. g all of the switch positions again firmly press and release all three buttons at the same time The indicator lights will turn on 6 Press and hold the button that will be used to control the garage door until the garage door moves The indicator light above the selected button should slowly blink This button may need to be held for up to 55 seconds 7 Immediately release the button when the garage door moves The indicator light will blink rapidly until programming is complete 8 Press and release the same button again The garage door should move confirming that programming is successful and complete To program another Fixed Code device such as an additional garage door opener a security device or home automation device repeat Steps 1 8 choosing a different button in Step 6 than what was used for the garage door opener Using Universal Home Remote Press and hold the appropriate button for at least half of a second The indicator light will come on while the signal is being transmitted Reprogramming Universal Home Remote Buttons Any of the three buttons can be reprogrammed by repeating the instructions Erasing Universal Home Remote Buttons The programmed buttons should be erased when the vehicle is sold or the lease ends To erase either Rolling Code or Fixed Code on the Universal Home Remote device 1 Press and hold the two outside buttons at the same time for approximately 20 seconds until the indic
243. g from month day year to day month year by pressing the button 2 Once the clock and date settings display along with the forward arrow tab press the pushbutton located under the forward arrow tab until the time 12H and 24H and the date MM DD YYYY month day and year and DD MM YYYY day month and year displays 3 Press the pushbutton located under the desired option then press the button again to apply the selected default or let the screen time out For the Six Disc CD Player To change the time and date default setting 1 Change the time default setting from 12 hour to 24 hour or the date default setting from month day year to day month year by pressing the MENU button 2 Once displays press the pushbutton located under until the time and date settings display along with a forward arrow 3 Press the pushbutton located under the forward arrow tab until the time 12H and 24H and the date MM DD YYYY month day and year and DD MM YYYY day month and year displays 4 Press the pushbutton located under the desired option then press the MENU button again to apply the selected default or let the screen time out Radio s MP3 FM 101 1 101 MEE 1201 al pa wo Too Poe Tor ree ee ee neers eee L stk sa tO av Ro Radio with CD shown Radio with Six Disc CD similar Radio Data System RDS The audio system has RDS The RDS feature is available for use only o
244. g it The system operates on a radio frequency subject to Federal Communications Commission FCC Rules and with Industry Canada This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment The Forward Collision Alert FCA system provides an audible and visual alert if you approach a vehicle too quickly that is directly ahead FCA also provides a visual alert with no audible alert if you are following another vehicle much too closely The FCA alert symbol is located on top of the instrument panel to the right of the driver FCA uses the Adaptive Cruise Control radar to detect a vehicle directly ahead in your path within a distance of 328 ft 100 m and operates at speeds above 20 mph 32 km h A CAUTION FCA is only a warning system and does not apply the brakes When you are approaching a vehicle or o
245. g the Rear Seat Pass Through See Rear Seat Pass Through following this section Emergency Trunk Release Handle Notice Do not use the emergency trunk release handle as a tie down or anchor point when securing items in the trunk as it could damage the handle The emergency trunk release handle is only intended to aid a person trapped in a latched trunk enabling them to open the trunk from the inside There is a glow in the dark emergency trunk release handle located inside the trunk near the latch This handle will glow following exposure to light Pull the release handle to open the trunk from the inside Rear Seat Pass Through The vehicle has a small door in the rear seat This door allows access to the trunk from inside the vehicle The rear seat armrest must be down for the pass through door to open To release the pass through door move the release up To close the door raise it and push it until it latches Windows A CAUTION Leaving children helpless adults or pets in a vehicle with the windows closed is dangerous They can be overcome by the extreme heat and suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke Never leave a child a helpless adult or a pet alone in a vehicle especially with the windows closed in warm or hot weather 2 15 Power Windows A CAUTION Leaving children in a vehicle with the keys is dangerous for many reasons children or others could be badly injure
246. ghting Battery Saver If the exterior lamp button has been left on the exterior lamps will turn off about 10 minutes after the ignition is turned to LOCK OFF and a door has been opened This protects against draining the battery if the headlamps or parking lamps are accidentally left on If you need to leave the lamps on for more than 10 minutes use the exterior lamp control to turn the lamps back on after the ignition is turned to LOCK OFF and any door is opened Instrument Panel Brightness eS Instrument Panel Brightness This feature controls the brightness of the instrument panel and footwell lights if equipped The button for this control is located below the exterior lamps control Push the button in and release to extend the button Turn the button clockwise or counterclockwise to brighten or dim the lights Courtesy Lamps The courtesy lamps are located on the headliner above the rear seat These lamps come on by turning the instrument panel brightness knob fully clockwise or when any door is opened and it is dark outside Puddle lamps are located on the bottom of the front and rear door trim Professional vehicles have an additional dome lamp and also opera lamps Entry Lighting This feature turns on the courtesy lamps and the backlighting for the door switches and the exterior lamp control when a door is opened or if the remote keyless entry transmitter unlock button is pressed If activated due to the transmitte
247. h psi or kilopascals kPa Press the vehicle information button until the DIC displays FRONT TIRES PSI kPa LEFT RIGHT Press the vehicle information button again until the DIC displays REAR TIRES PSI kPa LEFT RIGHT If a low or high tire pressure condition is detected by the system while driving a message advising you to check the pressure in a specific tire will appear in the display See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 57 and DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 73 for more information If the tire pressure display shows dashes instead of a value there may be a problem with your vehicle If this consistently occurs see your dealer retailer for service 3 71 SPEED LIMIT XXX MPH SPEED LIMIT XXX Km h or ADVISORY XXX MPH ADVISORY XXX Km h This display will show the speed limit or the advised speed as determined by the information on the map disc in the navigation system If there is no map disc in the navigation system this display will not be available The speed limit and speed advisory displays on the DIC are for reference only There may be segments of road where speed data has not been captured or times where incorrect speed data or no speed data will be displayed by the DIC due to the navigation system not correctly matching the vehicle s position to the actual road Be aware of this and obey posted speed limits wherever you drive SPEED ALERT This display will allow you to customize
248. hange will be made to this feature The current setting will remain To select a setting press the set reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC REMOTE DOOR UNLOCK This feature allows you to select the type of feedback you will receive when unlocking the vehicle with the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter You will not receive feedback when unlocking the vehicle with the RKE transmitter if the doors are open See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 2 5 for more information Press the customization button until REMOTE DOOR UNLOCK appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button once to access the settings for this feature Then press the menu up down button to scroll through the following settings LIGHTS OFF The exterior lamps will not flash when you press the unlock button on the RKE transmitter LIGHTS ON default The exterior lamps will flash when you press the unlock button on the RKE transmitter NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain To select a setting press the set reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC DELAY DOOR LOCK This feature allows you to select whether or not the locking of the vehicle s doors will be delayed When locking the doors with the power door lock switch and a door is open this feature will delay locking the doors until five seconds after the last door is closed You will hear
249. has the Ultrasonic Front and Rear Parking Assist UFRPA system this display allows the system to be turned on or off Once in this display press the set reset button to select between ON or OFF If you choose ON the system will be turned on If you choose OFF the system will be turned off The UFRPA system automatically turns back on after each vehicle start When the UFRPA system is turned off and the vehicle is shifted out of P Park the DIC will display the PARKING ASSIST OFF message as a reminder that the system has been turned off See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 73 and Ultrasonic Front and Rear Parking Assist UFRPA on page 2 42 for more information SIDE BLIND ZONE ALERT If your vehicle has the Side Blind Zone Alert SBZA system this display allows the system to be turned on or off Once in this display press the set reset button to select between ON or OFF If you choose ON the system will be turned on If you choose OFF the system will be turned off When the SBZA system is turned off the DIC will display the SIDE BLIND ZONE ALERT SYSTEM OFF message as a reminder that the system has been turned off See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 73 and Side Blind Zone Alert SBZA on page 2 45 for more information FRONT TIRES or REAR TIRES On vehicles with the Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS the pressure for each tire can be viewed in the DIC The tire pressure will be shown in either pounds per square inc
250. hat was used with plain water If any of the soil remains a commercial fabric cleaner or spot lifter may be necessary When a commercial upholstery cleaner or spot lifter is to be used test a small hidden area for colorfastness first If the locally cleaned area gives any impression that a ring formation may result clean the entire surface After the cleaning process has been completed a paper towel can be used to blot excess moisture from the fabric or carpet 5 87 Leather A soft cloth dampened with water can be used to remove dust If a more thorough cleaning is necessary a soft cloth dampened with a mild soap solution can be used Allow the leather to dry naturally Do not use heat to dry Never use steam to clean leather Never use spot lifters or spot removers on leather Many commercial leather cleaners and coatings that are sold to preserve and protect leather may permanently change the appearance and feel of the leather and are not recommended Do not use silicone or wax based products or those containing organic solvents to clean the vehicle s interior because they can alter the appearance by increasing the gloss ina non uniform manner Never use shoe polish on leather TEHAMA Leather The leather surface on the seat was not designed to be aggressively cleaned using any commercial product Use a well wrung cloth dampened with water to remove dust Do not use a wet cloth or saturate the leather surface with water
251. he engine is cool See Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode on page 5 30 for information on driving to a safe place in an emergency If No Steam Is Coming From The Engine Compartment If an engine overheat warning is displayed but no steam can be seen or heard the problem may not be too serious Sometimes the engine can get a little too hot when the vehicle Climbs a long hill on a hot day Stops after high speed driving Idles for long periods in traffic Tows a trailer If the overheat warning is displayed with no sign of steam 1 Turn the air conditioning off 2 Turn the heater on to the highest temperature and to the highest fan speed Open the windows as necessary 3 In heavy traffic let the engine idle in N Neutral while stopped If it safe to do so pull off the road shift to P Park or N Neutral and let the engine idle 5 29 If the temperature overheat gage is no longer in the overheat zone or an overheat warning no longer displays the vehicle can be driven Continue to drive the vehicle slow for about 10 minutes Keep a safe vehicle distance from the car in front of you If the warning does not come back on continue to drive normally If the warning continues pull over stop and park the vehicle right away If there is no sign of steam idle the engine for three minutes while parked If the warning is still displayed turn off the engine until it cools down Also see Ove
252. he tire farthest away from the one being changed That would be the tire on the other side at the opposite end of the vehicle When the vehicle has a flat tire B use the following example as a guide to assist you in the placement of wheel blocks A A Wheel Block B Flat Tire The following information explains how to use the jack and change a tire 5 75 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools The equipment needed is in the trunk To access the equipment 1 Open the trunk See Trunk on page 2 13 for more information 2 Press the area at the front of the handle located on the cover so that the back edge raises 4 Turn the wing nut to remove the retainer that holds the wrench and jack 3 Grab the handle and 5 Remove the wheel wrench jack and spare tire from remove the cover the trunk See Spare Tire on page 5 85 for more information 5 76 Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire 1 Do a safety check before proceeding See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5 74 for more information The tools to be used are the jack A and the wheel wrench B 2 For models having aluminum wheels with a center wheel cover use the flat end of the wheel wrench to gently pry the wheel covers off Store the wheel cover and lug nut caps in the trunk until you have the flat tire repaired or replaced Be careful not to scratch the aluminum wheel edge and do not try to remove it with your hands
253. he front passenger to buckle their safety belt This only occurs if the passenger airbag is enabled See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 64 for more information The passenger safety belt light located on the instrument panel comes on and stays on for several seconds and then flashes for several more This chime and light are repeated if the passenger remains unbuckled and the vehicle is in motion 2 If the passenger safety belt is buckled neither the chime nor the light comes on The front passenger safety belt warning light and chime may turn on if an object is put on the seat such as a briefcase handbag grocery bag laptop or other electronic device To turn off the warning light and or chime remove the object from the seat or buckle the safety belt 3 53 Airbag Readiness Light The system checks the airbag s electrical system for possible malfunctions If the light stays on it indicates there is an electrical problem The system check includes the airbag sensor the pretensioners the airbag modules the wiring and the crash sensing and diagnostic module For more information on the airbag system see Airbag System on page 1 55 The airbag readiness light flashes for a few seconds when the engine is started If the light does not come on then have it fixed immediately 3 54 A CAUTION If the airbag readiness light stays on after the vehicle is started or comes on while driving it means the air
254. he hood Before closing the hood be sure all filler caps are on properly Then pull the hood down and close it firmly Engine Compartment Overview When you open the hood here is what you will see y i CIT EE SA OLD NN A eN SW hu y 4 6L L37 Engine shown 4 6L LD8 Engine similar Underhood Fuse Block on page 5 95 Remote Positive Terminal See Jump Starting on page 5 38 Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir See Adding Washer Fluid under Windshield Washer Fluid on page 5 32 Engine Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap See Engine Coolant on page 5 23 Remote Negative Terminal See Jump Starting on page 5 38 Power Steering Fluid on page 5 31 Engine Oil Fill Cap See When to Add Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 13 Engine Oil Dipstick See Checking Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 13 Brake Master Cylinder Reservoir See Brake Fluid under Brakes on page 5 33 Automatic Transmission Fluid Cap and Dipstick Out of View See Automatic Transmission Fluid on page 5 19 Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 17 Engine Oil Checking Engine Oil It is a good idea to check the engine oil level at each fuel fill In order to get an accurate reading the oil must be warm and the vehicle must be on level ground The engine oil dipstick handle is a yellow loop
255. he spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability 5 60 Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low t
256. he tire release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve Re check the tire pressure with the tire gage Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and moisture 5 58 Professional Vehicle The proper inflation of the tires on your professional vehicle depends on the type of tires on it If your vehicle has P235 60R17 size tires the cold inflation pressure is 41 psi 284 kPa If your vehicle has LT235 60R17E size tires the cold inflation pressure depends on the vehicle mass and should be determined by the vehicle coach builder A Tire and Loading Information label provided by the final stage manufacturer should be attached to the B pillar on the driver s side of the vehicle If the final stage manufacturer s label is not present the coach builder should be consulted Do not use the tire pressures indicated on the General Motors label These tire pressures are for the incomplete vehicle and are not the correct tire pressures for the completed professional vehicle Operation at inflation pressures below this recommendation may cause your tires to become overloaded High Speed Operation A CAUTION Driving at high speeds 100 mph 160 km h or higher puts an additional strain on tires Sustained high speed driving causes excessive heat build up and can cause sudden tire failure You could have a crash and you or others could be killed S
257. her Headlamp Wiring cccccccssessessessesseesesseees 5 95 Plastic Surfaces espri are aneas 5 88 Windshield Wiper Fuses see 5 95 Wood Panels sees scccceosicaenedeteveoud rer reg 5 89 Power Windows and Other Power Options 5 95 Speaker GOVENS 22 22 cetevence cess ceaemaseincrntaned 5 89 Fuses and Circuit Breakers 2 5 95 Care of Safety Belts 2 00 cccecc eee ee eee eee eee eeeeeeeees 5 89 Underhood Fuse BOCK eee 5 95 Weatherstrips SPEER OEEEEEOEEEOOEEESS 5 89 Rear Underseat Fuse BIOCK 2 5 98 Washing Your Vehicle ceeeeeeeeeeeee eee 5 90 r sange Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses 0 0 0 5 90 Capacities and Specifications 5 103 Finish Care ccceceeeceeeneeeeeceeeeeee essen eeeeeaees 5 90 Service For service and parts needs visit your dealer retailer You will receive genuine GM parts and GM trained and supported service people Genuine GM parts have one of these marks ACDelco ig Parts EF Goodwrench ME Accessories Accessories and Modifications When non dealer non retailer accessories are added to the vehicle they can affect vehicle performance and safety including such things as airbags braking stability ride and handling emissions systems aerodynamics durability and electronic systems like antilock brakes traction control and stability control Some of these accessories could even cause malfunction or damage not covered by the ve
258. hicle rollovers rear impacts or in many side impacts Your vehicle has a seat position sensor which enables the sensing system to monitor the position of the right front passenger s seat The passenger seat position sensor and passenger safety belt buckle switch provide information that is used to determine if the airbags should deploy at a reduced level or at full deployment In addition your vehicle has a dual stage driver airbag Dual stage airbags adjust the restraint according to crash severity Your vehicle has electronic frontal sensors which help the sensing system distinguish between a moderate frontal impact and a more severe frontal impact For moderate frontal impacts dual stage airbags inflate at a level less than full deployment For more severe frontal impacts full deployment occurs Your vehicle also has a dual depth passenger airbag that adjusts the restraint according to crash severity seat location and safety belt status using electronic frontal sensor s and other special sensors which enable the sensing system to monitor the position of the front passenger seat The passenger airbag inflates to a reduced depth when the passenger seat is in a forward position For more rearward front seating positions the passenger airbag may inflate to an increased depth a full deployment based on safety belt status and the crash severity measured early in the event Always wear your safety belt even with frontal airb
259. hicle any heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or either the maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR If you do parts on the vehicle can break and it can change the way your vehicle handles These could cause you to lose control and crash Also overloading can shorten the life of the vehicle Notice Overloading your vehicle may cause damage Repairs would not be covered by your warranty Do not overload your vehicle If you put things inside your vehicle like suitcases tools packages or anything else they will go as fast as the vehicle goes If you have to stop or turn quickly or if there is a crash they will keep going A CAUTION Things you put inside your vehicle can strike and injure people in a sudden stop or turn or in a crash Put things in the trunk of your vehicle In a trunk put them as far forward as you can Try to spread the weight evenly Never stack heavier things like suitcases inside the vehicle so that some of them are above the tops of the seats Do not leave an unsecured child restraint in your vehicle When you carry something inside the vehicle secure it whenever you can Automatic Level Control This feature keeps the rear of your vehicle level as the load changes It is automatic you do not need to adjust anything This type of level control is fully automatic and will provide a better leveled riding position as well as better handling unde
260. hicle performance we recommend the use of gasoline advertised as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline Gasoline Octane Use premium unleaded gasoline with a posted octane rating of 91 or higher You can also use regular unleaded gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher but the vehicle s acceleration could be slightly reduced and you might notice a slight audible knocking noise commonly referred to as spark knock If the octane is less than 87 you might notice a heavy knocking noise when you drive If this occurs use a gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher as soon as possible Otherwise you could damage the engine If you are using gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher and you hear heavy knocking the engine needs service Gasoline Specifications At a minimum gasoline should meet ASTM specification D 4814 in the United States or CAN CGSB 3 5 or 3 511 in Canada Some gasolines contain an octane enhancing additive called methylcyclopentadieny manganese tricarbonyl MMT We recommend against the use of gasolines containing MMT See Additives on page 5 6 for additional information California Fuel If the vehicle is certified to meet California Emissions Standards it is designed to operate on fuels that meet California specifications See the underhood emission control label If this fuel is not available in states adopting California emissions standards the vehicle will operate satisfactorily on fuels meeting federal specifications
261. hicle warranty Damage to vehicle components resulting from the installation or use of non GM certified parts including control module modifications are not covered under the terms of the vehicle warranty and may affect remaining warranty coverage for affected parts GM Accessories are designed to complement and function with other systems on the vehicle Your GM dealer retailer can accessorize the vehicle using genuine GM Accessories When you go to your GM dealer retailer and ask for GM Accessories you will know that GM trained and supported service technicians will perform the work using genuine GM Accessories Also see Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 69 California Proposition 65 Warning Most motor vehicles including this one contain and or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm Engine exhaust many parts and systems including some inside the vehicle many fluids and some component wear by products contain and or emit these chemicals California Perchlorate Materials Requirements Certain types of automotive applications such as airbag initiators seat belt pretensioners and lithium batteries contained in remote keyless transmitters may contain perchlorate materials Special handling may be necessary For additional information see www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate Doing Your Own Service Work A CAUTION
262. his section of the manual describes how to use safety belts properly It also describes some things not to do with safety belts A CAUTION Do not let anyone ride where a safety belt cannot be worn properly In a crash if you or your passenger s are not wearing safety belts the injuries can be much worse You can hit things inside the vehicle harder or be ejected from the vehicle You and your passenger s can be seriously injured or killed In the same crash you might not be if you are buckled up Always fasten your safety belt and check that your passenger s are restrained properly too A CAUTION It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a safety belt properly This vehicle has indicators as a reminder to buckle the safety belts See Safety Belt Reminders on page 3 53 for additional information In most states and in all Canadian provinces the law requires wearing safety belts Here is why You never know if you will be in a crash If you do have a crash you do not know if it will be a serious one A few crashes are mild and some crashes can be so serious that even buckled up a person would not survive But most
263. hones The system responds with Would you like to delete lt phone name gt Yes or No followed by a tone Say Yes to delete the phone The system responds with OK deleting lt phone name gt Linking to a Different Phone 1 Press and hold for two seconds The system responds with Ready followed by a tone 2 Say Bluetooth The system responds with Bluetooth ready followed by a tone 3 Say Change phone The system responds with Please wait while search for other phones e If another phone is found the response will be lt Phone name gt is now connected e If another phone is not found the original phone remains connected Storing Name Tags The system can store up to thirty phone numbers as name tags that are shared between the Bluetooth and OnStar systems The system uses the following commands to store and retrieve phone numbers Store Digit Store Directory 2 3 Using the Store Command The store command allows a phone number to be stored without entering the digits individually 1 Press and hold for two seconds The system responds with Ready followed by a tone Say Store The system responds with Store number please followed by a tone Say the complete phone number to be stored at once with no pauses e If the system recognizes the number it responds with OK Storing and repeats the phone number
264. hould move confirming that programming is successful and complete To program another Rolling Code device such as an additional garage door opener a security device i or home automation device repeat Steps 1 through 5 2 Locate in the garage the garage door opener choosing a different function button in Step 3 than receiver motor head unit Locate the Learn what was used for the garage door opener or Smart button It can usually be found where the hanging antenna wire is attached to the motor head i unit and may be a colored button Press this opener is probably a Fixed Code unit Follow the button After pressing this button complete the Programming instructions that follow for a Fixed Code following steps in less than 30 seconds garage door opener If these instructions do not work the garage door 2 57 Programming Universal Home To program up to three devices Remote Fixed Code For questions or help programming the Universal Home Remote System call 1 866 572 2728 or go to learcar2u com Most garage door openers sold before 1996 are Fixed Code units Programming a garage door opener involves time sensitive actions so read the entire procedure before starting Otherwise the device will time out and the procedure will have to be repeated 123456789 011 le CTS 206 12 Tl24 1 To verify that the garage door opener is a Fixed Code unit remove the battery cover on the hand held transmitter su
265. hronized Occasionally you might need to set the digital radio clock using the procedure below to synchronize both clocks For a Six Disc CD Player To turn the radio clock display on or off 1 2 3 Turn the radio on Press the MENU button until is displayed Press the pushbutton located under until the clock and date settings appear Press the pushbutton located under the forward arrow tab until the menu for default clock and date settings appear Press the pushbutton located under the currently displayed status of either ON or OFF The ON display indicates the radio clock display is disabled and the OFF display indicates the radio clock display is enabled Press this pushbutton to toggle the radio clock display on or off If the radio clock display is turned on the screen displays Radio Clock ON for 10 seconds then returns to the original clock display menu If the radio clock display is turned off the screen displays Radio Clock OFF for 10 seconds The menus for clock and date settings are removed and ON displays as a current status indicating that the clock display can be turned on if desired Setting the Time and Date For the Single CD Player This type of radio has a button for setting the time and date To set the time and date 1 Turn the radio on 2 Press and HR MIN MM DD YYYY hour minute month day and year displays 3 Press the pushbutton located under any one of the
266. icle s warranty Always use the automatic transmission fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 11 3 After adding fluid recheck the fluid level as described under How to Check Automatic Transmission Fluid earlier in this section 4 When the correct fluid level is obtained push the dipstick back in all the way and turn the handle clockwise 5 21 Cooling System The cooling system allows the engine to maintain the correct working temperature ry we AA T S BE 4 6L L37 Engine shown 4 6L LD8 Engine similar Pm A Coolant Surge Tank with Pressure Cap B Electric Engine Cooling Fans 5 22 A CAUTION An electric engine cooling fan under the hood can start up even when the engine is not running and can cause injury Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan A CAUTION Heater and radiator hoses and other engine parts can be very hot Do not touch them If you do you can be burned Do not run the engine if there is a leak If you run the engine it could lose all coolant That could cause an engine fire and you could be burned Get any leak fixed before you drive the vehicle Notice Using coolant other than DEX COOL can cause premature engine heater core or radiator corrosion In addition the engine coolant could require changing sooner at 30
267. icle could be damaged Avoid making very sharp turns while trailering When turning with a trailer make wider turns than normal Do this so the trailer will not strike soft shoulders curbs road signs trees or other objects Avoid jerky or sudden maneuvers Signal well in advance Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer The arrows on the instrument panel flash whenever signaling a turn or lane change Properly hooked up the trailer lamps also flash telling other drivers the vehicle is turning changing lanes or stopping When towing a trailer the arrows on the instrument panel flash for turns even if the bulbs on the trailer are burned out For this reason you may think other drivers are seeing the signal when they are not It is important to check occasionally to be sure the trailer bulbs are still working Driving on Grades Notice Do not tow on steep continuous grades exceeding 6 miles 9 6 km Extended higher than normal engine and transmission temperatures may result and damage the vehicle Frequent stops are very important to allow the engine and transmission to cool Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear before starting down a long or steep downgrade If the transmission is not shifted down the brakes might have to be used so much that they would get hot and no longer work well On along uphill grade shift down and reduce the vehicle s speed to around 45 mph 70 km h to reduce the possibility of the engine and th
268. icle may have the StabiliTrak system which combines antilock brake traction and stability control systems and helps the driver maintain directional control of the vehicle in most driving conditions This is accomplished by selectively applying any one of the vehicle s brakes and reducing engine power The StabiliTrak system comes on automatically whenever the vehicle is started The system cannot be turned off A ee This light will flash when the system is operating The STABILITRAK NOT READY message may be displayed in the Driver Information Center DIC and the Traction Control System TCS StabiliTrak warning light on the instrument panel cluster comes on after first driving the vehicle and exceeding 19 mph 30 km h for 30 seconds The StabiliTrak system is off until the light has turned off This could take up to 15 minutes The TCS StabiliTrak warning light on the instrument panel cluster will flash when the system is operating See Traction Control System TCS Warning Light on page 3 58 and StabiliTrak Indicator Light on page 3 58 for more information The system may be heard or felt while it is working This is normal The SERVICE STABILITRAK message is displayed and the TCS StabiliTrak warning light on the instrument panel cluster comes on if there is a problem with the system When this light and the SERVICE STABILITRAK message are on the system is not working Adjust your driving accordingly Traction Control
269. icle s safety belts Sit all the way back on the seat Do the knees bend at the seat edge If yes continue If no return to the booster seat Buckle the lap shoulder belt Does the shoulder belt rest on the shoulder If yes continue If no try using the rear safety belt comfort guide See Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides under Lap Shoulder Belt on page 1 26 for more information If the shoulder belt still does not rest on the shoulder then return to the booster seat Does the lap belt fit low and snug on the hips touching the thighs If yes continue If no return to the booster seat Can proper safety belt fit be maintained for length of trip If yes continue If no return to the booster seat If you have the choice a child should sit in a position with a lap shoulder belt and get the additional restraint a shoulder belt can provide 1 33 Q What is the proper way to wear safety belts A An older child should wear a lap shoulder belt A CAUTION and get the additional restraint a shoulder belt can provide The shoulder belt should not cross the face Never do this or neck The lap belt should fit snugly below the hips just touching the top of the thighs This applies belt force to the child s pelvic bones in a crash It should Never allow two children to wear the same safety belt The safety belt can not properly spread the never be worn over the abdomen which could cause impact forces In a crash the two
270. icle straddles the edge of the pavement Turn the steering wheel 3 to 5 inches 8 to 13 cm about one eighth turn until the right front tire contacts the pavement edge Then turn the steering wheel to go straight down the roadway Passing Passing another vehicle on a two lane road can be dangerous To reduce the risk of danger while passing Look down the road to the sides and to crossroads for situations that might affect a successful pass If in doubt wait Watch for traffic signs pavement markings and lines that could indicate a turn or an intersection Never cross a solid or double solid line on your side of the lane Do not get too close to the vehicle you want to pass Doing so can reduce your visibility Wait your turn to pass a slow vehicle e When you are being passed ease to the right Loss of Control Let us review what driving experts say about what happens when the three control systems brakes steering and acceleration do not have enough friction where the tires meet the road to do what the driver has asked In any emergency do not give up Keep trying to steer and constantly seek an escape route or area of less danger Skidding In a skid a driver can lose control of the vehicle Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking reasonable care suited to existing conditions and by not overdriving those conditions But skids are always possible The three types of skids correspond to
271. icle while the engine is overheating severe engine damage may occur If an overheat warning appears on the instrument panel cluster and or DIC stop the vehicle as soon as possible Do not increase the engine speed above normal idling speed See Engine Overheating on page 5 28 for more information This message displays when the engine coolant temperature is too hot Stop and allow the vehicle to idle until it cools down See Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light on page 3 59 See Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode on page 5 30 for information on driving to a safe place in an emergency ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE Notice If you drive your vehicle while the engine is overheating severe engine damage may occur If an overheat warning appears on the instrument panel cluster and or DIC stop the vehicle as soon as possible See Engine Overheating on page 5 28 for more information This message displays when the engine has overheated Immediately look for a safe place to pull your vehicle over and turn the engine off right away to avoid severe engine damage See Engine Overheating on page 5 28 and Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode on page 5 30 A chime also sounds when this message is displayed 3 75 ENGINE POWER REDUCED This message displays when the engine power is being reduced to protect the engine from damage There could be several malfunctions that might cause this message Reduced engine power
272. iesinanieanos ennaa 3 52 Gages Engine Coolant Temperature 0 8 3 60 PUG E E nsbiigedamdidat tas A entered 3 66 Garage Door Opener W W Wu u u ds seererereeerre renerne 2 55 Gasoline Octane airiran rear sene 5 5 Specifications orale kr AE nnii HE Er ebbe 5 5 GIOVE BOX viesa mo aen AES ass 2 62 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 1 1 1 W1 7 7 Hazard Warning FlasherS seeeeeeeeeee eee ee ees 3 6 Head Restraints esi iscsess ceietiseccieeacdsiaaucienigeietapadene 1 2 Headlamp AMINO fav decticsrighacteeetinadegaae deepen tacts Bove 5 43 Headlamp Wiring oser nedeninin 5 95 Headlamps Bulb Replacement 2 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 46 Daytime Running Lamps DRL 5 3 33 Exterior Lamps ssciietiectak adic entries renee 3 29 FlaSh tO PaSS rean air oR 3 13 High Intensity Discharge HID Lighting 5 46 High Low Beam Changer e eee 3 9 On Reminder cresas aniisi 3 33 Wiper Activated 0 cceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetenees 3 32 Heated Steering Wheel ceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeee eee een ees 3 7 Heated Seats sis drer ni E DER 1 5 Heater Engine Coolant iesiri orninan 2 28 Highbeam On Light misericors Folke vaere 3 66 High Speed Operation Tires eeeeeeeee eee ees 5 59 Highway Hypnosis csceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeens 4 14 Hill and Mountain Roads cceeeeeeeeee eee eees 4 15 Hoo
273. ification and emergency services may be deactivated and no longer available For more information visit onstar com U S or onstar ca Canada or press the OnStar button to speak with an advisor Not all OnStar services are available on all vehicles To check if this vehicle is able to provide the services described below or for a full description of OnStar services and system limitations see the OnStar Owner s Guide in the glove box or visit onstar com U S or onstar ca Canada contact OnStar at 1 888 4 ONSTAR 1 888 466 7827 or TTY 1 877 248 2080 or press the OnStar button to speak with an OnStar advisor 24 hours a day 7 days a week 2 52 OnStar Services Available with the Safe amp Sound Plan Automatic Notification of Airbag Deployment Advanced Automatic Crash Notification AACN If equipped Link to Emergency Services Roadside Assistance Stolen Vehicle Location Assistance Remote Door Unlock Vehicle Alert OnStar Vehicle Diagnostic Email GM Goodwrench On Demand Diagnostics OnStar Hands Free Calling with 30 trial minutes OnStar Virtual Advisor U S Only OnStar Services Included with Directions amp Connections Plan All Safe and Sound Plan Services OnStar Turn by Turn Navigation If equipped or Driving Directions Advisor delivered RideAssist Information and Convenience Services OnStar Hands Free Calling OnStar Hands Free Calling allows eligible OnStar subscribers to make and receive calls
274. imate control panel will also be selected for the rear passengers To adjust the rear climate control system the rear passenger can select a different temperature mode or fan speed Whenever the rear passengers have adjusted settings on the rear climate control system the AUX light is lit on the front climate control system When the front climate control system is turned off or in defrost mode the rear climate control system is turned off The rear system will turn back on once another front mode is selected For more information on how to use the front climate control system see Dual Climate Control System on page 3 40 For more information on the air outlets see Outlet Adjustment on page 3 46 Automatic Operation A V Fan Control Press until AUTO appears on the display to place the system in automatic mode When automatic operation is active the system automatically controls the fan speed If in auto fan mode pressing the up arrow button will cancel automatic operation and places the system in manual mode If in auto mode pressing the down arrow will turn the rear climate control system off A MV Air Delivery Mode Control Press until AUTO appears on the display to place the system in automatic mode When automatic operation is active the system controls the air delivery mode 3 47 Manual Operation A V Fan Control Press to increase or decrease the fan speed A Fv Temperature Control Press to inc
275. information on how to play an MP3 WMA CD R or CD RW disc see Using an MP3 on page 3 110 later in this section CD Messages DISC ERROR If this message displays and or the CD ejects it could be for one of the following reasons The radio system does not support the playlist format the compressed audio format or the data file format Itis very hot When the temperature returns to normal the CD should play You are driving on a very rough road When the road becomes smoother the CD should play The CD is dirty scratched wet or upside down The air is very humid If so wait about an hour and try again There could have been a problem while burning the CD The label could be caught in the CD player If the CD is not playing correctly for any other reason try a known good CD If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your dealer retailer If the radio displays an error message write it down and provide it to your dealer retailer when reporting the problem Using the Auxiliary Input Jack The radio system has an auxiliary input jack located on the lower right side of the faceplate This is not an audio output do not plug the headphone set into the front auxiliary input jack You can however connect an external audio device such as an iPod laptop computer MP3 player CD changer or cassette tape player etc to the auxiliary input jack for use as another source f
276. ing distance If you get too close to the vehicle in front of you there will not be enough time to apply the brakes if that vehicle suddenly slows or stops Always leave enough room up ahead to stop even with ABS Using ABS Do not pump the brakes Just hold the brake pedal down firmly and let antilock work The antilock pump or motor operating might be heard and the brake pedal might be felt to pulsate but this is normal Braking in Emergencies ABS allows the driver to steer and brake at the same time In many emergencies steering can help more than even the very best braking Brake Assist This vehicle has a Brake Assist feature designed to assist the driver in stopping or decreasing vehicle speed in emergency driving conditions This feature uses the stability system hydraulic brake control module to supplement the power brake system under conditions where the driver has quickly and forcefully applied the brake pedal in an attempt to quickly stop or slow down the vehicle The stability system hydraulic brake control module increases brake pressure at each corner of the vehicle until the ABS activates Minor brake pedal pulsations or pedal movement during this time is normal and the driver should continue to apply the brake pedal as the driving situation dictates The Brake Assist feature will automatically disengage when the brake pedal is released or brake pedal pressure is quickly decreased StabiliTrak System The veh
277. ing that you consider unnecessary It could respond to signs guardrails and other stationary objects when entering or exiting a curve This is normal operation Your vehicle does not need service 3 27 Highway Exit Ramps A CAUTION Adaptive Cruise Control may lose track of the vehicle ahead and accelerate up to your set speed while entering or on highway exit ramps You could be startled by this acceleration and even lose control of the vehicle Disengage Adaptive Cruise Control before entering a highway exit ramp Do not use Adaptive Cruise Control while entering or on exit ramps Other Vehicle Lane Changes If another vehicle enters the same lane as you ACC will not detect the vehicle until it is completely in the lane Be ready to take action and apply the brakes yourself 3 28 Using ACC on Hills and When Towing a Trailer How well ACC will work on hills and when towing a trailer depends on your vehicle s speed vehicle load traffic conditions and the steepness of the hills It may not detect a vehicle in your lane while driving on hills When going up steep hills you may want to use the accelerator pedal to maintain your vehicle s speed When going downhill especially when towing a trailer you may want to brake to keep your speed down Applying the brake disengages the system You may choose not to use ACC on steep hills especially when towing a trailer Disengaging ACC To turn off the system
278. ings and Messages on page 3 73 for more information You will also hear a chime You may decide not to lift the hood when this warning appears but instead get service help right away See Roadside Service on page 7 7 5 28 If you do decide to lift the hood make sure the vehicle is parked on a level surface Then check to see if the engine cooling fans are running If the engine is overheating both fans should be running If they are not do not continue to run the engine and have the vehicle serviced Notice Engine damage from running the engine without coolant is not covered by the warranty Notice If the engine catches fire while driving with no coolant the vehicle can be badly damaged The costly repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty See Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode on page 5 30 for information on driving to a safe place in an emergency If Steam Is Coming From The Engine Compartment A CAUTION Steam from an overheated engine can burn you badly even if you just open the hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Turn it off and get everyone away from the vehicle until it cools down Wait until there is no sign of steam or coolant before you open the hood If you keep driving when the vehicles engine is overheated the liquids in it can catch fire You or others could be badly burned Stop the engine if it overheats and get out of the vehicle until t
279. ion 2 43 Moving Forward When the vehicle is started the front display will briefly illuminate to let you know the system is working The following describes what will occur with the front display as you get closer to a object detected in the front of the vehicle Desorption Engish merie amber amber lights ACC one amber light four amber lights ACC two amber lights four amber two red lights ACC two amber lights one red light four amber two red lights flashing and beep for five seconds ACC two amber lights one red light flashing and beep for five seconds 2 44 Backing Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist URPA comes on automatically when the shift lever is moved into R Reverse The rear display will then briefly illuminate to let you know the system is working The following describes what will occur with the rear display as you get closer to an object detected in the rear of your vehicle Desorption Engish merie amber ighi amber amber ignis amber amber red lights amber amber red lights flashing and beep for 1f 0 3 m five seconds The system can be disabled through the Driver Information Center DIC See Parking Assist under DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 68 for more information When the System Does Not Seem to Work Properly If the URPA system will not activate due to a temporary condition the message PARK ASSIST OFF will be displayed on the DIC
280. ion 3 65 Cruise Control Light This light comes on whenever the cruise a control is set The light goes out when the cruise control is turned off See Cruise Control on page 3 16 and Adaptive Cruise Control on page 3 19 for more information Highbeam On Light This light comes on when the high beam headlamps are in use See Headlamp High Low Beam Changer on page 3 9 for more information Fuel Gage The fuel gage shows approximately how much fuel is in the tank It works only when the engine is on An arrow on the fuel gage indicates the side of the vehicle the fuel door is on If the fuel supply gets low the FUEL LEVEL LOW message appears in the Driver Information Center and a single chime sounds See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 73 for more information Here are a few situations that may occur with the fuel gage All of these situations are normal and do not indicate that anything is wrong with the fuel gage At the gas station the gas pump shuts off before the gage reads full The gage may change when the vehicle is turning stops quickly or accelerates quickly It takes a little more or less fuel to fill the tank than the gage indicated For example the gage may have indicated that the tank was half full but it actually took a little more or less than half the tank s capacity to fill the tank Driver Information Center DIC The Driver Information Center DIC gives you the statu
281. ion The IntelliBeam system is turned off at the inside rearview mirror IntelliBeam might not turn off the high beams if the system cannot detect other vehicle s lamps because of any of the following The other vehicle s lamp s are missing damaged obstructed from view or otherwise undetected The other vehicle s lamp s are covered with dirt snow and or road spray The other vehicle s lamp s cannot be detected due to dense exhaust smoke fog snow road spray mist or other airborne obstructions Your vehicle s windshield is dirty cracked or obstructed by something that blocks the view of the IntelliBeam light sensor Your vehicle s windshield is covered with ice dirt haze or other obstructions Your vehicle is loaded such that the front end of the vehicle points upward causing the IntelliBeam sensor to aim high and not detect headlamps and taillamps You are driving on winding or hilly roads 3 31 You might need to manually disable or cancel the high beam headlamps by turning the low beam headlamps on if any of the above conditions exist Disabling and Resetting IntelliBeam at the Rearview Mirror IntelliBeam can be disabled by using the controls on the inside rearview mirror AUTO D On Off Press this button on the inside rearview mirror to disable the system The IntelliBeam indicator turns off and does not come back on until the IntelliBeam button is pressed again When IntelliBea
282. ion unless a memory recall took place prior to removing the key again 3 92 NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain To select a setting press the set reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC EASY EXIT SETUP If your vehicle has this feature it allows you to select which areas will recall with the automatic easy exit seat feature It also allows you to turn off the automatic easy exit feature See Memory Seat Mirrors and Steering Wheel on page 1 6 and EASY EXIT RECALL earlier for more information Press the customization button until EASY EXIT SETUP appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button once to access the settings for this feature Then press the menu up down button to scroll through the following settings OFF No automatic seat exit will recall SEAT ONLY The drivers seat will recall TILT ONLY The steering wheel tilt feature will recall TELESCOPE ONLY The steering column telescope feature will recall SEAT TILT The driver s seat and the steering wheel tilt feature will recall SEAT TELESCOPE The driver s seat and the steering column telescope feature will recall TILT TELESCOPE The steering wheel tilt and steering column telescope features will recall ALL default The drivers seat and the steering wheel tilt and steering column telescope features will recall if your vehicle has this option NO CHANGE No change
283. ion are not met Until normal operating conditions for SBZA are met you should not rely upon SBZA while driving 2 48 SBZA Error Messages The following messages may appear in the DIC SIDE BLIND ZONE ALERT SYSTEM OFF This message indicates that the driver has turned the system off SIDE BLIND ZONE SYSTEM UNAVAILABLE This message indicates that the SBZA system is disabled because the sensor is blocked and cannot detect vehicles in the blind zone The sensor may be blocked by mud dirt snow ice slush or even heavy rainstorms This message may also activate during heavy rain or due to road spray The vehicle does not need service For cleaning see Washing Your Vehicle on page 5 90 SERVICE SIDE BLIND ZONE ALERT SYSTEM If this message appears both SBZA displays will remain on indicating there is a problem with the SBZA system If these displays remain on after continued driving the system needs service Take the vehicle to your dealer retailer Lane Departure Warning LDW CAUTION Continued The vehicle may have a Lane Departure Warning LDW system Read this entire section before using the system A CAUTION The Lane Departure Warning LDW system does not steer the vehicle and is only an aid to help you stay in your driving lane The LDW system may not LDW will indicate the system is working whenever it detects either the left or right lane marking So if you depart on the side of the lane that LDW is no
284. ion such as Channel Song Artist CAT category can display Continue pressing the information button to highlight the desired label or press the pushbutton positioned under any one of the tabs and the information about that tab displays When information is not available No Info displays Storing a Radio Station as a Favorite Drivers are encouraged to set up their radio station favorites while the vehicle is in P Park Tune to favorite stations using the presets favorites button and steering wheel controls if the vehicle has this feature See Defensive Driving on page 4 2 FAV Favorites A maximum of 36 stations can be programmed as favorites using the six pushbuttons positioned below the radio station frequency tabs and by using the radio favorites page button Press the FAV button to go through up to six pages of favorites each having six favorite stations available per page Each page of favorites can contain any combination of AM FM or XM stations To store a station as a favorite 1 Tune to the desired radio station 2 Press the FAV button to display the page where you want the station stored 3 Press and hold one of the six pushbuttons until a beep sounds When that pushbutton is pressed and released the station that was set returns 4 Repeat the steps for each pushbutton radio station you want stored as a favorite 3 101 The number of favorites pages can be setup using the MENU button To setup th
285. iper blade element notched end last into the wiper blade claw sets Engage the last claw into the notched end of the wiper blade element by squeezing the wiper blade element at the notched area and push the wiper blade element so the claw fits into the notch Be sure the two wiper blade element notches are engaged by the last claw set and all the other claws are properly engaged in the slots of the wiper blade element on both sides A Correct Installation B Incorrect Installation For the proper type and size windshield wiper blades see Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 6 13 5 47 Tires Your new vehicle comes with high quality tires made by a leading tire manufacturer If you ever have questions about your tire warranty and where to obtain service see your vehicle Warranty booklet for details For additional information refer to the tire manufacturer A CAUTION Poorly maintained and improperly used tires are dangerous Overloading your tires can cause overheating as a result of too much flexing You could have an air out and a serious accident See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 19 CAUTION Continued 5 48 CAUTION Continued Underinflated tires pose the same danger as overloaded tires The resulting accident could cause serious injury Check all tires frequently to maintain the recommended pressure Tire pressure should be checked when your tires are cold See Inflation Tire Pressu
286. ire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on page 5 61 for additional information Federal Communications Commission FCC and Industry and Science Canada The Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS operates on a radio frequency and complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Vehicles with TPMS operate on a radio frequency and comply with RSS 210 of Industry and Science Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause int
287. is aging takes place including temperatures loading conditions and inflation pressure maintenance With proper care and maintenance tires will typically wear out before they degrade due to age If you are unsure about the need to replace your tires as they get older consult the tire manufacturer for more information 5 67 Buying New Tires GM has developed and matched specific tires for your vehicle The original equipment tires installed on your vehicle when it was new were designed to meet General Motors Tire Performance Criteria Specification TPC Spec system rating If you need replacement tires GM strongly recommends that you get tires with the same TPC Spec rating This way your vehicle will continue to have tires that are designed to give the same performance and vehicle safety during normal use as the original tires GM s exclusive TPC Spec system considers over a dozen critical specifications that impact the overall performance of your vehicle including brake system performance ride and handling traction control and tire pressure monitoring performance GM s TPC Spec number is molded onto the tire s sidewall near the tire size If the tires have an all season tread design the TPC Spec number will be followed by an MS for mud and snow See Tire Sidewall Labeling on page 5 49 for additional information GM recommends replacing tires in sets of four This is because uniform tread depth on all tires will help
288. is designed so that the entire dispute settlement process from the time you file your complaint to the final decision should be completed in approximately 70 days We believe our impartial program offers advantages over courts in most jurisdictions because it is informal quick and free of charge For further information concerning eligibility in the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP call toll free 1 800 207 0685 or call the General Motors Customer Communication Centre 1 800 263 3777 English 1 800 263 7854 French or write to the Mediation Arbitration Program at the following address Mediation Arbitration Program c o Customer Communication Centre General Motors of Canada Limited Mail Code CA1 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 Your inquiry should be accompanied by the Vehicle Identification Number VIN Online Owner Center Online Owner Center U S www gmownercenter com cadillac Information and services customized for your specific vehicle all in one convenient place Digital owner manual warranty information and more Online service and maintenance records Find Cadillac dealers for service nationwide Exclusive privileges and offers Recall notices for your specific vehicle OnStar and GM Cardmember Services Earnings summaries Other Helpful Links Cadillac www cadillac com Cadillac Merchandise www cadillaccollection com Help Center
289. is not fully in P Park with the parking brake firmly set And if you leave the vehicle with the engine running it could overheat and even catch fire You or others could be injured Do not leave the vehicle with the engine running If you have to leave the vehicle with the engine running be sure your vehicle is in P Park and the parking brake is firmly set before you leave it See Parking Brake on page 2 32 for more information 2 34 Torque Lock Torque lock is when the weight of the vehicle puts too much force on the parking pawl in the transmission This happens when parking on a hill and shifting the transmission into P Park is not done properly and then it is difficult to shift out of P Park To prevent torque lock set the parking brake and then shift into P Park To find out how see Shifting Into Park in this section If torque lock does occur your vehicle may need to be pushed uphill by another vehicle to relieve the parking pawl pressure so you can shift out of P Park Shifting Out of Park Automatic Transmission Shift Lock This vehicle has an electronic shift lock release system The shift lock release is designed to Prevent ignition key removal unless the shift lever is in P Park Prevent movement of the shift lever out of P Park unless the ignition is in ON RUN or ACC ACCESSORY and the regular brake pedal is applied The shift lock is always functional except in the case of
290. iscover visit Helm Inc on the World Wide Web at helminc com Or you can write to Helm Incorporated P O Box 07130 Detroit MI 48207 Prices are subject to change without notice and without incurring obligation Allow ample time for delivery Note to Canadian Customers All listed prices are quoted in U S funds Canadian residents are to make checks payable in U S funds Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy Your GM vehicle has a number of sophisticated computers that record information about the vehicle s performance and how it is driven For example your vehicle uses computer modules to monitor and control engine and transmission performance to monitor the conditions for airbag deployment and deploy airbags in a crash and if so equipped to provide antilock braking to help the driver control the vehicle These modules may store data to help your dealer retailer technician service your vehicle Some modules may also store data about how you operate the vehicle such as rate of fuel consumption or average speed These modules may also retain the owner s personal preferences such as radio pre sets seat positions and temperature settings Event Data Recorders This vehicle has an Event Data Recorder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash like situations such as an airbag deployment or hitting a road obstacle data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle s systems perfo
291. ith the starburst symbol will meet this GM standard Look for and use only oil that meets GM Standard GM4718M For the proper viscosity see Engine Oil on page 5 13 Engine Oil 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and use only DEX COOL Coolant See Engine Coolant on page 5 23 Engine Coolant Usage Fluid Lubricant Usage Fluid Lubricant H draulic Brake DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid Hood Latch y Sem GM Part No U S 88862806 Assembly Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol Sy Canada 88862807 Secondary GM Part No U S 12346293 Windshield Latch Pivots in Canada 992723 or ea indshie Sprin meeting requirements of NLGI 2 kl Wash pring g req Washer Dptiegn MAS her SOVEN Anchor and Category LB or GC LB Chassis Lubricant Release Pawl GM Part No U S 12377985 Multi Purpose Lubricant Superlube FA dn Hicks in Canada 88901242 or lubricant poor Hinges GM Part No U S 12346241 meeting requirements of NLGI 2 in Canada 10953474 Category LB or GC LB EMP Fluid Daka ENE ower Steering Flui GM Part No U S 3634770 Powar Scie GM Part No U S 89021184 Weatherstrip in Canada 10953518 or System i Canada 89021186 Conditioning Dielectric Silicone Grease Automatic DEXRON VI Automatic S e Transmission Transmission Fluid Multi Purpose Lubricant Superlube Key Lock GM Part No U S 12346241 y i Canada 10953474 Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by n
292. ke or shifting into a lower gear ends cruise control If you need to apply the brake or shift to a lower gear due to the grade of the downhill slope you might not want to attempt to use the cruise control feature Ending Cruise Control To turn off the cruise control step lightly on the brake pedal or press the cancel button on the steering wheel Erasing Speed Memory The cruise control set speed memory is erased when the cruise control or the ignition is turned off Adaptive Cruise Control For vehicles with this feature be sure to read this entire section before using it The system operates on a radio frequency subject to Federal Communications Commission FCC Rules and with Industry Canada This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment Adaptive Cruise Control ACC is an enhanceme
293. ke sure the spare tire is correctly inflated The compact spare is made to perform well at speeds up to 65 mph 105 km h for distances up to 3 000 miles 5 000 km so you can finish your trip and have the full size tire repaired or replaced at your convenience Of course it is best to replace the spare with a full size tire as soon as possible The spare tire will last longer and be in good shape in case it is needed again Notice When the compact spare is installed do not take the vehicle through an automatic car wash with guide rails The compact spare can get caught on the rails which can damage the tire wheel and other parts of the vehicle Do not use the compact spare on other vehicles And do not mix the compact spare tire or wheel with other wheels or tires They will not fit Keep the spare tire and its wheel together Notice Tire chains will not fit the compact spare Using them can damage the vehicle and can damage the chains too Do not use tire chains on the compact spare Spare Tire Your vehicle may have a spare tire which when new was fully inflated A spare tire may lose air over time so check its inflation pressure regularly See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 57 and Loading the Vehicle on page 4 19 for information regarding proper tire inflation and loading your vehicle For instructions on how to remove install or store a spare tire see Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire on page
294. known Such parts are not covered by your GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty and any related failures are not covered by that warranty Aftermarket collision parts are also available These are made by companies other than GM and may not have been tested for your vehicle As a result these parts may fit poorly exhibit premature durability corrosion problems and may not perform properly in subsequent collisions Aftermarket parts are not covered by your GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty and any vehicle failure related to such parts are not covered by that warranty Repair Facility GM also recommends that you choose a collision repair facility that meets your needs before you ever need collision repairs Your GM dealer retailer may have a collision repair center with GM trained technicians and state of the art equipment or be able to recommend a collision repair center that has GM trained technicians and comparable equipment Insuring Your Vehicle Protect your investment in your GM vehicle with comprehensive and collision insurance coverage There are significant differences in the quality of coverage afforded by various insurance policy terms Many insurance policies provide reduced protection to your GM vehicle by limiting compensation for damage repairs by using aftermarket collision parts Some insurance companies will not specify aftermarket collision parts When purchasing insurance we recommend that you assure your vehicle will
295. l be tilted down when the vehicle is shifted into R Reverse NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain To select a setting press the set reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC 3 91 EASY EXIT RECALL If your vehicle has this feature it allows you to select your preference for the automatic easy exit seat feature See Memory Seat Mirrors and Steering Wheel on page 1 6 for more information Press the customization button until EASY EXIT RECALL appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button once to access the settings for this feature Then press the menu up down button to scroll through the following settings DOOR BUTTON ONLY No automatic seat exit recall will occur The recall will only occur after pressing the easy exit seat button BUTTON AND KEY OUT default If the features are enabled through the EASY EXIT SETUP menu the driver s seat will move back and if the vehicle has the power tilt wheel and telescopic steering feature the power steering column will move up and forward when the key is removed from the ignition or after pressing the easy exit seat button The automatic easy exit seat movement will only occur one time after the key is removed from the ignition If the automatic movement has already occurred and you put the key back in the ignition and remove it again the seat and steering column will stay in the original exit posit
296. l continues Clearing the System Unless information is deleted out of the in vehicle Bluetooth system it will be retained indefinitely This includes all saved name tags in the phonebook and phone pairing information For information on how to delete this information see the above sections on Deleting a Paired Phone and Deleting Name Tags 3 126 Other Information The Bluetooth word mark and logos are owned by the Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks by General Motors is under license Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment Theft Deterrent Feature THEFTLOCK is designed to discourage theft of the vehicle s radio by learning a portion of the Vehicle Identification Number VIN The radio does not oper
297. l nuts for wheel nuts or Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS replacement sensors replace them only with new GM original equipment parts This way you will be sure to have the right wheel wheel bolts wheel nuts and TPMS sensors Notice The wrong wheel can also cause problems for your vehicle with bearing life brake cooling speedometer or odometer calibration headlamp aim bumper height vehicle ground clearance and tire or tire chain Z CAUTION clearance to the body and chassis If your vehicle is a professional model the wheels have a unique offset and bolt hole diameter Each of the wheels on the professional vehicle have eight wheels nuts The wheels on the non professional vehicle have five wheel nuts See Changing a Flat Tire on Using the wrong replacement wheels wheel bolts or wheel nuts on your vehicle can be dangerous It could affect the braking and handling of your vehicle make your tires lose air and make you page 5 74 for more information CAUTION Continued 5 72 Used Replacement Wheels A CAUTION Putting a used wheel on the vehicle is dangerous CAUTION Continued damage to the brakes suspension or other vehicle parts The area damaged by the tire chains could cause you to lose control of the vehicle and you or You cannot know how it has been used or how far others may be injured in a crash it has been driven It could fail suddenly and cause a crash If you have to replace a whe
298. lation pressures and wear See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 65 and Tire Wear Inspection in At Least Once a Month on page 6 9 Inspect brake system See footnote a Check engine coolant and windshield washer fluid levels and add fluid as needed Perform any needed additional services See Additional Required Services in this section Inspect suspension and steering components See footnote b Inspect engine cooling system See footnote c Inspect wiper blades See footnote d Inspect restraint system components See footnote e Lubricate body components See footnote f Check transmission fluid level and add fluid as needed CE E CDE OD DO Additional Required Services The following services should be performed at the first maintenance service after the indicated miles kilometers shown for each item Additional Required Services 25 000 50 000 75 000 100 000 125 000 150 000 Service and Miles Kilometers 40 000 80000 120 000 160 000 200 000 240 000 Inspect fuel system for damage or leaks Inspect exhaust system for loose or damaged components Replace engine air cleaner filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 17 Replace passenger compartment air filter See footnote g Change automatic transmission D fluid and filter severe service See footnote h Change automatic transmission fluid and filter normal service A
299. laylists can cause the player to be unable to play up to the maximum number of files folders playlists or sessions If you wish to play a large number of files folders playlists or sessions minimize the length of the file folder or playlist name Long names also take up more space on the display potentially getting cut off e Finalize the audio disc before you burn it Trying to add music to an existing disc can cause the disc not to function in the player Playlists can be changed by using the lt and gt folder buttons the d knob or the SEEK arrows An MP3 WMA CD R or CD RW that was recorded using no file folders can also be played If a CD R or CD RW contains more than the maximum of 50 folders 50 playlists and 255 files the player lets you access and navigate up to the maximum but all items over the maximum cannot be accessed Root Directory The root directory of the CD R or CD RW is treated as a folder If the root directory has compressed audio files the directory displays as F1 ROOT All files contained directly under the root directory are accessed prior to any root directory folders However playlists Px are always accessed before root folders or files Empty Directory or Folder If a root directory or a folder exists somewhere in the file structure that contains only folders subfolders and no compressed files directly beneath them the player advances to the next folder in
300. le ahead of you guard rails signs and other stationary objects This is normal operation your vehicle does not need service Other Messages There are three messages that may appear on the Driver Information Center DIC They are CLEAN RADAR RADAR CRUISE NOT READY and SERVICE RADAR CRUISE See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 73 Cleaning the System The radar can become blocked by snow ice or dirt If so you may need to turn off the engine and clean the lens See Cleaning the System under Adaptive Cruise Control on page 3 19 Flash to Pass This feature lets you use the high beam headlamps to signal the driver in front of you that you want to pass The flash to pass feature will only work with the headlamps on It does not work with Daytime Running Lamps DRL Pull and hold the turn signal lever toward you to use If the headlamps are on low beam pulling the turn signal towards you will flash the high beams Windshield Wipers Turn the band with the wiper symbol on it to control the windshield wipers WW Mist For a single wiping cycle hold it on mist until the wipers start then release The wipers stop after one wipe For more wipe cycles hold the band longer Delay Use to set the delay time between wipe cycles The wiper speed can be set for a long or short delay between wipes The closer the band is set to the top of the lever the shorter the delay GERD Low Speed For steady wiping at
301. le until the cause of the low oil pressure is corrected See Engine Oil on page 5 13 for more information This message displays when the vehicle s engine oil pressure is low The oil pressure light also appears on the instrument panel cluster See Oil Pressure Light on page 3 64 A multiple chime sounds when this message is displayed See Engine Oil on page 5 13 for more information Stop the vehicle immediately as engine damage can result from driving a vehicle with low oil pressure Have the vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer as soon as possible when this message is displayed 3 78 PARKING ASSIST OFF If your vehicle has the Ultrasonic Front and Rear Parking Assist UFRPA system after the vehicle is shifted out of P Park this message displays to remind the driver that the UFRPA system has been turned off Press the set reset button to acknowledge this message and clear it from the DIC display To turn the UFRPA system back on see PARKING ASSIST under D C Operation and Displays on page 3 68 See Ultrasonic Front and Rear Parking Assist UFRPA on page 2 42 for more information PASSENGER DOOR OPEN This symbol appears with this message This message displays when the passenger side front door is not closed completely Make sure that the door is closed completely RADAR CRUISE NOT READY This message displays when the Adaptive Cruise Control ACC system will not activate due to a temporary condition
302. led when using the transmitter labeled 1 if enabled through the DIC See Memory Seat Mirrors and Steering Wheel on page 1 6 and DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 86 for more information Programming Transmitters to the Vehicle Only RKE transmitters programmed to the vehicle will work If a transmitter is lost or stolen a replacement can be purchased and programmed through your dealer retailer When the replacement transmitter is programmed to the vehicle all remaining transmitters must also be programmed Any lost or stolen transmitters no longer work once the new transmitter is programmed Each vehicle can have up to eight transmitters programmed to it See RELEARN REMOTE KEY under DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 68 Battery Replacement Replace the battery if the REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY message displays in the DIC See REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY under DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 73 for additional information Notice When replacing the battery do not touch any of the circuitry on the transmitter Static from your body could damage the transmitter To replace the battery 1 Separate the transmitter with a flat thin object inserted into the notch located above the metal base 2 Remove the old battery Do not use a metal object 3 Insert the new battery positive side facing up Replace with a CR
303. ler Electronically Controlled Air Ride Suspension Professional Vehicles may have Electronically Controlled Air Suspension The air ride controller receives input from the system to determine the proper ride If the controller detects a problem with the system the DIC will display a SERVICE SUSPENSION SYS message If this message appears have the vehicle serviced at your dealer retailer Steering Power Steering If power steering assist is lost because the engine stops or the system is not functioning the vehicle can be steered but it will take more effort Magnetic Speed Variable Assist Steering System This system continuously adjusts the effort felt when steering at all vehicle speeds It provides ease when parking yet a firm solid feel at highway speeds Steering Tips It is important to take curves at a reasonable speed Traction in a curve depends on the condition of the tires and the road surface the angle at which the curve is banked and vehicle speed While in a curve speed is the one factor that can be controlled If there is a need to reduce speed do it before entering the curve while the front wheels are straight Try to adjust the speed so you can drive through the curve Maintain a reasonable steady speed Wait to accelerate until out of the curve and then accelerate gently into the straightaway Steering in Emergencies There are times when steering can be more effective than braking For exa
304. lights Footwell lighting brightness can be adjusted with the instrument panel brightness control located below the exterior lamps control See Instrument Panel Brightness on page 3 34 The footwell lights will turn off before the instrument panel lights are at their lowest level of brightness Battery Load Management This feature monitors the vehicle s electrical load and determines when the battery is in a heavy discharge condition During times of high electrical loading the engine may idle at a higher revolutions per minute rpm setting than normal to make sure the battery charges High electrical loads may occur when several of the following are on headlamps high beams fog lamps rear window defogger the climate control fan at high speeds heated seats and engine cooling fans 3 36 If the battery continues to discharge even with the engine idling at a higher rpm setting some electrical loads will automatically be reduced When this occurs the rear window defogger may take slightly longer to clear the glass the heated seats may not get as warm as they usually do and the climate control fan may cut back to a lower speed For more battery saving information see Battery Saver Active Message under DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 73 Electric Power Management The vehicle has Electric Power Management EPM that estimates the battery s temperature and state of charge It then adjusts the voltage for best per
305. located under the Remove tab until the category name along with the word Removed displays 5 Repeat the steps to remove more categories Removed categories can be restored by pressing the pushbutton under the Add label when a removed category is displayed or by pressing the pushbutton under the Restore All label The radio does not let you remove or add categories while the vehicle is moving faster than 5 mph 8 km h The CAT button also toggles between compressed and uncompressed audio when a mixed disc is present See Compressed Audio later in this section Radio Message Locked This message displays when the THEFTLOCK system has locked up the radio Take the vehicle to your dealer retailer for service If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your dealer retailer XM Satellite Radio Service XM is a Satellite radio service that is based in the 48 contiguous United States and 10 Canadian provinces XM Satellite Radio has a wide variety of programming and commercial free music coast to coast and in digital quality sound During your trial or when you subscribe you will get unlimited access to XM Radio Online for when you are not in the vehicle A service fee is required to receive the XM service For more information contact XM at xmradio com or call 1 800 929 2100 in the U S and xmradio ca or call 1 877 438 9677 in Canada Radio Messages for XM Only See XM Radi
306. low speed High Speed For high speed wiping O Off Turns the wipers off Clear ice and snow from the wiper blades before using them If the wipers are frozen to the windshield carefully loosen or thaw them If they become worn or damaged replace with new blades or blade inserts Heavy snow or ice can overload the wiper motor A circuit breaker will stop the motor until it cools The vehicle has wiper activated headlamps After the windshield wipers have completed eight wipe cycles within four minutes the headlamps automatically turn on See Wiper Activated Headlamps on page 3 32 for more information 3 13 Rainsense Il Wipers For vehicles with this feature the moisture sensor is mounted on the interior side of the windshield behind the rearview mirror It is used to automatically operate the wipers by monitoring the amount of moisture build up on the windshield Wipes occur as needed to clear the windshield depending on driving conditions and the sensitivity setting In light rain or snow fewer wipes will occur In heavy rain or snow wipes will occur more frequently The Rainsense II wipers operate in a delay mode as well as a continuous low or high speed as needed If the system is left on for long periods of time occasional wipes may occur without any moisture on the windshield This is normal and indicates that the Rainsense II system is activated The Rainsense II system can be activated by turning the wiper
307. lter before disposal Never dispose of oil by putting it in the trash pouring it on the ground into sewers or into streams or bodies of water Recycle it by taking it toa place that collects used oil Engine Air Cleaner Filter See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for the location of the engine air cleaner filter When to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner Filter Inspect the air cleaner filter at the Maintenance II intervals and replace it at the first oil change after each 50 000 mile 80 000 km interval See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 for more information If you are driving in dusty dirty conditions inspect the filter at each engine oil change 5 17 How to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner Filter To inspect the air cleaner filter remove the filter from the vehicle and lightly shake the filter to release loose dust and dirt If the filter remains caked with dirt a new filter is required To inspect or replace the filter J p iZ ON S Fay RS 1 Remove the two screws on the top of the engine air cleaner filter cover 2 Lift up the outboard side of the cover at an angle while pulling toward you This is necessary due to the two hinges located on the inboard side of the cover 5 18 3 Remove the engine air cleaner filter and any loose debris that may be found in the air cleaner base 4 Inspect or replace the air filter element To reinstall the cover 1 Align the two hinges located
308. m 700 Parking Lamps Turns on the parking lamps together with the following Instrument Panel Lights License Plate Lamps Taillamps e Side Marker Lamps The parking brake indicator light comes on and stays on while the parking lamps are on with the engine off and the ignition in ACC ACCESSORY or ON RUN ZD Headlamps Turns on the headlamps together with the previously listed lamps A warning chime sounds if the driver s door is opened while the ignition switch is off and the headlamps are on 4D Fog Lamps Press the exterior lamps control to turn on the fog lamps See Fog Lamps on page 3 34 3 30 IntelliBeam Intelligent High Beam Headlamp Control System For vehicles with this feature be sure to read this entire section before using it IntelliBeam is an enhancement to the vehicle s headlamp system Using a digital light sensor on the rearview mirror this system turns the vehicle s high beam headlamps on and off according to surrounding traffic conditions The IntelliBeam system turns the high beam headlamps on when it is dark enough there is no other traffic present and the IntelliBeam system is enabled Turning On and Enabling IntelliBeam Press and release the IntelliBeam button on the inside rear view mirror The IntelliBeam indicator on the mirror turns on to indicate the system is on Once the system has been turned on it remains on each time the vehicle is started but the IntelliBe
309. m has turned on the high beams pull or push the high beam stalk This will disable IntelliBeam The IntelliBeam indicator on the mirror turns off To turn IntelliBeam back on press the IntelliBeam button on the mirror A different sensitivity setting is available for dealer retailer diagnostics This is done by pushing and holding this button for 20 seconds until the IntelliBeam indicator light flashes three times If you accidentally activate this the vehicle s setting automatically is reset when the ignition is turned off and then on again 3 32 Cleaning the IntelliBeam Light Sensor The light sensor is located on the inside of the vehicle Z in front of the inside E rearview mirror Clean the light sensor window periodically using glass cleaner on a soft cloth Gently wipe the sensor window Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the surface of the sensor window Wiper Activated Headlamps This feature activates the headlamps and parking lamps after the windshield wipers are turned on and have completed eight wipe cycles within four minutes When the ignition is turned to LOCK OFF the wiper activated headlamps immediately turn off The wiper activated headlamps also turn off if the windshield wipers are turned off Headlamps on Reminder A warning chime will sound if the exterior lamp control is left on in either the headlamp or parking lamp position and the driver s door is opened with the ignition off Da
310. m the screen for further use To clear a message press the set reset button Be sure to take any message that appears on the screen seriously and remember that clearing the message will only make the message disappear not the problem ADVISORY XXX MPH km h This message displays when the Speed Alert has been turned on through the DIC Information Menu and the vehicle is at or above the advised speed See DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 68 AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL OFF This message displays when the automatic headlamps are turned off See Exterior Lamps on page 3 29 for more information AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL ON This message displays when the automatic headlamps are turned on See Exterior Lamps on page 3 29 for more information BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE This message displays when the system detects that the battery voltage is dropping beyond a reasonable level The battery saver system starts reducing certain features of the vehicle that you may be able to notice At the point that the features are disabled this message is displayed It means that the vehicle is trying to save the charge in the battery Turn off all unnecessary accessories to allow the battery to recharge The normal battery voltage range is 11 5 to 15 5 volts You can monitor battery voltage on the Driver Information Center DIC by pressing the trip fuel button until BATTERY VOLTAGE is displayed CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON This message display
311. m with the airbag system or the passenger sensing system When the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger frontal airbag and seat mounted side impact airbag the off indicator will light and stay lit to remind you that the airbags are off See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 55 1 65 The passenger sensing system is designed to turn on may inflate the right front passenger frontal airbag and seat mounted side impact airbag anytime the system senses that a person of adult size is sitting properly in the right front passenger seat When the passenger sensing system has allowed the airbags to be enabled the on indicator will light and stay lit to remind you that the airbags are active For some children who have outgrown child restraints and for very small adults the passenger sensing system may or may not turn off the right front passenger frontal airbag and seat mounted side impact airbag depending upon the person s seating posture and body build Everyone in the vehicle who has outgrown child restraints should wear a safety belt properly whether or not there is an airbag for that person A CAUTION If the airbag readiness light ever comes on and stays on it means that something may be wrong with the airbag system To help avoid injury to yourself or others have the vehicle serviced right away See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 54 for more information including important safety
312. maintain cool outlet temperatures 3 45 Outlet Adjustment For the front outlets use the thumbwheel located below each outlet to change the direction of the airflow Use the thumbwheel located next to the outlets to shut the airflow or to open the outlets and re direct the air For the rear outlets slide the lever left or right and up or down to change the direction of the airflow Operation Tips Clear away any ice snow or leaves from the air inlets at the base of the windshield that may block the flow of air into your vehicle Use of non GM approved hood deflectors may adversely affect the performance of the system Keep the path under the front seats clear of objects to help circulate the air inside of your vehicle more effectively 3 46 Rear Climate Control System For vehicles with a rear climate control system the rear seat passengers can adjust the direction of the airflow fan speed and temperature for the rear seating area This system also works with the main climate control system in the vehicle The rear climate control system is located on the back of the center console C Temperature Control D Air Delivery Mode Control A Display B Fan Control AUX Auxiliary Press the AUX button located on the front climate control panel to turn the rear climate control system on or off When turned on the rear system operates in automatic mode and the temperature settings selected for the front cl
313. mple you come over a hill and find a truck stopped in your lane or a car suddenly pulls out from nowhere or a child darts out from between parked cars and stops right in front of you These problems can be avoided by braking if you can stop in time But sometimes you cannot stop in time because there is no room That is the time for evasive action steering around the problem The vehicle can perform very well in emergencies like these First apply the brakes See Braking on page 4 4 It is better to remove as much speed as possible from a collision Then steer around the problem to the left or right depending on the space available An emergency like this requires close attention and a quick decision If holding the steering wheel at the recommended 9 and 3 o clock positions it can be turned a full 180 degrees very quickly without removing either hand But you have to act fast steer quickly and just as quickly straighten the wheel once you have avoided the object The fact that such emergency situations are always possible is a good reason to practice defensive driving at all times and wear safety belts properly Off Road Recovery The vehicle s right wheels can drop off the edge of a road onto the shoulder while driving If the level of the shoulder is only slightly below the pavement recovery should be fairly easy Ease off the accelerator and then if there is nothing in the way steer so that the veh
314. must be turned to ON RUN or Retained Accessory Power RAP must be active See Retained Accessory Power RAP on page 2 26 2 64 Express Open The express open feature will operate from the closed or partially open position To express open the power sunroof fully press the driver side switch rearward once To stop the sunroof glass in a desired position other than to the express open position press the switch again in either direction to stop the movement If the sunshade is in the closed position it will open with the sunroof or it can be opened manually Vent Open From the closed position press and hold the passenger side switch forward to vent the sunroof The rear of the sunroof panel will tilt upward to the full vent position The sunshade must be opened manually Close To close the sunroof operate the controls according to one of the following From the open position press and hold the driver side sunroof switch forward The sunshade must be closed manually From the vent position press and hold the passenger side sunroof switch rearward Section 3 Instrument Panel Overview eee 3 4 Hazard Warning Flashers eeeeeeeeee eee ees 3 6 FIOM ete hecadhsiauaesk ERE ES ENE SER tage unnanae boeaneeeanaeeees 3 6 THE WHE packer aan hyrer bed Ea 3 6 Power Tilt Wheel and Telescopic Steering Column eceeceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 7 Heated Steering Wheel ee
315. n eceeeeeeeneeeeeeeees 5 59 If a Tire Goes Flat wis cccc cect cee een enan cone nance 5 74 Inflation Tire Pressure aaneen 5 57 Inspection and Rotation 5 65 Installing the Spare Tire cceeeeeeeeeeeeee eee 5 77 Pressure Monitor Operation eeeeeeee 5 61 Pressure Monitor System 0scseeeeeeeee es 5 60 Removing the Flat Tire a nn 5 77 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools 5 76 Sidewall Labeling 0 eeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeees 5 49 Spare MNE deier aine naaar ERE aE BRET oe 5 85 Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools 5 83 Terminology and Definitions cee 5 54 Uniform Tire Quality Grading eeeeeeee 5 70 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance 5 71 Wheel Replacement 2 eeeeeeeeeeeeeere es 5 71 When It Is Time for New Tires eee 5 67 Towing Recreational Vehicle eeeeeeeceeeeeeee es 4 26 TOWING Traller isccc cccciecsteetesectiedeanahentssnes 4 28 Your Vehicle pasts aa isnan aonan inna enken Del 4 26 Traction Control System TCS o on 4 6 Control System Warning Light 008 3 58 Magnetic Ride Control ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 8 StabiliTrak System 0 ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 6 Transmission Fluid Automatic ccc cc ceeee eee eec eet eeeeeeenees 5 19 Transmission Operation Automatic 5 2 29 Transpo
316. n FM stations that broadcast RDS information This system relies upon receiving specific information from these stations and only works when the information is available While the radio is tuned to an FM RDS station the station name or call letters display In rare cases a radio station can broadcast incorrect information that causes the radio features to work improperly If this happens contact the radio station 3 99 Playing the Radio D Power Volume Press to turn the system on and off Turn to increase or decrease the volume Speed Compensated Volume SCV Radios with SCV automatically adjusts the radio volume to compensate for road and wind noise while driving That way the volume level should sound about the same while driving To activate SCV 1 Set the radio volume to the desired level 2 Press the MENU button to display the radio setup menu 3 Press the pushbutton under the AUTO VOLUM automatic volume tab on the radio display 4 Press the pushbutton under the desired Speed Compensated Volume setting OFF Low Med or High to select the level of radio volume compensation The display times out after approximately 10 seconds Each higher setting allows for more radio volume compensation at faster vehicle speeds 3 100 AudioPilot If the vehicle has the Bose audio system it has AudioPilot noise compensation technology To use AudioPilot 1 Set the radio volume to the desired level 2 Pres
317. n your vehicle If you have a question ask for an explanation Reputable shops welcome this opportunity 7 14 Managing the Vehicle Damage Repair Process In the event that your vehicle requires damage repairs GM recommends that you take an active role in its repair If you have a pre determined repair facility of choice take your vehicle there or have it towed there Specify to the facility that any required replacement collision parts be original equipment parts either new Genuine GM parts or recycled original GM parts Remember recycled parts will not be covered by your GM vehicle warranty Insurance pays the bill for the repair but you must live with the repair Depending on your policy limits your insurance company may initially value the repair using aftermarket parts Discuss this with your repair professional and insist on Genuine GM parts Remember if your vehicle is leased you may be obligated to have the vehicle repaired with Genuine GM parts even if your insurance coverage does not pay the full cost If another party s insurance company is paying for the repairs you are not obligated to accept a repair valuation based on that insurance company s collision policy repair limits as you have no contractual limits with that company In such cases you can have control of the repair and parts choices as long as cost stays within reasonable limits Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects to the United
318. nal material from the seat such as blankets cushions seat covers seat heaters or seat massagers 3 Place the seatback in the fully upright position 4 Have the person sit upright in the seat centered on the seat cushion with legs comfortably extended 5 Restart the vehicle and have the person remain in this position for two to three minutes after the on indicator is lit If a person of adult size is sitting in the right front passenger seat but the off indicator is lit it could be because that person is not sitting properly in the seat 1 67 Additional Factors Affecting System Operation Safety belts help keep the passenger in position on the seat during vehicle maneuvers and braking which helps the passenger sensing system maintain the passenger airbag status See Safety Belts and Child Restraints in the Index for additional information about the importance of proper restraint use A thick layer of additional material such as a blanket or cushion or aftermarket equipment such as seat covers seat heaters and seat massagers can affect how well the passenger sensing system operates We recommend that you not use seat covers or other aftermarket equipment except when approved by GM for your specific vehicle See Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 69 for more information about modifications that can affect how the system operates A CAUTION Stowing of articles under the pass
319. nal the receiver is in relearn mode and TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE message displays on the DIC screen Start with the driver side front tire Remove the valve cap from the valve cap stem Activate the TPMS sensor by increasing or decreasing the tire s air pressure for five seconds or until a horn chirp sounds The horn chirp 5 64 11 which may take up to 30 seconds to sound confirms that the sensor identification code has been matched to this tire and wheel position Proceed to the passenger side front tire and repeat the procedure in Step 5 Proceed to the passenger side rear tire and repeat the procedure in Step 5 Proceed to the driver side rear tire and repeat the procedure in Step 5 The horn sounds two times to indicate the sensor identification code has been matched to the driver side rear tire and the TPMS sensor matching process is no longer active The TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE message on the DIC display screen goes off Turn the ignition switch to LOCK OFF Set all four tires to the recommended air pressure level as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label Put the valve caps back on the valve stems Tire Inspection and Rotation We recommend that you regularly inspect your vehicle s tires including the spare tire for signs of wear or damage See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 5 67 for more information Tires should be rotated every 5 000 to 8 000 miles 8 000 to 13 000 km
320. national or local law requires that the top tether be anchored or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top strap must be anchored In Canada the law requires that forward facing child restraints have a top tether and that the tether be attached If the child restraint does not have the LATCH system you will be using the safety belt to secure the child restraint in this position Be sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint Secure the child in the child restraint when and as the instructions say If more than one child restraint needs to be installed in the rear seat be sure to read Where to Put the Restraint on page 1 42 1 Put the child restraint on the seat 2 Pick up the latch plate and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle s safety belt through or around the restraint The child restraint instructions will show you how 1 49 3 Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks 4 Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out of Position the release button on the buckle so that the the retractor to set the lock safety belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary 1 50 5 To tighten the belt push down on the child restraint pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor When installing a forward facing child restraint it may be helpful to use your k
321. nction light and DIC message to come on are One of the road tires has been replaced with the spare tire The spare tire does not have a TPMS sensor The TPMS malfunction light and DIC message should go off once you re install the road tire containing the TPMS sensor The TPMS sensor matching process was started but not completed or not completed successfully after rotating the vehicle s tires The DIC message and TPMS malfunction light should go off once the TPMS sensor matching process is performed successfully See TPMS Sensor Matching Process later in this section One or more TPMS sensors are missing or damaged The DIC message and the TPMS malfunction light should go off when the TPMS sensors are installed and the sensor matching process is performed successfully See your dealer retailer for service e Replacement tires or wheels do not match your vehicle s original equipment tires or wheels Tires and wheels other than those recommended for your vehicle could prevent the TPMS from functioning properly See Buying New Tires on page 5 68 Operating electronic devices or being near facilities using radio wave frequencies similar to the TPMS could cause the TPMS sensors to malfunction If the TPMS is not functioning it cannot detect or signal a low tire condition See your dealer retailer for service if the TPMS malfunction light and DIC message comes on and stays on TPMS Sensor Matching Process Each TPM
322. nd the Tire Pressure Monitoring System When the Light is On Steady This indicates that one or more of the tires is significantly underinflated A tire pressure message in the Driver Information Center DIC can accompany the light See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 73 for more information Stop and check the tires as soon as it is safe to do so If a tire is underinflated inflate to the proper pressure See Tires on page 5 48 for more information When the Light Flashes First and Then is On Steady This indicates that there could be a problem with the Tire Pressure Monitor System The light flashes for about a minute and stays on steady for the remainder of the ignition cycle This sequence repeats with every ignition cycle See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 5 60 for more information Malfunction Indicator Lamp Check Engine Light A computer system called OBD II On Board Diagnostics Second Generation monitors operation of the fuel ignition and emission control systems It ensures that emissions are at acceptable levels for the life of the vehicle helping to produce a cleaner environment This light should come on when the ignition is on but the engine is not running as a check to show it is working If it does not have the vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer If the check engine light comes on and stays on while the engine is running this indicates that there is an OBD II problem and servi
323. ne Oil Life System calculates when to change the engine oil and filter based on vehicle use Whenever the oil is changed reset the system so it can calculate when the next oil change is required If a situation occurs where the oil is changed prior to a CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message in the Driver Information Center DIC being turned on reset the system After the oil has been changed the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message must be reset 1 Turn the key to the ON RUN position without starting the engine 2 Press the INFO button on the Driver Information Center DIC until OIL LIFE REMAINING is displayed See DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 68 3 Press and hold the INFO RESET button until 100 is displayed This resets the oil life indicator 4 Turn the key to LOCK OFF If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message comes back on when the vehicle is started the engine oil life system has not reset Repeat the procedure What to Do with Used Oil Used engine oil contains certain elements that can be unhealthy for your skin and could even cause cancer Do not let used oil stay on your skin for very long Clean your skin and nails with soap and water or a good hand cleaner Wash or properly dispose of clothing or rags containing used engine oil See the manufacturer s warnings about the use and disposal of oil products Used oil can be a threat to the environment If you change your own oil be sure to drain all the oil from the fi
324. nee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt 6 If the child restraint has a top tether follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions regarding the use of the top tether See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 43 for more information 7 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure To remove the child restraint unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and let it return to the stowed position If the top tether is attached to a top tether anchor disconnect it Securing a Child Restraint in the Center Front Seat Position A CAUTION A child in a child restraint in the center front seat can be badly injured or killed by the frontal airbags if they inflate Never secure a child restraint in the center front seat It is always better to secure a child restraint in a rear seat Do not use child restraints in the center front seat position 1 51 Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position This vehicle has airbags A rear seat is a safer place to secure a forward facing child restraint See Where to Put the Restraint on page 1 42 In addition the vehicle has a passenger sensing system which is designed to turn off the right front passenger frontal airbag and seat mounted side impact airbag under certain conditions See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 64 and Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 55 for more information
325. ness and even death Exhaust may enter the vehicle if The vehicle idles in areas with poor ventilation parking garages tunnels deep snow that may block underbody airflow or tail pipes The exhaust smells or sounds strange or different The exhaust system leaks due to corrosion or damage CAUTION Continued 2 36 CAUTION Continued The vehicle s exhaust system has been modified damaged or improperly repaired There are holes or openings in the vehicle body from damage or after market modifications that are not completely sealed If unusual fumes are detected or if it is suspected that exhaust is coming into the vehicle Drive it only with the windows completely down Have the vehicle repaired immediately Never park the vehicle with the engine running in an enclosed area such as a garage or a building that has no fresh air ventilation Running the Vehicle While Parked It is better not to park with the engine running But if you A CAUTION ever have to here are some things to know A CAUTION Idling a vehicle in an enclosed area with poor ventilation is dangerous Engine exhaust may enter the vehicle Engine exhaust contains Carbon It can be dangerous to get out of the vehicle if the automatic transmission shift lever is not fully in P Park with the parking brake firmly set The vehicle can roll Do not leave the vehicle when the engine is running unless you have to If yo
326. nformation Center DIC These prompts allow the driver to choose various lock and unlock settings For programming information see DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 86 Rear Door Security Locks The vehicle has security locks that prevent passengers from opening the rear doors from the inside The rear door security locks are located on the inside edge of each rear door You must open the rear doors to access them To assist you in finding the lock the vehicle will have one of the following Printed in To use these locks 1 Turn the knob to the vertical position to engage the lock 2 Close the door 3 Do the same for the other rear door The rear doors on the vehicle cannot be opened from the inside when this feature is in use When you want to open a rear door with the security lock on 1 Unlock the door using the RKE transmitter the front door power lock switch or by lifting the rear door manual lock knob 2 Open the door from the outside To cancel the rear door security lock 1 Unlock the door and open it from the outside 2 Turn the knob to the horizontal position to disengage the lock 3 Do the same for the other rear door Lockout Protection If the key is in the ignition and the power door lock switch is used to lock the doors all doors will lock and then the driver door will unlock It is always recommended that the ignition key is removed from the vehicle when locking the doors The l
327. ning oxygenates such as ethers and ethanol and reformulated gasolines might be available in your area We recommend that you use these gasolines if they comply with the specifications described earlier However E85 85 ethanol and other fuels containing more than 10 ethanol must not be used in vehicles that were not designed for those fuels Notice This vehicle was not designed for fuel that contains methanol Do not use fuel containing methanol It can corrode metal parts in the fuel system and also damage plastic and rubber parts That damage would not be covered under the vehicle warranty Some gasolines that are not reformulated for low emissions can contain an octane enhancing additive called methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbony MMT ask the attendant where you buy gasoline whether the fuel contains MMT We recommend against the use of such gasolines Fuels containing MMT can reduce the life of spark plugs and the performance of the emission control system could be affected The malfunction indicator lamp might turn on If this occurs return to your dealer retailer for service Fuels in Foreign Countries If you plan on driving in another country outside the United States or Canada the proper fuel might be hard to find Never use leaded gasoline or any other fuel not recommended in the previous text on fuel Costly repairs caused by use of improper fuel would not be covered by the vehicle warranty To check the
328. nings and Messages on page 3 73 3 15 Cruise Control With cruise control a speed of approximately 25 mph 40 km h or more can be maintained without keeping your foot on the accelerator Cruise control does not work at speeds below about 25 mph 40 km h A cruise control light appears in the instrument panel cluster when the cruise control is on When the brakes are applied the cruise control shuts off A CAUTION Cruise control can be dangerous where you cannot drive safely at a steady speed So do not use the cruise control on winding roads or in heavy traffic Cruise control can be dangerous on slippery roads On such roads fast changes in tire traction can cause excessive wheel slip and you could lose control Do not use cruise control on slippery roads If your vehicle is in cruise control when the Traction Control System TCS begins to limit wheel spin the cruise control automatically turns off See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 6 When road conditions let you safely use it again the cruise control can be turned back on Setting Cruise Control A CAUTION If you leave your cruise control on when you are not using cruise you might hit a button and go into cruise when you do not want to You could be startled and even lose control Keep the cruise control switch off until you want to use cruise control The cruise control buttons are located on left side of the steering wheel
329. nition switch has four different positions In order to shift out of P Park ignition must be in the ON RUN or ACC ACCESSORY and the brake pedal must be applied Notice Using a tool to force the key to turn in the ignition could cause damage to the switch or break the key Use the correct key make sure it is all the way in and turn it only with your hand If the key cannot be turned by hand see your dealer retailer A LOCK OFF This is the only position in which the ignition key can be inserted or removed This position locks the ignition and transmission and steering column The steering can bind with the wheels turned off center If this happens move the steering wheel from right to left while turning the key to ACC ACCESSORY If this doesn t work the vehicle needs service B ACC ACCESSORY This position lets the radio and windshield wipers operate while the engine is off To use ACC ACCESSORY turn the key clockwise C ON RUN This position is where the key returns to after the vehicle is started This position displays some of the warning and indicator lights The battery could be drained if you leave the key in the ACC ACCESSORY or ON RUN position with the engine off You may not be able to start the vehicle if the battery is allowed to drain for an extended period of time D START This position starts the engine A warning chime will sound and the Driver Information Center DIC will display DRIVER DO
330. not be covered by the warranty Always turn off the radio and other accessories when jump starting the vehicle 3 Turn off the ignition on both vehicles Unplug unnecessary accessories plugged into the cigarette lighter or the accessory power outlets Turn off the radio and all lamps that are not needed This will avoid sparks and help save both batteries And it could save the radio 4 Open the hoods and locate the positive and negative terminal locations on the other vehicle Your vehicle has a remote positive jump starting terminal and a remote negative jump starting terminal 4 6L LD8 Engine shown 4 6L L37 Engine similar The remote positive terminal is located in the engine compartment on the passenger s side of the vehicle Lift the red plastic cap to access the terminal See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information on the location of the remote positive terminal A second remote positive terminal is located on the rear underseat fuse block The remote negative terminal is located behind the power steering pulley near the engine cover It is marked GND 5 39 You will not see the battery of your vehicle under the hood It is located under the rear passenger s seat You will not need to access the battery for jump starting The remote terminals are for that purpose A CAUTION Using a match near a battery can cause battery gas to explode People h
331. nt to traditional cruise control It allows you to keep cruise control engaged in moderate traffic conditions without having to constantly reset your cruise control 3 19 ACC uses radar to detect a vehicle directly ahead in your path within a distance of 330 ft 100 m and operates at speeds above 25 mph 40 km h When it is engaged by the driver the system can apply limited braking or acceleration of the vehicle automatically to maintain a selected follow distance to the vehicle ahead Braking is limited to 0 25 g s 2 45 m sec2 of deceleration which is comparable to moderate application of the vehicle s brakes To disengage ACC apply the brake If no vehicle is in your path the vehicle will react like traditional cruise control A CAUTION Adaptive Cruise Control will not apply hard braking or bring the vehicle to a complete stop It will not respond to stopped vehicles pedestrians or animals When you are approaching a vehicle or object Adaptive Cruise Control may not have time to slow your vehicle enough to avoid a collision Your complete attention is always required while driving and you should be ready to take action and apply the brakes For more information see Defensive Driving on page 4 2 3 20 A CAUTION On winding roads Adaptive Cruise Control may not detect a vehicle ahead You could crash into a vehicle ahead of you Do not use Adaptive Cruise Control on winding roads Adaptive Cruise C
332. ntain the vehicle properly Using the Maintenance Schedule We want to help keep this vehicle in good working condition But we do not know exactly how you will drive it You might drive very short distances only a few times a week Or you might drive long distances all the time in very hot dusty weather You might use the vehicle in making deliveries Or you might drive it to work to do errands or in many other ways Because of all the different ways people use their vehicles maintenance needs vary You might need more frequent checks and replacements So please read the following and note how you drive If you have any questions on how to keep the vehicle in good condition see your dealer retailer This schedule is for vehicles that e carry passengers and cargo within recommended limits on the Tire and Loading Information label See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 19 e are driven on reasonable road surfaces within legal driving limits e use the recommended fuel See Gasoline Octane on page 5 5 The services in Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 should be performed when indicated See Additional Required Services on page 6 5 and Maintenance Footnotes on page 6 7 for further information A CAUTION Performing maintenance work on a vehicle can be dangerous In trying to do some jobs you can be seriously injured Do your own maintenance work only if you have the required know how and the proper tools and equipment for
333. o Messages on page 3 115 later in this section for further detail 3 105 Playing a CD Single CD Player Insert a CD partway into the slot label side up The player pulls it in and the CD should begin playing If the ignition or radio is turned off with a CD in the player it stays in the player When the ignition or radio is turned on the CD starts playing where it stopped if it was the last selected audio source When a CD is inserted the CD symbol displays As each new track starts to play the track number displays Care of CDs If playing a CD R the sound quality can be reduced due to CD R quality the method of recording the quality of the music that has been recorded and the way the CD R has been handled Handle them carefully Store CD R s in their original cases or other protective cases and away from direct sunlight and dust The CD player scans the bottom surface of the disc If the surface of a CD is damaged such as cracked broken or scratched the CD does not play properly or not at all Do not touch the bottom side of a CD while handling it this could damage the surface Pick up CDs by grasping the outer edges or the edge of the hole and the outer edge 3 106 If the surface of a CD is soiled take a soft lint free cloth or dampen a clean soft cloth in a mild neutral detergent solution mixed with water and clean it Make sure the wiping process starts from the center to the edge Care of The CD Pl
334. o filing a court action use of the program is free of charge and your case will generally be heard within 40 days If you do not agree with the decision given in your case you may reject it and proceed with any other venue for relief available to you You may contact the BBB Auto Line Program using the toll free telephone number or write them at the following address BBB Auto Line Program Council of Better Business Bureaus Inc 4200 Wilson Boulevard Suite 800 Arlington VA 22203 1838 Telephone 1 800 955 5100 dr bbb org goauto This program is available in all 50 states and the District of Columbia Eligibility is limited by vehicle age mileage and other factors General Motors reserves the right to change eligibility limitations and or discontinue its participation in this program STEP THREE Canadian Owners General Motors Participation in the Mediation Arbitration Program In the event that you do not feel your concerns have been addressed after the following the procedure outlined in Steps One and Two General Motors of Canada Limited wants you to be aware of its participation in a no charge mediation Arbitration program General Motors of Canada Limited has committed to binding arbitration of owner disputes involving factory related vehicle service claims The program provides for the review of the facts involved by an impartial third party arbiter and may include an informal hearing before the arbiter The program
335. ocated near the rear window and can be seen by looking over your right shoulder The rear display uses three color coded lights to provide distance and system information Low toned beeps from the rear speakers are for the rear bumper How the System Works UFRPA comes on automatically when the shift lever is moved out of P Park The system does not work at a forward or reverse speed greater than 5 mph 8 km h To be detected objects must be at least 10 inches 25 4 cm off the ground and below hood or trunk level Objects must also be within 4 feet 1 2 m in front of the vehicle and 8 feet 2 5 m from the rear bumper This distance may be less during warmer or humid weather When backing up if objects are detected at the same time near both the front and rear bumpers both color coded light displays will notify you of objects close to each bumper If there are objects detected near both bumpers the beeps will only be sounded to notify that objects are close to the rear bumper However if while the vehicle is backing up and an object comes within 1 ft 0 3 m of the front bumper and at the same time there is another object further than 1 ft 0 3 m from the rear bumper then the beeps will only be sounded to notify you of the closer object that is near the front bumper The system can be disabled using the Driver Information Center DIC See Parking Assist under DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 68 for more informat
336. ockout protection feature can be overridden by holding the power door lock switch for three seconds or longer Trunk A CAUTION Exhaust gases can enter the vehicle if it is driven with the liftgate trunk hatch open or with any objects that pass through the seal between the body and the trunk hatch or liftgate Engine exhaust contains Carbon Monoxide CO which cannot be seen or smelled It can cause unconsciousness and even death If the vehicle must be driven with the liftgate or trunk hatch open Close all of the windows Fully open the air outlets on or under the instrument panel Adjust the Climate Control system to a setting that brings in only outside air and set the fan speed to the highest setting See Climate Control System in the Index If the vehicle is equipped with a power liftgate disable the power liftgate function For more information about carbon monoxide see Engine Exhaust on page 2 36 Remote Trunk Release ake Remote Trunk Release The remote trunk release button is located to the left of the steering wheel next to the instrument panel brightness control Press the button to open the trunk The vehicle must be in P Park or N Neutral and the valet lockout switch must be off to use this button You can also press the button with the trunk symbol on the RKE transmitter to open the trunk To disable this feature see Valet Lockout Switch on page 2 20 The trunk can be accessed usin
337. of soil removal e Laundry detergents or dishwashing soaps with degreasers can leave residue that streaks and attracts dirt For liquid cleaners about 20 drops per gallon 3 78 L of water is a good guide Use only mild neutral pH soaps Too much cleaner that saturates the upholstery Organic solvents such as naptha alcohol etc that can damage the vehicle s interior Fabric Carpet Use a vacuum cleaner with a soft brush attachment frequently to remove dust and loose dirt A canister vacuum with a beater bar in the nozzle may only be used on floor carpet and carpeted floor mats For any soil always try to remove it first with plain water or club soda Before cleaning gently remove as much of the soil as possible using one of the following techniques For liquids gently blot the remaining soil with a paper towel Allow the soil to absorb into the paper towel until no more can be removed e For solid dry soils remove as much as possible and then vacuum To clean 1 Saturate a lint free clean white cloth with water or club soda 2 Wring the cloth to remove excess moisture 3 Start on the outside edge of the soil and gently rub toward the center Continue cleaning using a clean area of the cloth each time it becomes soiled 4 Continue to gently rub the soiled area until the cleaning cloth remains clean 5 If the soil is not completely removed use a mild soap solution and repeat the cleaning process t
338. ome high speed rated tires require inflation pressure adjustment for high speed operation When speed limits and road conditions are such that a vehicle can be driven at high speeds make sure the tires are rated for high speed operation in excellent condition and set to the correct cold tire inflation pressure for the vehicle load If your vehicle has P235 55R17 or P245 50R18 size tires and you will be driving at speeds of 100 mph 160 km h or higher where it is legal set the cold inflation pressure to the maximum inflation pressure shown on the tire sidewall or 38 psi 265 kPa whichever is lower See the example following Example You will find the maximum load and inflation pressure molded on the tire s sidewall in small letters near the rim flange It will read something like this Maximum load 690 kg 1521 Ibs 300 kPa 44 psi Max Press For this example you would set the inflation pressure for high speed driving at 38 psi 265 kPa When you end this high speed driving return the tires to the cold inflation pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 19 5 59 Tire Pressure Monitor System The Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS uses radio and sensor technology to check tire pressure levels The TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in your vehicle s tires and transmit tire pressure readings to a receiver located in the vehicle Each tire including t
339. on this process Locate the device named General Motors in the list on the cellular phone and follow the instructions on the cell phone to enter the four digit PIN number that was provided in Step 3 The system prompts for a name for the phone Use a name that best describes the phone This name will be used to indicate which phone is connected The system then confirms the name provided The system responds with lt Phone name gt has been successfully paired after the pairing process is complete Repeat Steps 1 through 7 for additional phones to be paired 3 118 Listing All Paired and Connected Phones i 2 3 Press and hold for two seconds The system responds with Ready followed by a tone Say Bluetooth The system responds with Bluetooth ready followed by a tone Say List The system lists all the paired Bluetooth devices If a phone is connected to the vehicle the system will say Is connected after the connected phone Deleting a Paired Phone il 2 3 4 Press and hold amp for two seconds The system responds with Ready followed by a tone Say Bluetooth The system responds with Bluetooth ready followed by a tone Say Delete The system asks which phone to delete followed by a tone Say the name of the phone to be deleted If the phone name is unknown use the List command for a list of all paired p
340. on pressure shown on the label is the minimum amount of air pressure needed to support your vehicle s maximum load carrying capacity For additional information regarding how much weight your vehicle can carry and an example of the Tire and Loading Information label see Loading the Vehicle on page 4 19 How you load your vehicle affects the vehicle handling and ride comfort never load your vehicle with more weight than it was designed to carry When to Check Check your tires once a month or more Do not forget to check the spare tire If your vehicle has a compact spare tire it should be at 60 psi 420 kPa For additional information see Spare Tire on page 5 85 5 57 How to Check Use a good quality pocket type gage to check tire pressure You cannot tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by looking at them Radial tires may look properly inflated even when they are under inflated Check the tire s inflation pressure when the tires are cold Cold means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or driven no more than 1 mile 1 6 km Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem Press the tire gage firmly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the Tire and Loading Information label no further adjustment is necessary If the inflation pressure is low add air until you reach the recommended amount If you overfill t
341. on a Long Trip e 4 14 Highway Hypnosis ccceeeeeeeeeeeee teeta eee ees 4 14 Hill and Mountain Roads ceeeeeeeeeeee eee 4 15 Winter Driving again cond enn ea 4 16 If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud lce OF SNOW 2 0 cece ccc ec ec ee cence cece es eeeaeaeeeeeees 4 18 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out 4 19 Loading the Vehicle ceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 4 19 MOWING erariganta se an eee den 4 26 Towing Your Vehicle saaledes 4 26 Recreational Vehicle Towing eeeeeeeee 4 26 Towing a Trailer cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeereeees 4 28 Your Driving the Road and Defensive Driving the Vehicle Defensive driving means always expect the unexpected The first step in driving defensively is to 5 wear your safety belt See Safety Belts They Are for Driving habits can affect fuel mileage Here are some driving tips to get the best fuel economy possible Avoid fast starts and accelerate smoothly Brake gradually and avoid abrupt stops Avoid idling the engine for long periods of time When road and weather conditions are appropriate use cruise control if equipped Always follow posted speed limits or drive more slowly when conditions require Keep vehicle tires properly inflated Combine several trips into a single trip Replace the vehicle s tires with the same TPC Spec number molded into the tire s sidewall near the size
342. on acceleration These conditions might go away once the engine is warmed up If one or more of these conditions occurs change the fuel brand used It will require at least one full tank of the proper fuel to turn the light off See Gasoline Octane on page 5 5 If none of the above have made the light turn off your dealer retailer can check the vehicle The dealer retailer has the proper test equipment and diagnostic tools to fix any mechanical or electrical problems that might have developed 3 63 Emissions Inspection and Maintenance Programs Some state provincial and local governments have or might begin programs to inspect the emission control equipment on the vehicle Failure to pass this inspection could prevent getting a vehicle registration Here are some things to know to help the vehicle pass an inspection The vehicle will not pass this inspection if the check engine light is on with the engine running or if the key is in ON RUN and the light is not on The vehicle will not pass this inspection if the OBD II on board diagnostic system determines that critical emission control systems have not been completely diagnosed by the system The vehicle would be considered not ready for inspection This can happen if the battery has recently been replaced or if the battery has run down The diagnostic system is designed to evaluate critical emission control systems during normal driving This can take several days of ro
343. on must be removed to access the rear fuse block Removing the Rear Seat Cushion Notice If you touch the exposed wires with the metal on the seat cushion you could cause a short that could damage the battery and or wires Avoid contact between the rear seat and the fuse center whenever you remove or reinstall the rear seat Do not remove covers from any of the covered parts and do not store anything under the seats To remove the rear seat cushion do the following 1 Pull up on the front of the cushion to release the front hooks 2 Pull the cushion up and out toward the front of the vehicle 5 98 To access the fuse block pull out and lift up on the cover latch located at the end of the fuse block near the battery cable To reinstall the rear seat cushion do the following A CAUTION A safety belt that is not properly routed through the seat cushion or is twisted will not provide the protection needed in a crash If the safety belt has CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued not been routed through the seat cushion at all it will not be there to work for the next passenger The person sitting in that position could be badly injured After reinstalling the seat cushion always check to be sure that the safety belts are properly routed and are not twisted Buckle the center passenger position safety belt then route the safety belts through the proper slots in the seat cushion Do not let
344. on on the buckle The belt should return to its stowed position Slide the latch plate up the safety belt webbing when the safety belt is not in use The latch plate should rest on the stitching on the safety belt near the guide loop on the side wall Before a door is closed be sure the safety belt is out of the way If a door is slammed against a safety belt damage can occur to both the safety belt and the vehicle 1 27 Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster The vehicle has a shoulder belt height adjuster for the driver and right front passenger position Adjust the height so that the shoulder portion of the belt is centered on the shoulder The belt should be away from the face and neck but not falling off the shoulder Improper shoulder belt height adjustment could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt in a crash Press the release button A and move the height adjuster to the desired position The adjuster can be moved up by pushing up on the shoulder belt guide After the adjuster is set to the desired position try to move it down without pressing the release button to make sure it has locked into position 1 28 Safety Belt Pretensioners This vehicle has safety belt pretensioners for front outboard occupants Although the safety belt pretensioners cannot be seen they are part of the safety belt assembly They can help tighten the safety belts during the early stages of a moderate to severe frontal or nea
345. on the inboard side of the cover 2 Push the cover slightly down and towards the engine to engage the tabs in the hinges and align the two screws 3 Tighten the two screws on the top of the engine air cleaner filter cover A CAUTION Operating the engine with the air cleaner filter off can cause you or others to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it helps to stop flames if the engine backfires If it is not there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with it off and be careful working on the engine with the air cleaner filter off Notice If the air cleaner filter is off a backfire can cause a damaging engine fire And dirt can easily get into the engine which will damage it Always have the air cleaner filter in place when you are driving Automatic Transmission Fluid When to Check and Change Automatic Transmission Fluid A good time to check the automatic transmission fluid level is when the engine oil is changed Change the fluid and filter at the intervals listed in Additional Required Services on page 6 5 and be sure to use the transmission fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 11 How to Check Automatic Transmission Fluid Because this operation can be a little difficult you may choose to have this done at the dealer retailer service department If you do it yourself be sure to follow all the instructions here or you could get a false reading on
346. onditions When driving through deep snow turn off the traction control system to help maintain vehicle motion at lower speeds The Antilock Brake System ABS on page 4 4 improves vehicle stability during hard stops on a slippery roads but apply the brakes sooner than when on dry pavement Allow greater following distance on any slippery road and watch for slippery spots Icy patches can occur on otherwise clear roads in shaded areas The surface of a curve or an overpass can remain icy when the surrounding roads are clear Avoid sudden steering maneuvers and braking while on ice Turn off cruise control if equipped on slippery surfaces Blizzard Conditions Being stuck in snow can be in a serious situation Stay with the vehicle unless there is help nearby If possible use the Roadside Service on page 7 7 To get help and keep everyone in the vehicle safe Turn on the Hazard Warning Flashers on page 3 6 Tie ared cloth to an outside mirror A CAUTION Snow can trap engine exhaust under the vehicle This may cause exhaust gases to get inside Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide CO which cannot be seen or smelled It can cause unconsciousness and even death If the vehicle is stuck in the snow Clear away snow from around the base of your vehicle especially any that is blocking the exhaust pipe Check again from time to time to be sure snow does not collect there Open a window about two inches 5 cm on
347. onitor System on page 5 60 and Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 57 for more information TRACTION CONTROL OFF This message displays when the Traction Control System TCS is turned off Adjust your driving accordingly See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 6 for more information TRACTION CONTROL ON This message displays when the Traction Control System TCS is turned on See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 6 for more information TRANSMISSION HOT IDLE ENGINE Notice If you drive your vehicle while the transmission fluid is overheating and the transmission temperature warning is displayed on the instrument panel cluster and or DIC you can damage the transmission This could lead to costly repairs that would not be covered by your warranty Do not drive your vehicle with overheated transmission fluid or while the transmission temperature warning is displayed This message displays when the transmission fluid in your vehicle is too hot Stop the vehicle and allow it to idle until the transmission cools down or until this message is removed TRUNK OPEN This symbol appears with this message This message displays when the trunk is not closed completely Make sure that the trunk is closed completely TURN SIGNAL ON This message displays as a reminder to turn off the turn signal if you drive your vehicle for more than about 1 mile 1 6 km with a turn signal on A multiple chime sounds when this mes
348. ons that are included with any electrical equipment you install Notice Improper use of the power outlet can cause damage not covered by the warranty Do not hang any type of accessory or accessory bracket from the plug because the power outlets are designed for accessory power plugs only Ashtray s Notice If papers pins or other flammable items are put in the ashtray hot cigarettes or other smoking materials could ignite them and possibly damage the vehicle Never put flammable items in the ashtray Front Ashtray With the full floor console the ashtray is located below the climate control system To open push down and then release the cover To clean the ashtray push the lip of the ashtray to remove it Push the opposite side of the ashtray s lip to install For vehicles without the floor console pull the tray located below the climate controls to reveal the ashtray The ashtray can be removed by pulling on the ledge located at the top of the ashtray Rear Ashtray The ashtrays are located on the door armrests To use an ashtray lift the lid Analog Clock The analog clock is located on the instrument panel above the radio The clock is not connected with any other vehicle system and runs by itself To adjust the clock 1 Locate the adjustment button directly below the clock face 2 Push and hold the adjustment button to advance the clock hands Holding the button down will cause the clock to advan
349. ontrol may not have time to slow your vehicle enough to avoid a crash when you are driving in conditions where vehicles may suddenly slow or stop ahead of you enter your lane or cross your vehicle s path If you are driving in these conditions do not use Adaptive Cruise Control The warning beep and alert symbol may indicate that you are driving in conditions where Adaptive Cruise Control should not be used See Alerting the Driver in this section On slippery roads fast changes in tire traction can cause needless wheel spinning and you could lose control Do not use cruise control on slippery roads CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued When weather limits visibility such as when in fog rain or snow conditions Adaptive Cruise Control performance is limited There may not be enough distance to adapt to the changing traffic conditions Do not use cruise control when visibility is low The ACCs are located on the steering wheel The cruise control buttons are located on left side of the steering wheel 2 On Press to turn the system on Res Resume Accelerate Press to make the vehicle resume to a previously set speed or to increase the set speed when ACC is already active Set Press to set the speed or to decrease the set speed when ACC is already active i Cancel Press to cancel ACC GAP Increase Following Distance Press to increase the distance between your vehicle and other v
350. or audio listening Drivers are encouraged to set up any auxiliary device while the vehicle is in P Park See Defensive Driving on page 4 2 for more information on driver distraction To use a portable audio player connect a 3 5 mm 1 8 inch cable to the radio s front auxiliary input jack When connecting an auxiliary device the radio automatically detects the device and Aux Input Device displays The device begins playing audio over the vehicle speakers If an auxiliary device has already been connected the device does not begin playing audio until the radio s CD AUX button is pressed D Power Volume Turn to increase or decrease the volume of the portable player You might need to do additional volume adjustments from the portable device BAND Press to listen to the radio when a portable audio device is playing The portable audio device continues playing so you might want to stop it or power it off CD AUX CD Auxiliary Press to play a CD when a portable audio device is playing Press again and the system begins playing audio from the connected portable audio player If a portable audio player is not connected No Aux Input Device Found displays 3 109 Using an MP3 MP3 WMA CD R or CD RW Disc The radio plays MP3 and WMA files that were recorded ona CD R or CD RW disc The files can be recorded with the following fixed bit rates 32 kbps 40 kbps 56 kbps 64 kbps 80 kbps 96 kbps 112 kbps 128
351. or standing under heavy foliage bridges garages or tunnels may cause loss of the XM signal for a period of time Cellular Phone Usage Cellular phone usage may cause interference with the vehicle s radio This interference may occur when making or receiving phone calls charging the phone s battery or simply having the phone on This interference causes an increased level of static while listening to the radio If static is received while listening to the radio unplug the cellular phone and turn it off Backglass Antenna The AM FM antenna is integrated with the rear window defogger located in the rear window Make sure that the inside surface of the rear window is not scratched and that the lines on the glass are not damaged If the inside surface is damaged it could interfere with radio reception For proper radio reception the antenna connector needs to be properly attached to the post on the glass If a cellular telephone antenna needs to be attached to the glass make sure that the grid lines for the AM FM antenna are not damaged There is enough space between the grid lines to attach a cellular telephone antenna without interfering with radio reception Notice Using a razor blade or sharp object to clear the inside rear window can damage the rear window antenna and or the rear window defogger Repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Do not clear the inside rear window with sharp objects Notice Do
352. ork is done on the brake hydraulic system A CAUTION If too much brake fluid is added it can spill on the engine and burn if the engine is hot enough You or others could be burned and the vehicle could be damaged Add brake fluid only when work is done on the brake hydraulic system If the ignition is on and the brake fluid is low the SERVICE BRAKE SYSTEM message displays in the Driver Information Center DIC See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 73 5 33 What to Add Use only new DOT 3 brake fluid from a sealed container See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 11 Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap and the area around the cap before removing it This helps keep dirt from entering the reservoir A CAUTION With the wrong kind of fluid in the brake hydraulic system the brakes might not work well This could cause a crash Always use the proper brake fluid Notice Using the wrong fluid can badly damage brake hydraulic system parts For example just a few drops of mineral based oil such as engine oil in the brake hydraulic system can damage brake hydraulic system parts so badly that they will have to be replaced Do not let someone put in the wrong kind of fluid If brake fluid is spilled on the vehicle s painted surfaces the paint finish can be damaged Be careful not to spill brake fluid on the vehicle If you do wash it off immediately See Washing Your Vehicle on page 5 90
353. orn may chirp when is pressed again within five seconds See DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 86 for additional information Pressing o may arm the content theft deterrent system See Content Theft Deterrent on page 2 21 n Unlock Press once to unlock the driver door If Mis pressed again within five seconds all remaining doors unlock The interior lamps come on and stay on for 20 seconds or until the ignition is turned on If enabled through the DIC the parking lamps flash twice to indicate unlocking has occurred See DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 86 Pressing a may disarm the content theft deterrent system See Content Theft Deterrent on page 2 21 Remote Trunk Release Press and hold for about one second to unlock the trunk The transmission must be in P Park 2 Vehicle Locator Panic Alarm Press and release to locate the vehicle The turn signal lamps flash and the horn sounds three times Press and hold 2 for more than two seconds to activate the panic alarm The turn signal lamps flash and the horn sounds repeatedly for 30 seconds The alarm turns off when the ignition is moved to ON RUN or 2 is pressed again The ignition must be in LOCK OFF for the panic alarm to work The vehicle comes with two transmitters Each transmitter will have a number on top of it 1 or 2 These numbers correspond to the driver of the vehicle For example the memory seat position for driver 1 will be recal
354. ot get the vehicle out after a few tries it might need to be towed out If the vehicle does need to be towed out see Towing Your Vehicle on page 4 26 Loading the Vehicle It is very important to know how much weight your vehicle can carry This weight is called the vehicle capacity weight and includes the weight of all occupants cargo and all nonfactory installed options Two labels on your vehicle show how much weight it may properly carry the Tire and Loading Information label and the Certification label A CAUTION Do not load the vehicle any heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or either the maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR If you do parts on the vehicle can break and it can change the way your vehicle handles These could cause you to lose control and crash Also overloading can shorten the life of the vehicle Tire and Loading Information Label M AT ON REAR The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed EPE kg or A Ibs SEE OWNER S MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Label Example A vehicle specific Tire and Loading Information label is attached to the vehicle s center pillar B pillar With the driver s door open you will find the label attached below the door lock post striker The Tire and Loading Information label shows the number of occupant seating positions A and th
355. ound use the steps that follow If you are pulling a trailer see Towing a Trailer on page 4 28 Steering Column Shift Lever If the vehicle has a steering column shift lever use this procedure to shift the vehicle into P Park 1 Hold the brake pedal down 2 Move the shift lever into P Park by pulling the shift lever toward you and moving it up as far as it will go 3 With your foot still holding the brake pedal down set the parking brake See Parking Brake on page 2 32 for more information 4 Turn the ignition key to LOCK OFF 5 Remove the key and take it with you If you can leave the vehicle with the ignition key in your hand the vehicle is in P Park Console Shift Lever If the vehicle is equipped with a console shift lever use this procedure to shift the vehicle into P Park 1 Hold the brake pedal down 2 Move the shift lever into P Park by pushing the lever all the way toward the front of the vehicle and then to the left 3 While keeping the brake pedal applied set the parking brake See Parking Brake on page 2 32 for more information 4 Turn the ignition key to LOCK OFF 5 Remove the key and take it with you If you can leave the vehicle with the ignition key in your hand the vehicle is in P Park 2 33 Leaving the Vehicle With the Engine Running A CAUTION It can be dangerous to leave the vehicle with the engine running The vehicle could move suddenly if the shift lever
356. ount numbers can be programmed into the phonebook for retrieval during menu driven calls Sending a Number During a Call 1 Press The system responds with Ready followed by a tone 2 Say Dial The system responds with Say a number to send tones followed by a tone 3 Say the number to send e If the system clearly recognizes the number it responds with OK Sending Number and the dial tones are sent and the call continues If the system is not sure it recognized the number properly it responds Dial Number Please say yes or no followed by a tone If the number is correct say Yes The system responds with OK Sending Number and the dial tones are sent and the call continues 3 125 Sending a Stored Name Tag During a Call 1 Press The system responds with Ready followed by a tone 2 Say Send name tag The system responds with Say a name tag to send tones followed by a tone 3 Say the name tag to send If the system clearly recognizes the name tag it responds with OK Sending lt name tag gt and the dial tones are sent and the call continues If the system is not sure it recognized the name tag properly it responds Dial lt name tag gt Please say yes or no followed by a tone If the name tag is correct say Yes The system responds with OK Sending lt name tag gt and the dial tones are sent and the cal
357. page 2 26 for more information 3 95 Setting the Clock Radio with a Single CD ora Six Disc CD Player The vehicle has an analog clock as well as the digital radio clock At the time of new vehicle delivery the digital radio clock display should be disabled If you decide to use the digital radio clock as well as the analog clock you can change the setting to enable the radio clock display Enabling Disabling the Digital Radio Clock For the Single CD Player To turn the radio clock display on or off 1 Turn the radio on 2 Press the button until the clock and date setting menus appear 3 96 3 Press the pushbutton located under the forward arrow tab until the menu for default clock and date settings appear 4 Press the pushbutton located under the currently displayed status of either ON or OFF The ON display indicates the radio clock display is disabled and the OFF display indicates the radio clock display is enabled Press this pushbutton to toggle the radio clock display on or off If the radio clock display is turned on the screen displays Radio Clock ON for 10 seconds then returns to the original clock display menu If the radio clock display is turned off the screen displays Radio Clock OFF for 10 seconds The menus for clock and date settings are removed and ON displays as a current status indicating that the clock display can be turned on if desired The radio clock and analog clock are not sync
358. part or to a remote Before you connect the cables here are some negative terminal on the vehicle with the dead basic things you should know Positive will go to battery positive or to a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one Negative will go to a heavy unpainted metal engine part or to a remote negative terminal if the vehicle has one Do not connect positive to negative or you 5 Check that the jumper cables do not have loose or missing insulation If they do you could get a shock The vehicles could be damaged too 9 Connect the other end of the negative cable to the negative terminal location on the vehicle with the dead battery Your vehicle has a remote negative terminal marked GND will get a short that would damage the battery 10 Now start the vehicle with the good battery and run and maybe other parts too And do not connect the the engine for a while negative cable to the negative terminal on 11 Try to start the vehicle that had the dead battery the dead battery because this can cause sparks If it will not start after a few tries it probably needs 6 Connect the red positive cable to the remote service positive terminal location on the vehicle with the dead battery Use a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one 5 41 Notice If the jumper cables are connected or removed in the wrong order electrical shor
359. pen the fuel cap slowly and wait for any hiss noise to stop Then unscrew the cap all the way Be careful not to spill fuel Do not top off or overfill the tank and wait a few seconds after you have finished pumping before removing the nozzle Clean fuel from painted surfaces as soon as possible See Washing Your Vehicle on page 5 90 When replacing the fuel cap turn it clockwise until it clicks Make sure the cap is fully installed The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly installed This would allow fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 67 The TIGHTEN GAS CAP message displays on the Driver Information Center DIC if the fuel cap is not properly installed See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 73 for more information A CAUTION If a fire starts while you are refueling do not remove the nozzle Shut off the flow of fuel by shutting off the pump or by notifying the station attendant Leave the area immediately Notice If you need a new fuel cap be sure to get the right type Your dealer retailer can get one for you If you get the wrong type it may not fit properly This may cause the malfunction indicator lamp to light and may damage the fuel tank and emissions system See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 61 Filling a Portable Fuel Container A CAUTION Never fill a portable fuel container while it is in the vehicle
360. pillar garnish trim overhead console front sensors side impact sensors or airbag wiring can affect the operation of the airbag system In addition your vehicle has a passenger sensing system for the right front passenger s position which includes sensors that are part of the passenger s seat The passenger sensing system may not operate properly if the original seat trim is replaced with non GM covers upholstery or trim or with GM covers upholstery or trim designed for a different vehicle Any object such as an aftermarket seat heater or a comfort enhancing pad or device A installed under or on top of the seat fabric could also interfere with the operation of the passenger sensing system This could either prevent proper deployment of the passenger airbag s or prevent the passenger sensing system from properly turning off the passenger airbag s See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 64 If you have any questions about this you should contact Customer Assistance before you modify your vehicle The phone numbers and addresses for Customer Assistance are in Step Two of the Customer Satisfaction Procedure in this manual See Customer Satisfaction Procedure on page 7 2 Because I have a disability have to get my vehicle modified How can I find out whether this will affect my airbag system If you have questions call Customer Assistance The phone numbers and addresses for Customer Assistance are in Step Two o
361. plays 3 113 RDM Random With the random setting MP3 WMA files on the CD R can be played in random rather than sequential order on one CD R CD RW or all discs in a six disc CD player To use random 1 Press the pushbutton positioned under the RDM label until Random Current Disc displays to play MP3 WMA files from the CD R or CD RW in random order Press the same pushbutton again to turn off random play 2 Press the pushbutton positioned under the RDM label until Randomize All Discs displays to play songs from all CDs loaded in a six disc CD player in random order Press the same pushbutton again to turn off random play Music Navigator Use the music navigator feature to play MP3 WMA files on the CD R or CD RW in order by artist or album Press the pushbutton located below the music navigator label The player scans the disc to sort the files by artist and album ID3 tag information It may take several minutes to scan the disc depending on the number of MP3 WMA files recorded to the CD R or CD RW The radio might begin playing while it is scanning the disc in the background When the scan is finished the CD R or CD RW begins playing again 3 114 Once the disc has scanned the player defaults to playing MP3 WMA files in order by artist The current artist playing is shown on the second line of the display between the arrows Once all songs by that artist have played the player moves to the next artist in alphabetical
362. plays at the bottom of the DIC See CRUISE SET TO XXX MPH km h earlier in this section and Adaptive Cruise Control on page 3 19 for more information SIDE BLIND ZONE ALERT SYSTEM OFF If your vehicle has the Side Blind Zone Alert SBZA system this message displays when the SBZA system has been turned off See Side Blind Zone Alert SBZA on page 2 45 and DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 68 for more information SIDE BLIND ZONE SYSTEM UNAVAILABLE If your vehicle has the Side Blind Zone Alert SBZA system this message displays when the SBZA system is disabled because the sensor is blocked and cannot detect vehicles in your blind zone The sensor may be blocked by mud dirt snow ice or slush This message may also display during heavy rain or due to road spray It may also come on when driving in isolated areas with no guardrails trees or road signs and light traffic Your vehicle does not need service For cleaning instructions see Washing Your Vehicle on page 5 90 See Side Blind Zone Alert SBZA on page 2 45 for more information SPEED LIMIT XXX MPH km h This message displays when the Speed Alert has been turned on through the DIC Information Menu and the vehicle is at or above the speed limit See DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 68 for more information SPEED LIMITED TO XXX MPH km h This message displays when your vehicle speed is limited to 80 mph 128 km h because the vehicle detects a problem
363. ponents If the ignition key is turned to the START position and then released when the engine begins cranking the engine will continue cranking for a few seconds or until the vehicle starts If the engine does not start and the key is held in START cranking will be stopped after 15 seconds to prevent cranking motor damage To prevent gear damage this system also prevents cranking if the engine is already running Engine cranking can be stopped by turning the ignition switch to the ACC ACCESSORY or LOCK OFF position Notice Cranking the engine for long periods of time by returning the key to the START position immediately after cranking has ended can overheat and damage the cranking motor and drain the battery Wait at least 15 seconds between each try to let the cranking motor cool down 2 If the engine does not start after 5 10 seconds especially in very cold weather below 0 F or 18 C it could be flooded with too much gasoline Try pushing the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and holding it there as you hold the key in START for up to a maximum of 15 seconds Wait at least 15 seconds between each try to allow the cranking motor to cool down When the engine starts let go of the key and accelerator If the vehicle starts briefly but then stops again repeat these steps This clears the extra gasoline from the engine Do not race the engine immediately after starting it Operate the engine and transmission gen
364. possible however to re aim the headlamps as described Notice To make sure the headlamps are aimed properly read all the instructions before beginning Failure to follow these instructions could cause damage to headlamp parts The vehicle should Be placed so the headlamps are 25 ft 7 6 m from a light colored wall Have all four tires on a level surface which is level all the way to the wall Be placed so it is perpendicular to the wall Not have any snow ice or mud on it Be fully assembled and all other work stopped while headlamp aiming is being performed Be normally loaded with a full tank of fuel and one person or 160 Ibs 75 kg sitting on the driver seat Have all tires properly inflated Have the spare tire is in its original location in the vehicle Headlamp aiming is done with the vehicle s low beam headlamps The high beam headlamps will be correctly aimed if the low beam headlamps are aimed properly 5 43 To adjust the vertical aim 1 Open the hood See Hood Release on page 5 11 for more information 4 At a wall measure from the ground upward A to the recorded distance from Step 3 and mark it 5 Draw or tape a horizontal line B the width of the vehicle at the wall where it was marked in Step 4 Notice Do not cover a headlamp to improve beam cut off when aiming Covering a headlamp may 2 Find the center line running through the lens of the cause exce
365. pplied by the manufacturer of the garage door opener motor If there are a row of dip switches similar to the graphic above the garage door opener is a Fixed Code unit If you do not see a row of dip switches return to the previous section for Programming Universal Home Remote Rolling Code Your hand held transmitter can have between eight to 12 dip switches depending on the brand of transmitter 2 58 The garage door opener receiver motor head unit could also have a row of dip switches that can be used when programming the Universal Home Remote If the total number of switches on the motor head and hand held transmitter are different or if the dip switch settings are different use the dip switch settings on the motor head unit to program the Universal Home Remote The motor head dip switch settings can also be used when the original hand held transmitter is not available Switch Number Switch Position Your Universal Home Remote Button Example of Eight Dip Switches with Two Positions Example of Eight Dip Switches with Three Positions The panel of switches might not appear exactly as they do in the examples above but they should be similar The switch positions on the hand held transmitter could be labeled as follows A switch in the up position could be labeled as Up or On A switch in the down po
366. pply sufficient braking because you are approaching a vehicle too rapidly The vehicle speed drops below about 20 mph 32 km h A temporary condition prohibits ACC from operating See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 73 for more information A malfunction is detected in the system See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 73 for more information See Defensive Driving on page 4 2 3 24 A CAUTION Adaptive Cruise Control has only limited braking ability to slow your vehicle In some cases Adaptive Cruise Control may not have time to slow your vehicle enough to avoid a collision Be ready to take action and apply the brakes yourself See Defensive Driving on page 4 2 Approaching and Following a Vehicle The vehicle ahead symbol is located on the top of the instrument panel to the right of the driver The vehicle ahead symbol only appears when a vehicle is detected in your path If this symbol does not appear or disappears briefly ACC will not respond to vehicles you may see ahead Stationary or Very Slow Moving Objects A CAUTION Z CAUTION When the Adaptive Cruise Control radar is blocked by snow ice or dirt it may not detect a vehicle ahead Adaptive Cruise Control may not have time Adaptive Cruise Control may not detect and react to stationary or slow moving vehicles or other objects ahead of you You could crash into an object ahead of you Do not use Adaptive Cruise Control when ap
367. ppointments 0 7 10 Courtesy Transportation cccceeeeeeeeeneeeeenes 7 10 Collision Damage Repair ceeceeeeeeneeeeenes 7 12 Customer Assistance Information Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government 06 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors Service Publications Ordering Information Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy Event Data Recorders OnStar Navigation System Radio Frequency Identification RFID Customer Assistance and Information Customer Satisfaction Procedure Your satisfaction and goodwill are important to your dealer and to Cadillac Normally any concerns with the sales transaction or the operation of the vehicle will be resolved by the dealers sales or service departments Sometimes however despite the best intentions of all concerned misunderstandings can occur If your concern has not been resolved to your satisfaction the following steps should be taken STEP ONE Discuss your concern with a member of dealership management Normally concerns can be quickly resolved at that level If the matter has already been reviewed with the sales service or parts manager contact the owner of the dealership or the general manager STEP TWO If after contacting a member of dealership management it appears your concern cannot be resolved by the dealership without f
368. press and release this button A beep sounds and Ejecting Disc displays Once the disc is ejected Remove Disc displays The CD R or CD RW can be removed If it is not removed after several seconds the CD R or CD RW automatically pulls back into the player and begins playing For the Six Disc CD player press and hold this button for two seconds to eject all discs dd Tune Turn this knob to select MP3 WMA files on the CD R currently playing K SEEK D Press the left SEEK arrow to go to the start of the current MP3 WMA file if more than ten seconds have played Press the right SEEK arrow to go to the next MP3 WMA file If either SEEK arrow is held or pressed multiple times the player continues moving backward or forward through MP3 WMaA files on the CD L8 Previous Folder Press the pushbutton positioned under the Folder tab to go to the first track in the previous folder gt Next Folder Press the pushbutton positioned under the Folder tab to go to the first track in the next folder lt lt REV Fast Reverse Press and hold to reverse playback quickly within an MP3 WMA file Sound is heard at a reduced volume Release this button to resume playing the file The elapsed time of the file displays bb FWD Fast Forward Press and hold to advance playback quickly within an MP3 WMA file Sound is heard at a reduced volume Release this button to resume playing the file The elapsed time of the file dis
369. proaching stationary or slow moving vehicles or other objects to slow your vehicle enough to avoid a collision Do not use Adaptive Cruise Control when the radar is blocked by snow ice or dirt Keep your radar clean See Cleaning the System later in this section ACC automatically slows your vehicle down when approaching a slower moving vehicle It then adjusts Z CAUTION your vehicle speed to follow the vehicle in front at the selected follow distance Your vehicle speed increases or decreases to follow the vehicle in front of you but will Adaptive Cruise Control may not detect and react not exceed the set speed It may apply limited braking to stationary or slow moving vehicles or other if necessary When braking is active your brake lights will objects ahead of you Your vehicle may accelerate come on Braking may feel or sound different than if you toward objects such as a stopped vehicle that were applying the brakes yourself This is normal suddenly appears after the lead vehicle changes lanes Your complete attention is always required while driving and you should be ready to take action and apply the brakes 3 25 Low Speed Deactivation If your vehicle speed falls below 20 mph 32 km h while following a vehicle ahead ACC will begin to disengage The Driver Alert symbol will flash and the warning beep will sound The driver must take action since ACC will not slow the vehicle to a stop Passing a Vehicle
370. pulling a trailer if the correct equipment is not used or the vehicle is not driven properly For example if the trailer is too heavy the brakes may not work well or even at all The driver and passengers could be seriously injured The vehicle may also be damaged the resulting repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Pull a trailer only if all the steps in this section have been followed Ask your dealer retailer for advice and information about towing a trailer with the vehicle Notice Pulling a trailer improperly can damage the vehicle and result in costly repairs not covered by the vehicle warranty To pull a trailer correctly follow the advice in this section and see your dealer retailer for important information about towing a trailer with the vehicle 4 28 The vehicle can tow a trailer if it is equipped with the proper trailer towing equipment To identify the trailering capacity of the vehicle read the information in Weight of the Trailer that appears later in this section Trailering is different than just driving the vehicle by itself Trailering means changes in handling acceleration braking durability and fuel economy Successful safe trailering takes correct equipment and it has to be used properly The following information has many time tested important trailering tips and safety rules Many of these are important for the safety of the driver and the passengers So please read this se
371. r at no charge to the owner the surfaces of new vehicles damaged by this fallout condition within 12 months or 12 000 miles 20 000 km of purchase whichever occurs first 5 93 Vehicle Identification Vehicle Identification Number VIN st SAMPLE4UX1M072675 This is the legal identifier for the vehicle It appears ona plate in the front corner of the instrument panel on the driver side It can be seen through the windshield from outside the vehicle The VIN also appears on the Vehicle Certification and Service Parts labels and the certificates of title and registration Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is the engine code This code helps identify the vehicle s engine specifications and replacement parts See Engine Specifications under Capacities and Specifications on page 5 103 for the vehicle s engine code 5 94 Service Parts Identification Label This label is on the spare tire cover It is very helpful if parts need to be ordered The label has the following information Vehicle Identification Number VIN Model designation e Paint information Production options and special equipment Do not remove this label from the vehicle Electrical System Add On Electrical Equipment Notice Do not add anything electrical to the vehicle unless you check with your dealer retailer first Some electrical equipment can damage the vehicle and the damage would not be covered by th
372. r the lighting remains active for about 40 seconds Since the entry lighting system uses the light sensor it must be dark outside in order for the courtesy lamps to turn on The courtesy lamps turn off approximately 25 seconds after the last door is closed They will dim to off if the ignition key is turned to ON RUN or immediately deactivate if the power locks are activated Parade Dimming This feature prohibits dimming of the digital displays and backlighting during daylight hours when the key is in the ignition and the headlamps are on This feature is fully automatic When the light sensor reads darkness outside and the parking lamps are active the digital displays can be adjusted by turning the instrument panel brightness knob counterclockwise to dim and clockwise to brighten lighting Reading Lamps The reading lamps are located on the overhead console on the headliner and in the rear door opening These lamps come on automatically when any door is opened and it is dark outside For manual operation press the button to turn them on Press it again to turn them off If the reading lamps are left on they automatically shut off 10 minutes after the ignition has been turned off 3 35 Footwell Lamps For vehicles with footwell lamps they are located under the instrument panel and at the rear of the front seats These lamps provide soft light to the front and rear floor areas They dim with the instrument panel cluster
373. r Division P O Box 33169 Detroit MI 48232 5169 In Canada call 1 888 446 2000 or write Canadian Cadillac Customer Communication Centre CA1 163 005 General Motors of Canada Limited 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 Service Publications Ordering Information Service Manuals Service Manuals have the diagnosis and repair information on engines transmission axle suspension brakes electrical steering body etc Service Bulletins Service Bulletins give additional technical service information needed to knowledgeably service General Motors cars and trucks Each bulletin contains instructions to assist in the diagnosis and service of your vehicle Owner Information Owner publications are written specifically for owners and intended to provide basic operational information about the vehicle The owner manual includes the Maintenance Schedule for all models In Portfolio Includes a Portfolio Owner Manual and Warranty Booklet RETAIL SELL PRICE 35 00 U S plus processing fee Without Portfolio Owner Manual only RETAIL SELL PRICE 25 00 U S plus processing fee Current and Past Model Order Forms Technical Service Bulletins and Manuals are available for current and past model GM vehicles To request an order form specify year and model name of the vehicle ORDER TOLL FREE 1 800 551 4123 Monday Friday 8 00 AM 6 00 PM Eastern Time For Credit Card Orders Only VISA MasterCard D
374. r Inspection in At Least Once a Month on page 6 9 When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message displays in the Driver Information Center DIC service is required for the vehicle Have the vehicle serviced as soon as possible within the next 600 miles 1 000 km It is possible that if driving under the best conditions the engine oil life system may not indicate that vehicle service is necessary for over a year However the engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year and at this time the system must be reset Your dealer retailer has trained service technicians who will perform this work using genuine parts and reset the system If the engine oil life system is ever reset accidentally service the vehicle within 3 000 miles 5 000 km since the last service Remember to reset the oil life system whenever the oil is changed See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 16 for information on the Engine Oil Life System and resetting the system 6 4 When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message appears the following services checks and inspections are required Q Change engine oil and filter See Engine Oil on page 5 13 Reset oil life system See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 16 An Emission Control Service Q Visually check for any leaks or damage See footnote k Q Inspect engine air cleaner filter If necessary replace filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 17 See footnote m Q Rotate tires and check inf
375. r a variety of passenger and loading conditions An air compressor connected to the rear shocks will raise or lower the rear of the vehicle to maintain proper vehicle height The system is activated when the ignition key is turned to ON RUN and will automatically adjust vehicle height thereafter The system may exhaust lower vehicle height for up to ten minutes after the ignition key has been turned to LOCK OFF You may hear the air compressor operating when the height is being adjusted 4 25 Towing Towing Your Vehicle Consult your dealer retailer or a professional towing service if the disabled vehicle must be towed See Roadside Service on page 7 7 To tow the vehicle behind another vehicle for recreational purposes such as behind a motorhome see Recreational Vehicle Towing following Recreational Vehicle Towing Recreational vehicle towing means towing the vehicle behind another vehicle such as behind a motorhome The two most common types of recreational vehicle towing are known as dinghy towing and dolly towing Dinghy towing is towing the vehicle with all four wheels on the ground Dolly towing is towing the vehicle with two wheels on the ground and two wheels up on a device known as a dolly 4 26 Here are some important things to consider before recreational vehicle towing What s the towing capacity of the towing vehicle Be sure to read the tow vehicle manufacturer s recommendations
376. r frontal crash if the threshold conditions for pretensioner activation are met And if your vehicle has side impact airbags safety belt pretensioners can help tighten the safety belts in a side crash Pretensioners work only once If the pretensioners activate in a crash they will need to be replaced and probably other new parts for the vehicle s safety belt system See Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash on page 1 71 Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides Rear shoulder belt comfort guides may provide added safety belt comfort for older children who have outgrown booster seats and for some adults When installed on a shoulder belt the comfort guide better positions the belt away from the neck and head There is one guide for each outboard passenger position in the rear seat Here is how to install a comfort guide to the safety belt 1 Remove the guide from its storage pocket on the side of the seatback 3 Be sure that the belt is not twisted and it lies flat The elastic cord must be under the belt and the guide on top 2 Slide the guide under and past the belt The elastic cord must be under the belt Then place the guide over the belt and insert the two edges of the belt into the slots of the guide 1 29 A CAUTION A safety belt that is not properly worn may not provide the protection needed in a crash The person wearing the belt could be seriously injured The shoulder belt should go over th
377. r level can cause damage to the engine not covered by the vehicle warranty Check the engine oil level and add the proper oil if necessary See Engine Oil on page 5 13 Engine Coolant Level Check Check the engine coolant level and add DEX COOL coolant mixture if necessary See Engine Coolant on page 5 23 Windshield Washer Fluid Level Check Check the windshield washer fluid level in the windshield washer fluid reservoir and add the proper fluid if necessary At Least Once a Month Tire Inflation Check Inspect the vehicle s tires and make sure they are inflated to the correct pressures Do not forget to check the spare tire See nflation Tire Pressure on page 5 57 Check to make sure the spare tire is stored securely See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5 74 Tire Wear Inspection Tire rotation may be required for high mileage highway drivers prior to the Engine Oil Life System service notification Check the tires for wear and if necessary rotate the tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 65 At Least Once a Year Starter Switch Check A CAUTION When you are doing this inspection the vehicle could move suddenly If the vehicle moves you or others could be injured 1 Before starting this check be sure there is enough room around the vehicle 2 Firmly apply both the parking brake and the regular brake See Parking Brake on page 2 32 Do not use the accelerator pedal and be ready to turn off
378. r mode has been chosen as the default display The new track name displays 3 112 File System and Naming The song name that displays is the song name that is contained in the ID3 tag If the song name is not present in the ID3 tag then the radio displays the file name without the extension such as mp3 as the track name Track names longer than 32 characters or four pages are shortened Parts of words on the last page of text and the extension of the filename does not display Preprogrammed Playlists Preprogrammed playlists that were created using WinAmp MusicMatch or Real Jukebox software can be accessed however they cannot be edited using the radio These playlists are treated as special folders containing compressed audio song files Playlists must have a file extension of PLS M3U or WPL Playlists can be changed by using the lt E and gt folder buttons the d knob or the SEEK arrows Tracks cannot be changed Songs are played sequentially press the lt lt REV or bb FWD to reverse or advance through the currently playing song Playing an MP3 WMA Insert a CD R or CD RW partway into the slot Single CD Player or press the load button and wait for the message to insert disc Six Disc CD Player label side up The player pulls it in and the CD R or CD RW should begin playing A Eject Press this button to eject CD R s or CD RW s To eject the CD R or CD RW that is currently playing
379. r the location of the airbag modules see What Makes an Airbag Inflate on page 1 61 See your dealer retailer for service Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash A CAUTION A crash can damage the restraint systems in your vehicle A damaged restraint system may not properly protect the person using it resulting in serious injury or even death in a crash To help make sure your restraint systems are working properly after a crash have them inspected and any necessary replacements made as soon as possible If the vehicle has been in a crash do you need new safety belts or LATCH system if equipped parts After a very minor crash nothing may be necessary But the safety belt assemblies that were used during any crash may have been stressed or damaged See your dealer retailer to have the safety belt assemblies inspected or replaced If the vehicle has the LATCH system and it was being used during a crash you may need new LATCH system parts New parts and repairs may be necessary even if the safety belt or LATCH system if equipped was not being used at the time of the crash If an airbag inflates you will need to replace airbag system parts See the part on the airbag system earlier in this section Have the safety belt pretensioners checked if the vehicle has been in a crash if the airbag readiness light stays on after the vehicle is started or while you are driving See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 5
380. rammable Automatic Door Locks 2 11 Rear Door Security LOCKS ceeeeeeeee eee 2 12 Driver Information Center DIC eeeeeeee 3 67 DIC Operation and Displays eeeeeeee 3 68 DIC Vehicle Customization cceeeeeeeeee 3 86 DIC Warnings and Messages 0 eeeeeeee 3 73 Driving At NIG Mt rarere tien eee 4 12 Before a Long Trip s cidese sorberne 4 14 Defense icici cciiet sa naidlacameddstbaneduns co raccteatends 4 2 DrK oe aendres skele areal 4 3 Driving cont Highway HYPNOSIS riseiras tannas 4 14 Hill and Mountain Roads 0 seeeeeeees 4 15 In Rain and on Wet Roads 0eeees 4 12 Loss Of Control 2ccsccsc sacs nn bedere nies 4 10 Off Road Recovery scorende reader 4 10 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get it Out 4 19 WIDMEN onirele r ena a N Ena a dies 4 16 Driving for Better Fuel Economy n se 4 2 Dual Climate Control System eeeeeeeee eee 3 40 EDR seiren er e a EE E heler 7 17 Electrical Equipment Add On Equipment irrisistu 5 94 Electrical System Fuses and Circuit Breakers eeeeeeeeeees 5 95 Headlamp WING a c cnccen neers cnatatenceereiee aes 5 95 Power Windows and Other Power Options 5 95 Rear Underseat Fuse Block asics 5 98 Underhood Fuse Block 0 seeeeeeeeeeees 5 95 Windshield Wiper Fuses eeeeeeeeeee es 5 95 Electronic Immobilizer PASS Key
381. rbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe frontal or near frontal crashes to help reduce the potential for severe injuries mainly to the driver s or right front passenger s head and chest However they are only designed to inflate if the impact exceeds a predetermined deployment threshold Deployment thresholds are used to predict how severe a crash is likely to be in time for the airbags to inflate and help restrain the occupants Whether your frontal airbags will or should deploy is not based on how fast your vehicle is traveling It depends largely on what you hit the direction of the impact and how quickly your vehicle slows down Frontal airbags may inflate at different crash speeds For example e If the vehicle hits a stationary object the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits a moving object If the vehicle hits an object that deforms the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits an object that does not deform 1 60 e If the vehicle hits a narrow object like a pole the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits a wide object like a wall If the vehicle goes into an object at an angle the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle goes straight into the object Thresholds can also vary with specific vehicle design Frontal airbags are not intended to inflate during ve
382. re on page 5 57 Overinflated tires are more likely to be cut punctured or broken by a sudden impact such as when you hit a pothole Keep tires at the recommended pressure Worn old tires can cause accidents If your tread is badly worn or if your tires have been damaged replace them See High Speed Operation on page 5 59 for inflation pressure adjustment for high speed driving Tire Sidewall Labeling B TPC Spec Tire Performance Criteria Specification Original equipment tires designed Useful information about a tire is molded into its to GM s specific tire performance criteria have a sidewall TPC specification code molded onto the sidewall GM s TPC specifications meet or exceed all federal eo 1109 MS safety guidelines S ee Ri C DOT Department of Transportation 990 975 The Department of Transportation DOT code indicates that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation Motor Vehicle Safety Standards D Tire Identification Number TIN The letters and numbers following the DOT code are the Tire Identification Number TIN The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code tire size and date the tire was manufactured The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire although only one side may have the date of manufacture Z Lu oc At A g KPA S set amp p Passenger Car Tire Example A Tire Size The tire size is a combination of letters and numbers
383. re the same size load range speed rating and construction type radial and bias belted tires as your vehicle s original tires Vehicles that have a tire pressure monitoring system could give an inaccurate low pressure warning if non TPC Spec rated tires are installed on your vehicle Non TPC Spec rated tires may give a low pressure warning that is higher or lower than the proper warning level you would get with TPC Spec rated tires See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 5 60 Your vehicle s original equipment tires are listed on the Tire and Loading Information Label See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 19 for more information about the Tire and Loading Information Label and its location on your vehicle Different Size Tires and Wheels If you add wheels or tires that are a different size than your original equipment wheels and tires this may affect the way your vehicle performs including its braking ride and handling characteristics stability and resistance to rollover Additionally if your vehicle has electronic systems such as antilock brakes traction control and electronic stability control the performance of these systems can be affected A CAUTION If you add different sized wheels your vehicle may not provide an acceptable level of performance and safety if tires not recommended for those wheels are selected You may increase the chance that you will crash and suffer serious injury Only use GM specific
384. rease or decrease the temperature for the rear seat passengers Once the rear temperature setting is changed from following the front temperature setting it will no longer follow changes to the front temperature setting until the front climate control AUX button resets it A MV Air Delivery Mode Control Press these buttons to change the air delivery mode If in AUTO air delivery mode pressing the up arrow button will cancel automatic operation and place the system in manual mode 5 Vent Air is directed to the upper outlets i Bi Level Air is divided between the upper outlets and the floor outlets p Floor Air is directed to the floor outlets 3 48 Passenger Compartment Air Filter The passenger compartment air filter traps most of the pollen from the air entering the vehicle The filter may need to be changed periodically For how often to change the passenger compartment air filter see Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 The access panel for the passenger compartment air filter is located under the hood near the windshield on the passenger s side of the vehicle To access the passenger compartment air filter 2 Then insert a tool behind the push pin located on the inboard side of the air filter compartment to carefully pry the pin out 1 Use a tool to remove the cover If the vehicle has tabs that allow the cover to be unlatched with your fingers a tool will not be needed for this step 3 49
385. restraint settles into the restraint so the crash forces can be distributed across the strongest part of an infant s body the back and shoulders Infants should always be secured in rear facing child restraints A CAUTION A young child s hip bones are still so small that the vehicle s regular safety belt may not remain low on the hip bones as it should Instead it may settle up around the child s abdomen In a crash the belt would apply force on a body area that is unprotected by any bony structure This alone could cause serious or fatal injuries To reduce the risk of serious or fatal injuries during a crash young children should always be secured in appropriate child restraints Child Restraint Systems A rear facing infant seat A provides restraint with the seating surface against the back of the infant The harness system holds the infant in place and in a crash acts to keep the infant positioned in the restraint 1 39 A forward facing child seat B provides restraint for the child s body with the harness A booster seat C D is a child restraint designed to improve the fit of the vehicle s safety belt system A booster seat can also help a child to see out the window 1 40 Securing an Add On Child Restraint in the Vehicle A CAUTION A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle Secure the child restr
386. rheated Engine Protection Operating Mode next in this section 5 30 Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode If an overheated engine condition exists and the message ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE is displayed an overheat protection mode which alternates firing groups of cylinders helps prevent engine damage In this mode you will notice a loss in power and engine performance This operating mode allows your vehicle to be driven to a safe place in an emergency Driving extended miles km and or towing a trailer in the overheat protection mode should be avoided Notice After driving in the overheated engine protection operating mode to avoid engine damage allow the engine to cool before attempting any repair The engine oil will be severely degraded Repair the cause of coolant loss change the oil and reset the oil life system See Engine Oil on page 5 13 Power Steering Fluid The power steering fluid reservoir is located next to the underhood fuse block on the passenger side of the vehicle See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information on location AR When to Check Power Steering Fluid It is not necessary to regularly check power steering fluid unless you suspect there is a leak in the system or you hear an unusual noise A fluid loss in this system could indicate a problem Have the system inspected and repaired How to Check Power Steering Fluid To check the power steering fluid 1
387. rmation Press the customization button until AUTO DOOR LOCK appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button once to access the settings for this feature Then press the menu up down button to scroll through the following settings SHIFT OUT OF PARK default The doors automatically lock when the doors are closed and the vehicle is shifted out of P Park AT VEHICLE SPEED The doors automatically lock when the vehicle speed is above 5 mph 8 km h for three seconds NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain To select a setting press the set reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC 3 87 AUTO DOOR UNLOCK This feature allows you to select whether or not to turn off the automatic door unlocking feature It also allows you to select which doors and when the doors will automatically unlock See Programmable Automatic Door Locks on page 2 11 for more information Press the customization button until AUTO DOOR UNLOCK appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button once to access the settings for this feature Then press the menu up down button to scroll through the following settings OFF None of the doors will automatically unlock DRIVER AT KEY OUT Only the driver s door will unlock when the key is taken out of the ignition DRIVER IN PARK Only the driver s door will unlock when the vehicle is shifted into P Park ALL AT KEY OUT All of
388. rmed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as e How various systems in your vehicle were operating Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled fastened How far if at all the driver was pressing the accelerator and or brake pedal e How fast the vehicle was traveling This data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur Important EDR data is recorded by your vehicle only if a non trivial crash situation occurs no data is recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash location is recorded However other parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an EDR special equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manufacturer other parties such as law enforcement that have the special equipment can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR GM will not access this data or share it with others except with the consent of the vehicle owner or if the vehicle is leased with the consent of the lessee in response to an offi
389. rol by steering the way you want the vehicle to go It may be very bumpy and noisy but you can still steer Gently brake to a stop well off the road if possible 5 74 A CAUTION Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to do maintenance or repairs is dangerous without the appropriate safety equipment and training If a jack is provided with the vehicle it is designed only for changing a flat tire If it is used for anything else you or others could be badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips off the jack If a jack is provided with the vehicle only use it for changing a flat tire If a tire goes flat the next part shows how to use the jacking equipment to change a flat tire safely Changing a Flat Tire If a tire goes flat avoid further tire and wheel damage by driving slowly to a level place Turn on the hazard warning flashers See Hazard Warning Flashers on page 3 6 A CAUTION Changing a tire can be dangerous The vehicle can slip off the jack and roll over or fall on you or other people You and they could be badly injured or even killed Find a level place to change your tire To help prevent the vehicle from moving Set the parking brake firmly Put the shift lever in P Park Turn off the engine and do not restart while the vehicle is raised Do not allow passengers to remain in the vehicle To be even more certain the vehicle will not move you should put blocks at the front and rear of t
390. rst started and then turn off as you start to drive This could be an early indicator that the air pressure in the tire s are getting low and need to be inflated to the proper pressure A Tire and Loading Information label attached to your vehicle shows the size of your vehicle s original equipment tires and the correct inflation pressure for your vehicle s tires when they are cold See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 19 for an example of the Tire and Loading Information label and its location on your vehicle Also see Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 57 Your vehicle s TPMS can warn you about a low tire pressure condition but it does not replace normal tire maintenance See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 65 and Tires on page 5 48 Notice Liquid tire sealants could damage the Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS sensors Sensor damage caused by using a tire sealant is not covered by your warranty Do not use liquid tire sealants 5 62 TPMS Malfunction Light and Message The TPMS will not function properly if one or more of the TPMS sensors are missing or inoperable When the system detects a malfunction the low tire warning light flashes for about one minute and then stays on for the remainder of the ignition cycle A DIC warning message is also displayed The low tire warning light and DIC warning message come on at each ignition cycle until the problem is corrected Some of the conditions that can cause the malfu
391. rtation COUrteSY ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 7 10 TUNK e a e a E E EEE EEA 2 13 Turn and Lane Change Signals c ceeeeeees 3 8 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever eceeeeeeeeee ee 3 8 U Ultrasonic Front and Rear Parking Assist UFRPA 0ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 2 42 Uniform Tire Quality Grading ccecce 5 70 Universal Home Remote System 0 eeeeees 2 55 ODGIFALIOM sta rarere rr ube ERE Dele i 2 55 Valet Lockout Switch ssssseneeeeerere renerne 2 20 Vehicle CONTO aeae ES REG SNEDE 4 3 EOAGING sii dicate scantietentpseeaseeiiarnaiweietasitiek 4 19 Running While Parked 2 eseeeeeeeeeeeees 2 37 SYMBOL S idee dawns roei aucune E EEE iii Vehicle Customization DIC ccccc cece eee 3 86 Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy 7 17 Vehicle Data Recording Radio Frequency RFID renee ens 7 19 Vehicle Identification Number VIN songs ege 5 94 Service Parts Identification Label 5 94 Vehicle Remote Start c ccccccceeeceaeeeeeeeeaees 2 7 Ventilation Adjustment eeeeeeeeeee eee ee een eees 3 46 VISOMS ci A A 2 19 15 W Warning Lights Gages and Indicators 3 50 Warnings DIC Warnings and Messages 6 eeeeeeee 3 73 Hazard Warning Flashers scce 3 6 Safety and Symbols ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes iii Wheels Alignment and Tire Balance
392. s of many of your vehicle s systems The DIC is also used to display warning status messages All messages will appear in the DIC display located at the bottom of the instrument panel cluster below the tachometer and speedometer The DIC buttons are located on the instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel The DIC comes on when the ignition is on After a short delay the DIC will display the information that was last displayed before the engine was turned off The top line of the DIC display shows the vehicle system information and the warning status messages The bottom line of the DIC display shows the odometer on the left side The bottom line of the DIC display also shows a digital speedometer on the right side If a problem is detected a warning message will appear on the display Be sure to take any message that appears on the display seriously and remember that clearing the message will only make the message disappear not correct the problem 3 67 DIC Operation and Displays The Driver Information Center DIC has different displays which can be accessed by pressing the DIC buttons located on the instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel ZX Trip Fuel Press this button to scroll through the trip and fuel displays See Trip Fuel Display Menu Items following for more information on these displays ti Vehicle Information Press this button to scroll through the vehicle information displa
393. s are proud to offer Courtesy Transportation a customer support program for vehicles with the Bumper to Bumper Base Warranty Coverage period in Canada and extended powertrain and hybrid specific warranties in both the U S and Canada Several courtesy transportation options are available to assist in reducing your inconvenience when warranty repairs are required Courtesy Transportation is not a part of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty A separate booklet entitled Warranty and Owner Assistance Information furnished with each new vehicle provides detailed warranty coverage information Transportation Options Warranty service can generally be completed while you wait However if you are unable to wait GM helps to minimize your inconvenience by providing several transportation options Depending on the circumstances your dealer can offer you one of the following Shuttle Service Participating dealers can provide shuttle service to get you to your destination with minimal interruption of your daily schedule This includes one way or round trip shuttle service to a destination up to 10 miles 16 km from the dealership Public Transportation or Fuel Reimbursement If your vehicle requires warranty repairs and public transportation is used instead of the dealer s shuttle service the expense must be supported by original receipts and can only be up to the maximum amount allowed by GM for shuttle service In addition
394. s device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation This device complies with RSS 310 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Frequency of operation 24 05GHz 24 25GHz Field Strength Not greater than 2 5V m peak 0 25V m average at a distance of 3m 2 45 The manufacturer is not responsible for any radio or TV interference caused by unauthorized modifications to this equipment Such modifications could void the user s authority to operate the equipment A CAUTION SBZA is only a lane changing aid and does not replace driver vision SBZA does not detect Vehicles outside the side blind zones which may be rapidly approaching Pedestrians bicyclists or animals Failure to use proper care when changing lanes may result in damage to the vehicle injury or death Always check the outside and rearview mirrors glance over your shoulder and use the turn signal before changing lanes When the system detects a vehicle in the side blind zone amber SBZA displays will light up in the side mirrors This indicates that it may be unsafe to change lanes Before making a lane change always check the SBZA display check the outside and rearview mirrors look over your shoulder
395. s lit on the passenger airbag status indicator it means that the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger frontal and seat mounted side impact airbag If after several seconds both status indicator lights remain on or if there are no lights at all there may be a problem with the lights or the passenger sensing system See your dealer retailer for service A CAUTION If the airbag readiness light ever comes on and stays on it means that something may be wrong with the airbag system To help avoid injury to yourself or others have the vehicle serviced right away See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 54 for more information including important safety information 3 55 Charging System Light This light comes on briefly when the ignition key is turned to START but the engine is not running as a check to show it is working If it does not have the vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer The light should go out once the engine starts If it stays on or comes on while driving there could be a problem with the charging system A charging system message in the Driver Information Center DIC can also appear See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 73 for more information This light could indicate that there are problems with a generator drive belt or that there is an electrical problem Have it checked right away If the vehicle must be driven a short distance with the light on turn of
396. s the MENU button to display the radio setup menu 3 Press the pushbutton located under the AUTO VOLUM tab on the radio display 4 Press the ON or OFF button to turn this feature on or off When turned ON AudioPilot continuously adjusts the audio system equalization to compensate for background noise so that the music always sounds the same at the set volume level The feature is most effective at lower radio volume settings where background noise can affect how well you hear the music being played through the vehicle s audio system At high volume settings there might be little or no adjustments by AudioPilot For more information on AudioPilot visit bose com audiopilot Finding a Station BAND Press to switch between AM FM or XM The selection displays dd Tune Turn to select radio stations Ki SEEK pl Press the arrows to go to the next or to the previous station and stay there To scan stations press and hold either arrow for three seconds until a beep sounds The radio goes to a station plays for a few seconds then goes to the next station Press either arrow again to stop scanning The radio only seeks and scans stations with a strong signal that are in the selected band i Information XM Satellite Radio Service MP3 WMA and RDS Features Press this button to display additional text information related to the current FM RDS or XM station or MP3 WMA song A choice of additional informat
397. s when service is required for your vehicle See your dealer retailer See Engine Oil on page 5 13 and Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 for more information When you reset the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message by clearing it from the display you still must reset the engine oil life system separately For more information on resetting the engine oil life system see Engine Oil Life System on page 5 16 3 73 CHECK TIRE PRESSURE On vehicles with the Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS this message displays when the pressure in one or more of the vehicle s tires needs to be checked This message also displays LEFT FRONT RIGHT FRONT LEFT REAR or RIGHT REAR to indicate which tire needs to be checked You can receive more than one tire pressure message at a time To read the other messages that may have been sent at the same time press the set reset button If a tire pressure message appears on the DIC stop as soon as you can Have the tire pressures checked and set to those shown on the Tire Loading Information label See Tires on page 5 48 Loading the Vehicle on page 4 19 and Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 57 The DIC also shows the tire pressure values See DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 68 If the tire pressure is low the low tire pressure warning light comes on See Tire Pressure Light on page 3 60 CLEAN RADAR This message displays when the Adaptive Cruise Control ACC system and the Forward Collision Alert F
398. sage is displayed WASHER FLUID LOW ADD FLUID This symbol appears with this message This message displays when your vehicle is low on windshield washer fluid Refill the windshield washer fluid reservoir as soon as possible See Windshield Washer Fluid on page 5 32 for more information 3 85 DIC Vehicle Customization Your vehicle has customization capabilities that allow you to program certain features to one preferred setting Customization features can only be programmed to one setting on the vehicle and cannot be programmed to a preferred setting for two different drivers All of the customization options may not be available on your vehicle Only the options available will be displayed on the DIC The default settings for the customization features were set when your vehicle left the factory but may have been changed from their default state since then The customization preferences are automatically recalled To change customization preferences use the following procedure 3 86 Entering the Feature Settings Menu 1 Turn the ignition on and place the vehicle in P Park To avoid excessive drain on the battery it is recommended that the headlamps are turned off 2 Press the customization button to enter the feature settings menu If the menu is not available FEATURE SETTINGS AVAILABLE IN PARK will display Before entering the menu make sure the vehicle is in P Park Feature Settings Menu Items
399. scntstaniantteenstanesesateats 3 13 Flat Tite as ar er re ande 5 74 Flat Tire Changing 252057 sets ones EDER ere 5 74 Flat Tine String ereraa stasdensasssceaecedeetetes 5 83 Floor Mats sieran e aA Aiea 2 63 Fluid Automatic Transmission seeeeeeeeeeeeeee 5 19 Power Steering cceeeeeceeceeeneee een eeeeeneenees 5 31 Windshield Washer seeeeeeeeeeee ee ee eees 5 32 Fog Lamp FOG eneret n iA ERa 3 34 Fog Lamp Light wn aar dere 3 65 Footwell Lamps ss isse kneb initie aek 3 36 Forward Collision Alert FCA System 1 1 1 3 9 Front Storage Area oo cc cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeneees 2 62 Fuel cerana BAG say era blee oi tees 5 5 Additives ts aner aser aE 5 6 California Fuel roserne arnas e aE 5 5 Economy DIVING wise tes ON fear roerne E 4 2 Filling a Portable Fuel Container 000 5 9 Fuel cont Fig thie TANK ssc zcndsenmspemesanenecacaerhnt thegeeciaenene 5 7 Fuels in Foreign Countries ceeeeeeeeeeeeee 5 7 Gag Gr ar arrene E E alene 3 66 Gasoline Octane W W W sssseeeerereeerene renerne 5 5 Gasoline Specifications u ssssvererereereree 5 5 Fuses Fuses and Circuit Breakers sssseeerr 5 95 Rear Underseat Fuse Block asasen 5 98 Underhood Fuse Block eeeeeeeeeeeee eee ee 5 95 Windshield Wiper iscsi irisaren 5 95 Gage Sp edometer ois ncsiusa ioiai norii annusa 3 52 Tachomete esar
400. se the washer fluid can form ice on the windshield blocking your vision Y Washer Fluid Press and release this paddle located at the top of the turn signal multifunction lever to spray washer fluid on the windshield The wipers will clear the windshield and either stop or return to the preset speed For more washer cycles press and hold the paddle Heated Washer Fluid The heated windshield washer fluid system if the vehicle has this feature may be used to help clear ice snow tree sap or bugs from the windshield Slide the control on the turn signal multifunction lever to this position and then release to activate the heated windshield washer fluid system This activation initiates four heated wash wipe cycles The first heated wash wipe cycle may take up to 40 seconds to occur depending on outside temperature After the first wash wipe cycle it may take up to 20 seconds for each of the remaining cycles The heated windshield washer fluid system may be turned off at any time by sliding the control on the turn signal multifunction lever to this position again When the heated windshield washer fluid system is activated under certain outside temperature conditions steam may flow out of the washer nozzles for a short period of time before washer fluid is sprayed This is a normal condition WASHER FLUID LOW ADD FLUID will be displayed on the Driver Information Center DIC when the washer fluid is low See DIC War
401. sing concentrated washer fluid follow the manufacturer s instructions for adding water Do not mix water with ready to use washer fluid Water can cause the solution to freeze and damage your washer fluid tank and other parts of the washer system Also water does not clean as well as washer fluid Fill the washer fluid tank only three quarters full when it is very cold This allows for fluid expansion if freezing occurs which could damage the tank if it is completely full Do not use engine coolant antifreeze in your windshield washer It can damage the vehicle s windshield washer system and paint Brakes Brake Fluid The brake master cylinder reservoir is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for reservoir location and access DOT 3 AR There are only two reasons why the brake fluid level in the reservoir might go down e The brake fluid level goes down because of normal brake lining wear When new linings are installed the fluid level goes back up A fluid leak in the brake hydraulic system can also cause a low fluid level Have the brake hydraulic system fixed since a leak means that sooner or later the brakes will not work well Do not top off the brake fluid Adding fluid does not correct a leak If fluid is added when the linings are worn there will be too much fluid when new brake linings are installed Add or remove brake fluid as necessary only when w
402. sition could be labeled as Down or Off A switch in the middle position could be labeled as Middle 0 or Neutral 2 59 2 Write down the eight to 12 switch settings from left to right as follows When a switch is in the up position write Left When a switch is in the down position write Right If a switch is set between the up and down position write Middle The switch settings written down in Step 2 now become the button strokes to be entered Middle Right into the Universal Home Remote in Step 4 o Be sure to enter the switch settings written down Neutral Off in Step 2 in order from left to right into the Universal Home Remote when completing are Step 4 4 The indicator lights will blink slowly Enter each SR i ar switch setting from Step 2 into your vehicle s 3 From inside your vehicle first firmly press all three Universal Home Remote You will have buttons at the same time for about three seconds e i two and one half minutes to complete Step 4 Release the buttons to put the Universal Home Now press one button on the Universal Home Remote into programming mode Remote for each switch setting as follows e If you wrote Left press the left button in the vehicle If you wrote Right press the right button in the vehicle e If you wrote Middle press the middle button in the vehicle 2 60 5 After enterin
403. ssive heat build up which may cause headlamp damage to the headlamp 3 Record the distance from the ground to the center 6 Turn on the low beam headlamps and place a piece line running through the lens of the headlamp of cardboard or equivalent in front of the headlamp not being aimed This should allow only the beam of light from the headlamp being aimed to be seen on the flat surface 5 44 9 Make sure that the light from the headlamp is positioned at the bottom edge of the horizontal tape line The lamp on the left A shows the correct headlamp aim The lamp on the right B shows the incorrect headlamp aim 7 Locate the vertical headlamp aiming screws They are located under the hood near each headlamp assembly First lift the flap to access either of them 10 Repeat Steps 7 through 9 for the opposite Each one is the top outboard screw by the V on the headlamp cover panel next to the aiming flap The adjustment screw can be turned with a 6 mm hex wrench 8 Turn the vertical aiming screw until the headlamp beam is aimed to the horizontal tape line Turn it clockwise or counterclockwise to raise or lower the angle of the beam The top edge of the cut off should be positioned at the bottom edge of the horizontal tape line 5 45 Bulb Replacement It is recommended that all bulbs be replaced by your dealer retailer High Intensity Discharge HID Lighting A CAUTION The low beam high intensity dis
404. stance nor its airbag system is designed for them Every time traveled nor the age and size of the traveler changes infants and young children ride in vehicles they the need for everyone to use safety restraints In fact should have the protection provided by appropriate the law in every state in the United States and in every child restraints Canadian province says children up to some age must Children who are not restrained properly can strike be restrained while in a vehicle A CAUTION Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a other people or can be thrown out of the vehicle A CAUTION Never do this Never hold an infant or a child while riding in a vehicle Due to crash forces an infant or a child will shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck and the safety belt continues to tighten Never leave children unattended in a vehicle and never allow children to play with the safety belts become so heavy it is not possible to hold it during a crash For example in a crash at only 25 mph 40 km h a 12 Ib 5 5 kg infant will suddenly become a 240 Ib 110 kg force on a person s arms An infant should be secured in an appropriate restraint 1 36 Never do this Children who are up against or very close to any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed Never put a rear facing child restraint in the right front seat Secure a rear facing child CAUTION Continued CAUTION
405. stem If these displays remain on after continued driving the system needs service See your dealer retailer See Side Blind Zone Alert SBZA on page 2 45 for more information SERVICE STABILITRAK Your vehicle may have a vehicle stability enhancement system called StabiliTrak See StabiliTrak System on page 4 6 This message displays if there has been a problem detected with the StabiliTrak system If this message comes on while you are driving pull off the road as soon as possible and stop carefully Try resetting the system by turning the ignition off then back on If this message still stays on or comes back on again while you are driving your vehicle needs service Have the StabiliTrak system inspected by your dealer retailer as soon as possible 3 81 SERVICE SUSPENSION SYS System This message displays when the magnetic ride control or automatic leveling control system is not operating properly Have your vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer SERVICE THEFT DETERRENT SYSTEM This message displays when there is a problem with the theft deterrent system programmed in the key A fault has been detected in the system which means that the system is disabled and it is not protecting the vehicle The vehicle usually restarts however you may want to take the vehicle to your dealer retailer before turning off the engine See PASS Key II Electronic Immobilizer Operation on page 2 23 for more information SERVI
406. stration shows an example of a tire size P225 60R16 97S ITI B A P Metric Tire The United States version of a metric tire sizing system The letter P as the first character in the tire size means a passenger vehicle tire engineered to standards set by the U S Tire and Rim Association B Tire Width The three digit number indicates the tire section width in millimeters from sidewall to sidewall C Aspect Ratio A two digit number that indicates the tire height to width measurements For example if the tire size aspect ratio is 60 as shown in item C of the illustration it would mean that the tire s sidewall is 60 percent as high as it is wide D Construction Code A letter code is used to indicate the type of ply construction in the tire The letter R means radial ply construction the letter D means diagonal or bias ply construction and the letter B means belted bias ply construction E Rim Diameter Diameter of the wheel in inches F Service Description These characters represent the load index and speed rating of the tire The load index represents the load carry capacity a tire is certifled to carry The speed rating is the maximum speed a tire is certified to carry a load 5 53 Tire Terminology and Definitions Air Pressure The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on each square inch of the tire Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square inch psi or kilopascal kPa
407. system on a vehicle is complex Its many parts have to be of top quality and work well together if the vehicle is to have really good braking The vehicle was designed and tested with top quality brake parts When parts of the braking system are replaced for example when the brake linings wear down and new ones are installed be sure to get new approved replacement parts If this is not done the brakes might not work properly For example if someone puts in brake linings that are wrong for the vehicle the balance between the front and rear brakes can change for the worse The braking performance expected can change in many other ways if the wrong replacement brake parts are installed 5 35 Battery This vehicle has a maintenance free battery When it is time for a new battery see your dealer retailer for one that has the replacement number shown on the original battery s label Warning Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm Wash hands after handling The battery is located under the rear seat cushion To access the battery see Rear Underseat Fuse Block on page 5 98 Access to the battery is not necessary to jump start the vehicle See Jump Starting on page 5 38 5 36 A CAUTION A battery that is not properly vented can let sulfuric acid fumes into the area under the rear seat cushion
408. t Mirrors Steering Wheel Controls 1 6 Message DIC Warnings and Messages 0 eeeeeeee 3 73 Mirrors Automatic Dimming Rearview e 2 38 Manual Rearview Mirror with Compass and Temperature 0 0 raa riii 1 11 Outside Automatic Dimming Mirror 2 40 Outside Convex Mirror ceeeeeeeeeeeneee tenes 2 41 Outside Heated Mirrors c ceeeeeeeeeneeeeenes 2 41 Outside Power Foldaway Mirrors 0 2 40 Paik TIE agerer tankes n a a o aA 2 41 MP BER ES E E a se 3 110 N Navigation System Privacy seeeeeeeeeee tees 7 19 Navigation Radio System see Navigation Manual sesen 3 116 Net CONVENIENCE 0 cee ee eee e eect eee een regnedes 2 63 New Vehicle Break In ceeeeeeeeneeee eee eee teenies 2 24 Object Detection Side Blind Zone Alert SBZA 2 45 OdOMeter ss ivscietsseerid ccageesec S EER E ERE 3 52 Off Road RECOVELY una rr ner Ade dda dean 4 10 Oil ENGINE orasi eee here 5 13 Engine Oil Life System cceeeeeeeeee eee ees 5 16 Pressure LIQI rene ere ener reel 3 64 Older Children Restraints c ccecceeeeee eee 1 33 Online Owner Center 0 cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 5 OnStar Privacy eesriide 7 19 OnStar System see OnStar Manual 2 51 Operation Universal Home Remote System 2 55 Outlet Adjustment sisicata 3 46 Outlets Accessory POWET ceeceeeeeeeeeeeceee
409. t detecting LDW will not warn you If you do not carefully maintain your vehicle position within the lane vehicle damage injury or death could occur Even with LDW always keep your attention on the road and maintain proper vehicle position within the lane Always keep the windshield clean and do not use LDW in bad weather conditions Provide you with enough time to avoid a lane change collision Be loud enough for you to hear the warning beeps Work properly under bad weather conditions ROPS Seta When the vehicle crosses a detected lane marking the or if the windshield is not kept clean 7 i i LDW symbol will flash and you will hear three beeps Detect lane markings and will not detect LDW will not warn you if the turn signal is on or if road edges you make a sharp maneuver Before making a lane Warn you that your vehicle is crossing a lane change check the vehicle s mirrors glance over your marking if the system does not detect the lane shoulder for vehicles and hazards and start the marking turn signal before changing lanes CAUTION Continued 2 49 How the System Works LDW uses a camera located between the inside rearview mirror and the windshield to detect the lane markings i Lane Departure Warning To turn LDW on and off press the LDW control located by the exterior headlamp control An indicator on the control will light to indicate that LDW is on When the vehicle is started the LDW
410. t following the instructions that came with that restraint and also the instructions in this manual When installing a child restraint with a top tether you must also use either the lower anchors or the safety belts to properly secure the child restraint A child restraint must never be installed using only the top tether and anchor In order to use the LATCH system in your vehicle you need a child restraint that has LATCH attachments The child restraint manufacturer will provide you with instructions on how to use the child restraint and its attachments The following explains how to attach a child restraint with these attachments in your vehicle Not all vehicle seating positions or child restraints have lower anchors and attachments or top tether anchors and attachments 1 43 Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor Lower anchors A are metal bars built into the vehicle A top tether A C anchors the top of the child restraint There are two lower anchors for each LATCH seating to the vehicle A top tether anchor is built into the position that will accommodate a child restraint with vehicle The top tether attachment B on the child lower attachments B restraint connects to the top tether anchor in the vehicle in order to reduce the forward movement and rotation of the child restraint during driving or in a crash Your child restraint may have a single tether A or a dual tether C Either will have a single attachment B
411. t touching the thighs Q what is wrong with this A The belt is buckled in the wrong buckle A CAUTION You can be seriously injured if your belt is buckled in the wrong place like this In a crash the belt would go up over your abdomen The belt forces would be there not on the pelvic bones This could cause serious internal injuries Always buckle your belt into the buckle nearest you 1 21 Q What is wrong with this The belt is over an armrest 1 22 A CAUTION You can be seriously injured if your belt goes over an armrest like this The belt would be much too high In a crash you can slide under the belt The belt force would then be applied on the abdomen not on the pelvic bones and that could cause serious or fatal injuries Be sure the belt goes under the armrests Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously injured if you wear the shoulder belt under your arm In a crash your body would move too far forward which would increase the chance of head and neck injury Also the belt would apply too much force to the ribs which are not as strong as shoulder bones You could also severely injure internal organs like your liver or spleen The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest The shoulder belt is worn under the arm It should be worn
412. t code tire size and date the tire was manufactured The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire although only one side may have the date of manufacture D Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 57 and Loading the Vehicle on page 4 19 E Tire Inflation The temporary use tire or compact spare tire should be inflated to 60 psi 420 kPa For more information on tire pressure and inflation see Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 57 and Spare Tire on page 5 85 F Tire Size A combination of letters and numbers define a tire s width height aspect ratio construction type and service description The letter T as the first character in the tire size means the tire is for temporary use only G TPC Spec Tire Performance Criteria Specification Original equipment tires designed to GM s specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification code molded onto the sidewall GM s TPC specifications meet or exceed all federal safety guidelines PEC 2019 M ec S 9 RVE 1127 o t AXX Ps c0 0 HP ESS DOT ma SO 7 2 SO Le 4D 2 N dvanni CORD R yo FI X xxx wna S ETVE o w 3 2 9 L z K g oO 301S KN OTe 0109 Light Truck Tire Example A Tire Size The tire size code is a combination of letters and numbers used to define a particular tire
413. t gives more depth and gloss to the colored basecoat Always use waxes and polishes that are non abrasive and made for a basecoat clearcoat paint finish Notice Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on a basecoat clearcoat paint finish may damage it Use only non abrasive waxes and polishes that are made for a basecoat clearcoat paint finish on the vehicle Foreign materials such as calcium chloride and other salts ice melting agents road oil and tar tree sap bird droppings chemicals from industrial chimneys etc can damage the vehicle s finish if they remain on painted surfaces Wash the vehicle as soon as possible If necessary use non abrasive cleaners that are marked safe for painted surfaces to remove foreign matter Exterior painted surfaces are subject to aging weather and chemical fallout that can take their toll over a period of years To help keep the paint finish looking new keep the vehicle garaged or covered whenever possible Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Parts Bright metal parts should be cleaned regularly to keep their luster Washing with water is all that is usually needed However chrome polish may be used on chrome or stainless steel trim if necessary Use special care with aluminum trim To avoid damaging protective trim never use auto or chrome polish steam or caustic soap to clean aluminum A coating of wax rubbed to high polish is recommended for all bright metal parts Windshield
414. t overloaded Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance The tires and wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance Adjustments to wheel alignment and tire balancing will not be necessary on a regular basis However if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling to one side or the other the alignment might need to be checked If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road the tires and wheels might need to be rebalanced See your dealer retailer for proper diagnosis Wheel Replacement Replace any wheel that is bent cracked or badly rusted or corroded If wheel nuts keep coming loose the wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts should be replaced If the wheel leaks air replace it Some aluminum wheels can sometimes be repaired See your GM dealer retailer if any of these conditions exist Your GM dealer retailer will know the kind of wheel you need CAUTION Continued Each new wheel should have the same load carrying capacity diameter width offset and be mounted the lose control You could have a collision in which same way as the one it replaces you or others could be injured Always use the If you need to replace any of your wheels wheel bolts correct wheel wheel bolts and whee
415. t person 1 56 A CAUTION Airbags inflate with great force faster than the blink of an eye Anyone who is up against or very close to any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed Do not sit unnecessarily close to the airbag as you would be if you were sitting on the edge of your seat or leaning forward Safety belts help keep you in position before and during a crash Always wear your safety belt even with airbags The driver should sit as far back as possible while still maintaining control of the vehicle Occupants should not lean on or sleep against the door or side windows in seating positions with seat mounted side impact airbags and or roof rail airbags Where Are the Airbags A CAUTION Children who are up against or very close to any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed Airbags plus lap shoulder belts offer protection for adults and older children but not for young children and infants Neither the vehicle s safety belt system nor its airbag system is designed for them Young children and infants need the protection that a child restraint system can provide Always secure children properly in your vehicle To read how see Older Children on page 1 33 or Infants and Young Children on page 1 36 There is an airbag readiness light on the instrument panel which me i shows the airbag symbol The driver frontal airbag is in the middle of the steering wh
416. tails or to determine your vehicle s eligibility visit gmmobility com or call the GM Mobility Assistance Center at 1 800 323 9935 Text telephone TTY users call 1 800 833 9935 General Motors of Canada also has a Mobility Program Call 1 800 GM DRIVE 463 7483 for details TTY users call 1 800 263 3830 Roadside Service In the United States or Canada call 1 800 882 1112 Text Telephone TTY U S only call 1 888 889 2438 Service is available 24 hours a day 365 days a year Calling for Assistance When calling Roadside Assistance have the following information ready Your name home address and home telephone number Telephone number of your location Location of the vehicle Model year color and license plate number of the vehicle e Odometer reading Vehicle Identification Number VIN and delivery date of the vehicle Description of the problem Coverage Services are provided up to 5 years 100 000 miles 160 000 km whichever comes first In the U S anyone driving the vehicle is covered In Canada a person driving the vehicle without permission from the owner is not covered Roadside Assistance is not a part of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Cadillac and General Motors of Canada Limited reserve the right to make any changes or discontinue the Roadside Assistance program at any time without notification Cadillac and General Motors of Canada Limited reserve the right to limit servic
417. tart off or on The remote start feature allows you to start the engine from outside of the vehicle using the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter See Remote Vehicle Start on page 2 7 for more information Press the customization button until REMOTE START appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button once to access the settings for this feature Then press the menu up down button to scroll through the following settings OFF The remote start feature will be disabled ON default The remote start feature will be enabled NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain To select a setting press the set reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC 3 94 FACTORY SETTINGS This feature allows you to set all of the customization features back to their factory default settings Press the customization button until FACTORY SETTINGS appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button once to access the settings for this feature Then press the menu up down button to scroll through the following settings RESTORE ALL default The customization features will be set to their factory default settings DO NOT RESTORE The customization features will not be set to their factory default settings To select a setting press the set reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC Exiting the Feature Settings Menu The feature settings menu will be exited
418. tem it operates at speeds less than 5mph 8 km h and assists the driver with parking and avoiding objects It can determine how close objects are to the front bumper up to 4 feet 1 2 m in front of the vehicle and the rear bumper up to 8 feet 2 5 m behind the vehicle The distance sensors are located on the front and rear bumper 2 42 A CAUTION The Ultrasonic Front and Rear Park Assist UFRPA system does not replace driver vision It cannot detect objects that are below the bumper underneath the vehicle or if they are too close or far from the vehicle children pedestrians bicyclists or pets If you do not use proper care before moving forward and while backing vehicle damage injury or death could occur Even with UFRPA always check in front of your vehicle before moving forward and behind your vehicle before backing up While moving forward and backing be sure to look for objects and check your vehicle s mirrors Rear Parking Assist Display Front Parking Assist Display The front display is located on top of the instrument panel to the right of the driver The front display will have either three or six lights to provide distance and system information With Adaptive Cruise control ACC it will have three lights along with the ACC lights Without ACC it will have six lights High toned beeps from the front speakers are for objects detected near the front bumper The rear display is l
419. teract with OnStar Hands Free Calling See Audio Steering Wheel Controls on page 3 127 for more information On some vehicles the mute button can be used to dial numbers into voice mail systems or to dial phone extensions See the OnStar Owner s Guide for more information 2 53 How OnStar Service Works The OnStar system can record and transmit vehicle information This information is automatically sent to an OnStar Call Center when the OnStar button is pressed the emergency button is pressed or if the airbags or AACN system deploy This information usually includes the vehicle s GPS location and in the event of a crash additional information regarding the crash that the vehicle was involved in e g the direction from which the vehicle was hit When the Virtual Advisor feature of OnStar Hands Free Calling is used the vehicle also sends OnStar the vehicle s GPS location so they can provide services where it is located OnStar service cannot work unless the vehicle is in a place where OnStar has an agreement with a wireless service provider for service in that area OnStar service also cannot work unless the vehicle is in a place where the wireless service provider OnStar has hired for that area has coverage network capacity and reception when the service is needed and technology that is compatible with the OnStar service Not all services are available everywhere particularly in remote or enclosed areas or at all tim
420. the CD is not removed after several seconds the CD automatically pulls back into the player For the Radio with Six Disc CD player press and hold for two seconds to eject all discs if one or more discs are loaded dd Tune Turn to select tracks on the CD currently playing K SEEK D Press the left arrow to go to the start of the current track if more than ten seconds have played Press the right arrow to go to the next track If either arrow is held or pressed multiple times the player continues moving backward or forward through the CD lt lt REV Fast Reverse Press and hold to reverse playback quickly within a track You will hear sound at a reduced volume Release to resume playing the track The elapsed time of the track displays bb FWD Fast Forward Press and hold to advance playback quickly within a track You will hear sound at a reduced volume Release to resume playing the track The elapsed time of the track displays RDM Random With the random setting CD tracks can be played in random rather than sequential order This feature is not available in playlist mode To use random do the following 1 To play tracks in random order from the CD that is currently playing press the pushbutton positioned under the RDM label The random icon displays 2 Press the same pushbutton again to turn off random play The random icon is no longer highlighted 3 107 RDM Random Radio with Six Disc CD Play
421. the belt across you Do not let it get twisted The lap shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across you very quickly If this happens let the belt go back slightly to unlock it Then pull the belt across you more slowly If the shoulder portion of a passenger belt out all the way the child restraint locking feature may be engaged If this happens let the belt go back all the way and start again Engaging the child restraint locking feature in the right front seating position may affect the passenger sensing system See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 64 for more information 1 26 3 Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks If the latch plate will not go fully into the buckle check if the correct buckle is being used Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure If the belt is not long enough see Safety Belt Extender on page 1 32 Position the release button on the buckle so that the safety belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary 4 If equipped with a shoulder belt height adjuster move it to the height that is right for you See Shoulder Belt Height Adjustment later in this section for instructions on use and important safety information 5 To make the lap part tight pull up on the shoulder belt It may be necessary to pull stitching on the safety belt through the latch plate to fully tighten the lap belt on smaller occupants To unlatch the belt push the butt
422. the dipstick Notice Too much or too little fluid can damage your transmission Too much can mean that some of the fluid could come out and fall on hot engine parts or exhaust system parts starting a fire Too little fluid could cause the transmission to overheat Be sure to get an accurate reading if you check your transmission fluid Wait at least 30 minutes before checking the transmission fluid level if you have been driving e When outside temperatures are above 90 F 32 C At high speed for quite a while In heavy traffic especially in hot weather While pulling a trailer To get the right reading the fluid should be at normal operating temperature which is 180 F to 200 F 82 C to 93 C Get the vehicle warmed up by driving about 15 miles 24 km when outside temperatures are above 50 F 10 C If it is colder than 50 F 10 C you may have to drive longer Checking the Fluid Level Prepare the vehicle as follows 1 2 4 Park the vehicle on a level place Keep the engine running With the parking brake applied place the shift lever in P Park With your foot on the brake pedal move the shift lever through each gear range pausing for about three seconds in each range Then position the shift lever in P Park Let the engine run at idle for three to five minutes Then without shutting off the engine follow these steps f Locate the transmission fluid cap which is loc
423. the engine immediately if it starts 3 Try to start the engine in each gear The vehicle should start only in P Park or N Neutral If the vehicle starts in any other position contact your dealer retailer for service Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Ignition Transmission Lock Check Control System Check While parked and with the parking brake set try to turn the ignition to LOCK OFF in each shift lever position The ignition should turn to LOCK OFF only A CAUTION when the shift lever is in P Park i D i e The ignition key should come out only in When you are doing this inspection the vehicle LOCK OFF could move suddenly If the vehicle moves you or others could be injured Contact your dealer retailer if service is required Parking Brake and Automatic 1 Before starting this check be sure there is enough Transmission P Park Mechanism room around the vehicle It should be parked on a Check level surface 2 Firmly apply the parking brake See Parking Brake on pege 252 ACAUTION Be ready to apply the regular brake immediately if the vehicle begins to move 3 With the engine off turn the ignition to ON RUN but do not start the engine Without applying the regular brake try to move the shift lever out When you are doing this check the vehicle could begin to move You or others could be injured and property could be damaged Make sure there is of P Park with normal effort If the shift lever room
424. the file structure that contains compressed audio files The empty folder does not display No Folder When the CD contains only compressed files the files are located under the root folder The next and previous folder functions do not display on a CD that was recorded without folders or playlists When displaying the name of the folder the radio displays ROOT When the CD contains only playlists and compressed audio files but no folders all files are located under the root folder The folder down and the folder up buttons search playlists Px first and then goes to the root folder When the radio displays the name of the folder the radio displays ROOT 3 111 Order of Play Tracks recorded to the CD R or CD RW play in the following order Play begins from the first track in the first playlist and continues sequentially through all tracks in each playlist When the last track of the last playlist has played play continues from the first track of the first playlist Playlists can be changed by pressing the lt and gt folder buttons the dd knob or the SEEK arrows Play begins from the first track in the first folder and continues sequentially through all tracks in each folder When the last track of the last folder has played play continues from the first track of the first folder When play enters a new folder the display does not automatically show the new folder name unless the folde
425. the job If you have any doubt see your dealer retailer to have a qualified technician do the work See Doing Your Own Service Work on page 5 4 Some maintenance services can be complex So unless you are technically qualified and have the necessary equipment have your dealer retailer do these jobs When you go to your dealer retailer for service trained and supported service technicians will perform the work using genuine parts To purchase service information see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 7 16 Owner Checks and Services on page 6 8 tells what should be checked when to check it and what can easily be done to help keep the vehicle in good condition The proper replacement parts fluids and lubricants to use are listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 11 and Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 6 13 When the vehicle is serviced make sure these are used All parts should be replaced and all necessary repairs done before you or anyone else drives the vehicle We recommend the use of genuine parts from your dealer retailer Scheduled Maintenance To maintain the ride handling and performance of the vehicle it is important that the first tire rotation service be performed when the vehicle has 5 000 to 8 000 miles 8 000 to 13 000 km Check tires for inflation pressures and wear See Tires on page 5 48 Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 65 and Tire Wea
426. the safety belts get twisted Slide the rear of the cushion up and under the seatback so the rear locating guides hook into the wire loops on the back frame With the seat cushion lowered push rearward and then press down on the seat cushion until the spring locks on both ends engage Check to make sure the safety belts are properly routed and that no portion of any safety belt is trapped under the seat Also make sure the seat cushion is secured 5 99 ale leda ee a 4 Lio aaa Bil 46 lt a Cz mag 7 Fuses Usage Fuel Pump Right Park Lamp Left Park Lamp 5 Engine Control Module ECM Run 3 Rear Blower Transmission Control Module TCM Fuses Usage 6 Memory Module _ _ 8 Sieering Wheel Illumination 9 Front Heated Cooled Seat Module Heated Washer Fluid Body Control Module BCM Dim 20 22 23 24 25 Body Control Module Left Turn Signal Outlet Body Control Module BCM Inadvertent 36 Body Control Module Right Turn Signal 5 101 Fuses Usage Electronic Leveling Control Compressor J Case Blower J Case optional Blower J Case optional 50 Terminating Resistor Relays Usage Front Blower optional Rear Defogger Relays Usage 69 Overhead Lamps optional 7o Retained Accessory Power RAP Circuit Breakers 54 Right Front Seat P63 lock S 59 61 62 63
427. the speed alert warning You can choose to have no warning display or to have it display at the limit at 5 mph km h over the limit or at 10 mph km h over the limit The DIC will toggle between OFF AT LIMIT 5 10 MPH or Km h Press the reset button to make your selection 3 72 RELEARN REMOTE KEY This display allows you to match Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitters to your vehicle This procedure will erase all previously learned transmitters Therefore they must be relearned as additional transmitters To match an RKE transmitter to your vehicle 1 Press the vehicle information button until PRESS V TO RELEARN REMOTE KEY displays 2 Press the set reset button until REMOTE KEY LEARNING ACTIVE is displayed 3 Press and hold the lock and unlock buttons on the first transmitter at the same time for about 15 seconds On vehicles with memory recall seats the first transmitter learned will match driver 1 and the second will match driver 2 A chime will sound indicating that the transmitter is matched 4 To match additional transmitters at this time repeat Step 3 Each vehicle can have a maximum of eight transmitters matched to it 5 To exit the programming mode you must cycle the key to LOCK OFF Blank Display This display shows no information DIC Warnings and Messages These messages appear if there is a problem detected in one of your vehicle s systems You must acknowledge a message to clear it fro
428. the vehicle s three control systems In the braking skid the wheels are not rolling In the steering or cornering skid too much speed or steering in a curve causes tires to slip and lose cornering force And in the acceleration skid too much throttle causes the driving wheels to spin Remember Any traction control system helps avoid only the acceleration skid If the traction control system is off then an acceleration skid is best handled by easing your foot off the accelerator pedal If the vehicle starts to slide ease your foot off the accelerator pedal and quickly steer the way you want the vehicle to go If you start steering quickly enough the vehicle may straighten out Always be ready for a second skid if it occurs If the vehicle has StabiliTrak the system may be active See StabiliTrak System on page 4 6 Of course traction is reduced when water snow ice gravel or other material is on the road For safety slow down and adjust your driving to these conditions It is important to slow down on slippery surfaces because stopping distance will be longer and vehicle control more limited While driving on a surface with reduced traction try your best to avoid sudden steering acceleration or braking including reducing vehicle speed by shifting to a lower gear Any sudden changes could cause the tires to slide You may not realize the surface is slippery until the vehicle is skidding Learn to recognize warning
429. thorization original detailed receipts and a copy of the repair orders are required Once authorization has been received the Roadside Assistance advisor will help you make arrangements and explain how to receive payment Alternative Service If assistance cannot be provided right away the Roadside Assistance advisor may give you permission to get local emergency road service You will receive payment up to 100 after sending the original receipt to Roadside Assistance Mechanical failures may be covered however any cost for parts and labor for repairs not covered by the warranty are the owner responsibility Scheduling Service Appointments When your vehicle requires warranty service contact your dealer retailer and request an appointment By scheduling a service appointment and advising your service consultant of your transportation needs your dealer retailer can help minimize your inconvenience If your vehicle cannot be scheduled into the service department immediately keep driving it until it can be scheduled for service unless of course the problem is safety related If it is please call your dealership retailer let them know this and ask for instructions If the dealer retailer requests you to bring the vehicle for service you are urged to do so as early in the work day as possible to allow for the same day repair Courtesy Transportation To enhance your ownership experience we and our participating dealer
430. ting may occur and damage the vehicle The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Always connect and remove the jumper cables in the correct order making sure that the cables do not touch each other or other metal B C Jumper Cable Removal Heavy Unpainted Metal Engine Part or Remote Negative Terminal GND Good Battery or Remote Positive and Remote Negative Terminals Dead Battery or Remote Positive Terminal 5 42 To disconnect the jumper cables from both vehicles do the following Disconnect the black negative cable from the vehicle that had the dead battery Disconnect the black negative cable from the vehicle with the good battery Disconnect the red positive cable from the vehicle with the good battery Disconnect the red positive cable from the other vehicle Return the remote positive terminal cover to its original position Headlamp Aiming The vehicle has a visual optical headlamp aiming system The aim has been preset at the factory and should need no further adjustment However if the vehicle is damaged in a crash the headlamp aim may be affected and adjustment may be necessary If oncoming vehicles flash their high beams at you this may also mean the vertical aim needs to be adjusted It is recommended that the vehicle is taken to your dealer retailer for service if the headlamps need to be re aimed It is
431. tion see Lane Departure Warning LDW on page 2 49 When LDW is active the amber warning symbol comes on and flashes Three beeps sound if a lane marking is crossed without using the turn signal If the warning symbol is not on LDW is not operating and will not warn when the vehicle crosses a lane marking Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light The engine coolant temperature warning light comes on when the engine is very hot oo This light also comes on briefly when the vehicle is started If the light does not go out or comes on and stays on while driving there may be a problem with the cooling system Driving with engine coolant temperature light on could cause the vehicle to overheat see Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode on page 5 30 See Engine Overheating on page 5 28 and DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 73 for more information 3 59 Engine Coolant Temperature Gage This gage shows the engine coolant temperature It indicates when the engine has warmed up and if the cooling system is operating properly If the gage pointer moves into the shaded area the engine coolant is too hot and the engine coolant temperature warning light comes on See Engine Overheating on page 5 28 for more information 3 60 Tire Pressure Light For vehicles with a tire pressure monitoring system this light comes on briefly when the engine e is started It provides information about tire pressures a
432. tion switch on and then off The remote vehicle start feature provides two separate starts each with 10 minutes of engine running or it provides one start with 10 minutes of engine running that may be extended 10 more minutes If you press and release the transmitter lock button and then press and hold the remote start button on the RKE transmitter again before the first 10 minutes of engine running time has expired 10 minutes are added to the remaining minutes For example if the lock button and then the remote start buttons are pressed again after five minutes of the engine run time 10 minutes are added and you now have 15 minutes of engine running The added ten minutes are considered a second remote vehicle start Once two remote starts or a single start with a time extension have been used the vehicle must be started with the ignition key before you can use the remote start feature again The remote vehicle start feature will not operate if the key is in the ignition the hood is not closed or if there is an emission control system malfunction The engine will turn off during a remote vehicle start if the coolant temperature gets too high or the oil pressure is too low Your vehicle was shipped from the factory with the remote vehicle start system enabled The system may be disabled through the Driver Information Center DIC See REMOTE START under DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 86 for additional information
433. tly until the oil warms up and lubricates all moving parts Notice The engine is designed to work with the electronics in the vehicle If you add electrical parts or accessories you could change the way the engine operates Before adding electrical equipment check with your dealer retailer If you do not the engine might not perform properly Any resulting damage would not be covered by the vehicle warranty 2 27 Engine Coolant Heater The engine coolant heater can provide easier starting and better fuel economy during engine warm up in cold weather conditions at or below 0 F 18 C Vehicles with an engine coolant heater should be plugged in at least four hours before starting To Use the Engine Coolant Heater 1 Turn off the engine 2 Open the hood and unwrap the electrical cord The electrical cord is located on the driver side of the engine behind the transmission dipstick fluid fill location and next to the engine 3 Plug it into a normal grounded 110 volt AC outlet 2 28 A CAUTION Plugging the cord into an ungrounded outlet could cause an electrical shock Also the wrong kind of extension cord could overheat and cause a fire You could be seriously injured Plug the cord into a properly grounded three prong 110 volt AC outlet If the cord will not reach use a heavy duty three prong extension cord rated for at least 15 amps 4 Before starting the engine be sure to unplug and store the cord as
434. tomer Assistance Cadillac Customer Assistance Center Cadillac Motor Car Division P O Box 33169 Detroit MI 48232 5169 www Cadillac com 1 800 458 8006 1 800 833 2622 For Text Telephone devices TTYs Roadside Assistance 1 800 882 1112 From Puerto Rico 1 800 496 9992 English 1 800 496 9993 Spanish From U S Virgin Islands 1 800 496 9994 7 6 Canada Customer Assistance General Motors of Canada Limited Canadian Cadillac Customer Communication Centre CA1 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 www gmcanada com 1 888 446 2000 1 800 263 3830 For Text Telephone devices TTYs Roadside Assistance 1 800 882 1112 Overseas Customer Assistance Please contact the local General Motors Business Unit Mexico Central America and Caribbean Islands Countries Except Puerto Rico and U S Virgin Islands Customer Assistance General Motors de Mexico S de R L de C V Customer Assistance Center Paseo de la Reforma 2740 Col Lomas de Bezares C P 11910 Mexico D F 01 800 508 0000 Long Distance 011 52 53 29 0 800 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program E MOBILITY This program available to qualified applicants can reimburse you up to 1 000 of the cost of eligible aftermarket adaptive equipment required for your vehicle such as hand controls or a wheelchair scooter lift The offer is available for a very limited period of time from the date of vehicle purchase lease For more de
435. u have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure the vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground always set the parking brake after you move the shift lever to P Park Monoxide CO which cannot be seen or smelled It can cause unconsciousness and even death Never run the engine in an enclosed area that has no fresh air ventilation For more information see Engine Exhaust on page 2 36 Follow the proper steps to be sure the vehicle will not move See Shifting Into Park on page 2 33 If parking on a hill and pulling a trailer see Towing a Trailer on page 4 28 2 37 Mirrors Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror The vehicle has an automatic dimming inside rearview mirror with a compass display The mirror may also have OnStar controls and Intellibeam For more information on Intellibeam see Intellibeam Intelligent High Beam Headlamp Control System under Exterior Lamps on page 3 29 For more information about OnStar see OnStar System on page 2 51 Automatic Dimming Mirror Operation Automatic dimming reduces the glare of lights from behind the vehicle The dimming feature comes on and the indicator light illuminates each time the vehicle is started D On Off Press and hold for about three seconds to turn the dimming feature and compass display on or off AUTO D Vehicles with Intellibeam Press and hold for appro
436. under 21 it is against the law in every U S state to drink alcohol There are good medical psychological and developmental reasons for these laws The obvious way to eliminate the leading highway safety problem is for people never to drink alcohol and then drive Medical research shows that alcohol in a person s system can make crash injuries worse especially injuries to the brain spinal cord or heart This means that when anyone who has been drinking driver or passenger is in a crash that person s chance of being killed or permanently disabled is higher than if the person had not been drinking Control of a Vehicle The following three systems help to control the vehicle while driving brakes steering and accelerator At times as when driving on snow or ice it is easy to ask more of those control systems than the tires and road can provide Meaning you can lose control of the vehicle See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 6 Adding non dealer non retailer accessories can affect vehicle performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 Braking See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 56 Braking action involves perception time and reaction time Deciding to push the brake pedal is perception time Actually doing it is reaction time Average reaction time is about three fourths of a second But that is only an average It might be less with one driver and as long as two or three secon
437. uniform manner Some commercial products may increase gloss on the instrument panel The increase in gloss may cause annoying reflections in the windshield and even make it difficult to see through the windshield under certain conditions Wood Panels Use a clean cloth moistened in warm soapy water use mild dish washing soap Dry the wood immediately with a clean cloth Speaker Covers Vacuum around a speaker cover gently so that the speaker will not be damaged Clean spots with just water and mild soap Care of Safety Belts Keep belts clean and dry A CAUTION Do not bleach or dye safety belts It may severely weaken them In a crash they might not be able to provide adequate protection Clean safety belts only with mild soap and lukewarm water Weatherstrips Silicone grease on weatherstrips will make them last longer seal better and not stick or squeak Apply silicone grease with a clean cloth During very cold damp weather frequent application may be required See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 11 5 89 Washing Your Vehicle The best way to preserve the vehicle s finish is to keep it clean by washing it often Notice Certain cleaners contain chemicals that can damage the emblems or nameplates on the vehicle Check the cleaning product label If it states that it should not be used on plastic parts do not use it on the vehicle or damage may occur and it would not be covered by the
438. unlock the doors with the key or RKE transmitter to avoid setting off the alarm From the outside use either the key or the RKE transmitter From the inside use the power door lock switches or manual lock knobs The manual lock knobs are located at the top of the door panel near the window Push the manual lock knob down to lock the door To unlock the door pull up on the knob Central Door Unlocking System The vehicle has a central door unlocking mode When unlocking the driver door the other doors can be unlocked at the same time by turning the key clockwise in the door lock cylinder twice Power Door Locks On vehicles with power door locks the switches are located on the front doors m Unlock Press to unlock the doors Lock Remove the key from the ignition and press to lock the doors Programmable Automatic Door Locks The vehicle is programmed so that when the doors are closed the ignition is on and the shift lever is moved out of P Park all the doors will lock The doors will unlock every time the vehicle is stopped and the shift lever is moved into P Park If someone needs to get out while the vehicle is not in P Park have the person use the manual lock knob or power door lock switch When the door is closed again it will not lock automatically Use the manual lock knob or power door lock switch to lock the door The door locks can be programmed through prompts displayed on the Driver I
439. until CHIME VOLUME appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button once to access the settings for this feature Then press the menu up down button to scroll through the following settings NORMAL The chime volume will be set to a normal level LOUD The chime volume will be set to a loud level NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain There is no default for chime volume The volume will stay at the last known setting To select a setting press the set reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC PARK TILT MIRRORS If your vehicle has this feature it allows you to select whether or not the outside mirror s will automatically tit down when the vehicle is shifted into R Reverse See Park Tilt Mirrors on page 2 41 for more information Press the customization button until PARK TILT MIRRORS appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button once to access the settings for this feature Then press the menu up down button to scroll through the following settings OFF default Neither outside mirror will be tilted down when the vehicle is shifted into R Reverse DRIVER MIRROR The driver s outside mirror will be titted down when the vehicle is shifted into R Reverse PASSENGER MIRROR The passenger s outside mirror will be tilted down when the vehicle is shifted into R Reverse BOTH MIRRORS The driver s and passenger s outside mirrors wil
440. ure Failure to follow this procedure could cause the engine to overheat and be severely damaged Z CAUTION An electric engine cooling fan under the hood can start up even when the engine is not running and can cause injury Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan 5 25 A CAUTION Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling system can blow out and burn you badly They are under pressure and if you turn the surge tank pressure cap even a little they can come out at high speed Never turn the cap when the cooling system including the surge tank pressure cap is hot Wait for the cooling system and surge tank pressure cap to cool if you ever have to turn the pressure cap If no coolant is visible in the surge tank add coolant as follows 1 Remove the coolant surge tank pressure cap when the cooling system including the coolant surge tank pressure cap and upper radiator hose is no longer hot OPEN oie TAN oy 5 26 Turn the pressure cap slowly counterclockwise If you hear a hiss wait for that to stop A hiss means there is still some pressure left 2 Keep turning the cap and remove it 3 Fill the coolant surge tank with the proper mixture to the FULL COLD mark on the side of the coolant surge tank 4 4 6L L37 Engine shown 4 6L LD8 Engine similar With the coolant surge tank cap off start the engine and let it run until you can feel th
441. urther help in the United States call the Cadillac Customer Assistance Center 24 hours a day at 1 800 458 8006 In Canada call the Canadian Cadillac Customer Communication Centre at 1 888 446 2000 We encourage you to call the toll free number in order to give your inquiry prompt attention Have the following information available to give the Customer Assistance Representative Vehicle Identification Number VIN This is available from the vehicle registration or title or the plate at the top left of the instrument panel and visible through the windshield Dealership name and location e Vehicle delivery date and present mileage When contacting Cadillac remember that your concern will likely be resolved at a dealer s facility That is why we suggest following Step One first STEP THREE U S Owners Both General Motors and your dealer are committed to making sure you are completely satisfied with your new vehicle However if you continue to remain unsatisfied after following the procedure outlined in Steps One and Two you can file with the Better Business Bureau BBB Auto Line Program to enforce your rights The BBB Auto Line Program is an out of court program administered by the Council of Better Business Bureaus to settle automotive disputes regarding vehicle repairs or the interpretation of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Although you may be required to resort to this informal dispute resolution program prior t
442. utine driving If this has been done and the vehicle still does not pass the inspection for lack of OBD II system readiness your dealer retailer can prepare the vehicle for inspection 3 64 Oil Pressure Light A CAUTION Do not keep driving if the oil pressure is low The engine can become so hot that it catches fire Someone could be burned Check the oil as soon as possible and have the vehicle serviced Notice Lack of proper engine oil maintenance can damage the engine The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Always follow the maintenance schedule in this manual for changing engine oil This light comes on briefly while starting the engine If it does not have the vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer If the system is working normally the indicator light then goes off If the light comes on and stays on it means that oil is not flowing through the engine properly The vehicle could be low on oil and it might have some other system problem Security Light For information regarding this light and the vehicle s security system see Content Theft Deterrent on page 2 21 Fog Lamp Light 0 The light goes out when the fog lamps are turned off See Fog Lamps on page 3 34 for more information Lights On Reminder The fog lamp light comes on when the fog lamps are in use This light comes on whenever the parking lamps are on See Exterior Lamps on page 3 29 for more informat
443. utlets For quicker defrost press the AUX button on the front climate control system so that the light is not lit X Air Conditioning Press to turn the air conditioning system on or off and override the automatic system When in AUTO the air conditioning compressor comes on automatically as necessary To avoid window fogging on rainy and humid days at temperatures above freezing run the air conditioning The air conditioning system removes moisture from the air SO a small amount of water may drip under the vehicle while idling or after turning off the engine This is normal SS Outside Air Press to turn the outside air mode on or off An indicator light comes on to show it is on Air is pulled from outside the vehicle Pressing CY will cancel this mode CS Recirculation Press to turn the recirculation mode on or off An indicator light below the button comes on to show that this mode is on This mode recirculates and helps to quickly cool the air inside the vehicle It can be used to prevent outside air and odors from entering the vehicle This mode cannot be selected while in the defog or defrost modes If you try to select the recirculation mode the indicator light flashes three times and turns off Operation in this mode during periods of high humidity and cool outside temperatures may result in increased window fogging If window fogging is experienced select the defrost mode AUX For vehicles with a rear climate
444. ve independent audio channels from conventional two channel stereo recordings Not available for AM FM or auxiliary sources 3 104 DSP is only available on vehicles that have the Bose Premium audio system Finding a Category CAT Station CAT Category The CAT button is used to find XM stations while the radio is in the XM mode To find XM channels within a desired category perform the following 1 Press the BAND button until the XM frequency displays Press the CAT button to display the category tabs Continue pressing the CAT button until the desired category name displays Another way to select a category is to press the lt lt REV or bb FWD button until the desired category is selected 2 Press either of the two pushbuttons below the desired category tab to immediately tune to the first XM station associated with that category 3 Turn the dd knob press the pushbuttons below the displayed right or left arrows or press either SEEK arrow to go to the previous or the next XM station within the selected category 4 To exit the category search mode press the FAV button or BAND button to display your favorites again Undesired XM categories can be removed through the setup menu To remove an undesired category 1 Press the MENU button to display the radio setup menu 2 Press the pushbutton located below the XM CAT tab 3 Turn the dd knob to display the category to be removed 4 Press the pushbutton
445. what the hazard is and what to do to avoid or reduce the hazard Read these cautions A notice tells about something that can damage the vehicle Notice These mean there is something that could damage your vehicle Many times this damage would not be covered by the vehicle s warranty and it could be costly The notice tells what to do to help avoid the damage There are also warning labels on the vehicle which use the same words CAUTION or Notice Vehicle Symbols The vehicle has components and labels that use symbols instead of text Symbols are shown along with the text describing the operation or information relating to a specific component control message gage or indicator CA This symbol is shown when you need to see your owner manual for additional instructions or information This symbol is shown when you need to see a service manual for additional instructions or information Vehicle Symbol Chart 4 Fuses Here are some additional symbols that may be found on the vehicle and what they mean For more information on the symbol refer to the index D Headlamp High Low Beam Changer LATCH System Child Restraints Airbag Readiness Light Ko Malfunction Indicator Lamp Air Conditionin j Yi Oil Pressure amp Antilock Brake System ABS 4 Outside Power Foldaway Mirrors Audio Steering Wheel Controls or OnStar Power Brake System Warning Light sg Q Remote
446. wheel and tire systems developed for your vehicle and have them properly installed by a GM certified technician See Buying New Tires on page 5 68 and Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 for additional information 5 69 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A The following information relates to the system developed by the United States National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA which grades tires by treadwear traction and temperature performance This applies only to vehicles sold in the United States The grades are molded on the sidewalls of most passenger car tires The Uniform Tire Quality Grading UTQG system does not apply to deep tread winter type snow tires space saver or temporary use spare tires tires with nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches 25 to 30 cm or to some limited production tires While the tires available on General Motors passenger cars and light trucks may vary with respect to these grades they must also conform to federal safety requirements and additional General Motors Tire Performance Criteria TPC standards 5 70 Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire
447. when any of the following occurs The vehicle is shifted out of P Park The vehicle is no longer in ON RUN The trip fuel or vehicle information DIC buttons are pressed The end of the feature settings menu is reached and exited A 40 second time period has elapsed with no selection made Audio System s Determine which radio the vehicle has and read the following pages to become familiar with its features A CAUTION Taking your eyes off the road for extended periods could cause a crash resulting in injury or death to you or others Do not give extended attention to entertainment tasks while driving This system provides access to many audio and non audio listings To minimize taking your eyes off the road while driving do the following while the vehicle is parked Become familiar with the operation and controls of the audio system Set up the tone speaker adjustments and preset radio stations For more information see Defensive Driving on page 4 2 Notice Contact your dealer retailer before adding any equipment Adding audio or communication equipment could interfere with the operation of the vehicle s engine radio or other systems and could damage them Follow federal rules covering mobile radio and telephone equipment The vehicle has Retained Accessory Power RAP With RAP the audio system can be played even after the ignition is turned off See Retained Accessory Power RAP on
448. will be made to this feature The current setting will remain To select a setting press the set reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC MEMORY SEAT RECALL If your vehicle has this feature it allows you to select your preference for the remote memory seat recall feature See Memory Seat Mirrors and Steering Wheel on page 1 6 for more information Press the customization button until MEMORY SEAT RECALL appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button once to access the settings for this feature Then press the menu up down button to scroll through the following settings OFF default No remote memory seat recall will occur ON The driver s seat and outside mirrors will automatically move to the stored driving position when the unlock button on the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter is pressed The steering column will also move on vehicles with the power tilt and telescopic steering feature See Power Tilt Wheel and Telescopic Steering Column on page 3 7 for more information See RELEARN REMOTE KEY under DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 68 for more information on matching transmitters to driver ID numbers NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain To select a setting press the set reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC 3 93 REMOTE START If your vehicle has this feature it allows you to turn the remote s
449. window will stop at the obstruction and auto reverse to a preset factory position Weather conditions such as severe icing may also cause the window to auto reverse The window will return to normal operation once the obstruction or condition is removed Express Window Anti Pinch Override A CAUTION If express override is activated the window will not reverse automatically You or others could be injured and the window could be damaged Before you use express override make sure that all people and obstructions are clear of the window path In an emergency the anti pinch feature can be overridden in a supervised mode Hold the window switch all the way up to the second position The window will rise for as long as the switch is held Once the switch is released the express mode is re activated In this mode the window can still close on an object in its path Use care when using the override mode Programming the Power Windows If the battery on the vehicle has been recharged disconnected or is not working you will need to reprogram each front power window for the express up feature to work Before reprogramming replace or recharge the vehicle s battery To program each front window follow these steps 1 With the ignition in ACC ACCESSORY ON RUN or when Retained Accessory Power RAP is active close all doors 2 Press and hold the power window switch until the window is fully open 3 Pull the power win
450. working properly If this message remains on after continued driving the system needs service Take your vehicle to your dealer retailer LANE DEPARTURE SYSTEM UNAVAILABLE This message may appear in the DIC if LDW does not activate due to a temporary condition OnStar System OnStar uses several innovative technologies and live advisors to provide a wide range of safety security information and convenience services If the airbags deploy the system is designed to make an automatic call to OnStar Emergency advisors who can request emergency services be sent to your location If the keys are locked in the vehicle call OnStar at 1 888 4 ONSTAR to have a signal sent to unlock the doors OnStar Hands Free Calling including 30 trial minutes good for 60 days is available on most vehicles OnStar Turn by Turn Navigation service with one trial route is available on most vehicles Press the OnStar button to have an OnStar advisor contact Roadside Service OnStar service is provided subject to the OnStar Terms and Conditions included in the OnStar Subscriber glove box literature 2 51 Some services such as Remote Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle Location Assistance may not be available until the owner of the vehicle registers with OnStar After the first prepaid year contact OnStar to select a monthly or annual subscription payment plan If a payment plan is not selected the OnStar system and all services including airbag not
451. x storage unit that includes a front center seat with a lap belt and an underseat storage compartment The center seatback can also be used as an armrest Cupholders are also located at the front edge of the storage unit and can be accessed by folding the compartment forward Pull the handle rearward to open a storage compartment and access the accessory power outlet Pull out to remove When not being used the center seat lap belt can be stored in the underseat storage compartment Floor Mats The driver s side floor mat is held in place by two hooks Remove the floor mat by pulling up on the rear of the mat to disconnect it from the hooks Reinstall the floor mat by lining up the openings in the floor mat over the hooks and push it down into place Properly place the driver s side floor mat on the floor so that it does not block the movement of the accelerator pedal Rear Seat Armrest This vehicle may have a rear seat center console and armrest Open the console by pushing the button and lifting the cover Inside the console are two cupholders that can be pulled out when using Convenience Net Use the convenience net located in the rear to store small loads as far forward as possible The net should not be used to store heavy loads 2 63 Sunroof The vehicle may have a power sunroof The switches that operate the sunroof are located on the overhead console To open or close the sunroof the ignition
452. ximately three seconds to turn the compass display on or off 2 38 Cleaning the Mirror Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror Use a soft towel dampened with water Compass Compass Operation Press D or AUTO D depending on the vehicle to turn the compass on or off When the ignition and the compass feature are on after a few seconds the mirror will display the compass heading The compass automatically calibrates as the vehicle is driven Compass Calibration If after a few seconds the display does not show the correct direction for example N for North there may be a strong magnetic field interfering with the compass Interference can be caused by a magnetic antenna mount magnetic note pad holder or a similar magnetic item The compass can be placed in calibration mode manually by pressing and holding D or AUTO D depending on the vehicle until a C is shown in the compass display The compass can be calibrated by driving the vehicle in circles at 5 mph 8 km h or less until the display reads a direction Compass Variance The compass is set to zone eight If you do not live in zone eight or drive out of the area the compass variance needs to be changed to the appropriate zone To adjust for compass variance 1 Find the current location and variance zone number on the following zone map Press and hold D or AUTO D until a zone number displays Once the zone number displ
453. y belts you slow down as the vehicle does You get more time to stop You stop over more distance and your strongest bones take the forces That is why safety belts make such good sense Q If I am a good driver and never drive far from home why should I wear safety belts A You may be an excellent driver but if you are ina crash even one that is not your fault you and your passenger s can be hurt Being a good driver does not protect you from things beyond your control such as bad drivers Most accidents occur within 25 miles 40 km of home And the greatest number of serious injuries and deaths occur at speeds of less than 40 mph 65 km h Safety belts are for everyone How to Wear Safety Belts Properly This section is only for people of adult size Be aware that there are special things to know about safety belts and children And there are different rules for smaller children and infants If a child will be riding in the vehicle see Older Children on page 1 33 or Infants and Young Children on page 1 36 Follow those rules for everyone s protection It is very important for all occupants to buckle up Statistics show that unbelted people are hurt more often in crashes than those who are wearing safety belts Occupants who are not buckled up can be thrown out of the vehicle in a crash And they can strike others in the vehicle who are wearing safety belts First before you or your passenger s wear a
454. y interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment If there is a decrease in the RKE operating range try this Check the distance The transmitter may be too far from the vehicle Stand closer during rainy or snowy weather Check the location Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal Take a few steps to the left or right hold the transmitter higher and try again Check the transmitter s battery See Battery Replacement later in this section lf the transmitter is still not working correctly see your dealer retailer or a qualified technician for service Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation The Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter functions work up to 195 feet 60 m away from the vehicle There are other conditions which can affect the performance of the transmitter See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System on page 2 4 With Remote Start Without Remote Start Similar Q Remote Vehicle Start Press to start the engine from outside the vehicle using the RKE transmitter See Remote Vehicle Start on page 2 7 for additional information Lock Press to lock all the doors If enabled through the Driver Information Center DIC the parking lamps may flash once to indicate locking has occurred The h
455. ys See Vehicle Information Display Menu Items following for more information on these displays 3 68 amp Customization Press this button to scroll through each of the customization features See DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 86 for more information on the customization features V Set Reset Press this button to reset certain DIC features and to acknowledge DIC warning messages and clear them from the DIC display V Menu Up Down Press this button to scroll up and down the menu items Trip Fuel Display Menu Items TN Trip Fuel The following display menu items can be displayed by pressing the trip fuel button TRIP A or TRIP B These displays show the current distance traveled since the last reset for each trip odometer in either miles mi or kilometers km Both odometers can be used at the same time Each trip odometer can be reset to zero separately by pressing and holding the set reset button for a few seconds while the desired trip odometer is displayed FUEL RANGE This display shows the approximate number of remaining miles mi or kilometers km you can drive without refilling the fuel tank This estimate is based on the current driving conditions and will change if the driving conditions change For example if you are driving in traffic and making frequent stops the display may read one number but if you enter the freeway the number may change even though you still have the same amount of
456. ys when the air delivery mode door or the electronic sensors that control the air conditioning and heating systems are no longer working Have the climate control system serviced by your dealer retailer if you notice a drop in heating and air conditioning efficiency SERVICE BATTERY CHARGING SYSTEM This message displays when a problem with the charging system has been detected The charging system light also displays on the instrument panel cluster See Charging System Light on page 3 56 for more information Have your vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer SERVICE BRAKE ASSIST This message displays if there is a problem with the brake system The brake system warning light and the antilock brake system warning light may also be displayed on the instrument panel cluster See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 56 and Antilock Brake 3 80 System ABS Warning Light on page 3 57 for more information If this happens stop as soon as possible and turn off the vehicle Restart the vehicle and check for the message on the DIC display If the message is displayed or appears again when you begin driving the brake system needs service See your dealer retailer as soon as possible See Brakes on page 5 33 for more information SERVICE BRAKE SYSTEM This message displays if the ignition is on to inform the driver that the brake fluid level is low Have the brake system serviced by your dealer retailer as soon as possible SERVICE
457. ytime Running Lamps DRL Daytime Running Lamps DRL can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day Fully functional daytime running lamps are required on all vehicles first sold in Canada The DRL system makes the turn signal lamps come on when the following conditions are met Itis still daylight and the ignition is on The exterior lamp control is in the off position The transmission is not in P Park United States only The light sensor is covered or not detecting light See Sensors under Dual Climate Control System on page 3 40 When DRL are on no other exterior lamps such as the parking lamps taillamps etc will be on when the DRL are being used The instrument panel will not be lit up either When automatic lighting is on and it is dark enough outside the turn signal lamps turn off and normal low beam headlamp operation occurs When automatic lighting is on and it is bright enough outside the regular lamps go off and the DRL takes over If the vehicle is started in a dark garage the automatic headlamp system comes on immediately Once you leave the garage it will take approximately one minute for the automatic headlamp system to change to DRL if there is light outside During that delay the instrument panel cluster may not be as bright as usual Make sure the instrument panel brightness knob is in the full bright position See nstrument Panel Brightness on page
458. zed by the system say Verify at any time and the system will repeat them After the complete number has been entered say Store The system responds with Please say the name tag followed by a tone Say a name tag for the phone number The name tag is recorded and the system responds with About to store lt name tag gt Does that sound OK Ifthe name tag does not sound correct say No and repeat Step 5 Ifthe name tag sounds correct say Yes and the name tag is stored After the number is stored the system returns to the main menu Using the Directory Command The directory command lists all of the name tags stored by the system To use the directory command 1 Press and hold for two seconds The system responds with Ready followed by a tone 2 Say Directory The system responds with Directory and then plays back all of the stored name tags When the list is complete the system returns to the main menu Deleting Name Tags The system uses the following commands to delete name tags Delete Delete all name tags Using the Delete Command The delete command allows specific name tags to be deleted To use the delete command 1 Press and hold for two seconds The syste responds with Ready followed by a tone 2 Say Delete The system responds with Delete please say the name tag followed by a tone 3

Cadillac 2009 DTS Automobile User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents